You are on page 1of 278

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech.

| Regulation 2011 |1

B. E. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
(Minimum credits to be earned: 193)
First Semester
Objectives & Outcomes
Code No.
11O101
11O102
11O103

Course

PEOs

Engineering Mathematics I*

POs

Engineering Chemistry

3.5

(a)

3.0

Engineering Physics

(a)

(a)

3.0

II

(g)

3.0

(a), (b)

4.0

11A106

Language Elective I
Basics of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering+
Basics of Aeronautical Engineering

(a)

3.0

11A107

C Programming

(a)

3.5

(a)

1.0

(a)

1.0

21

25.0

11O205

11O108
11O109

Engineering Physics Laboratory

Engineering Chemistry Laboratory

Total
Second Semester
Code No.
11O201
11O202

Course

Environmental Science

PEOs

POs

(a)

3.5

(a)

3.0

II

Engineering Mathematics II*


Language Elective II

Objectives & Outcomes

(g)

3.5

11A204

Applied Materials Science

(a)

3.0

11A205

Engineering Mechanics

I, IV

(a), (j)

3.5

11A206

Fluid Mechanics and Machinery

I, V

(a), (j)

3.5

11A207

Engineering Design Concepts

IV, V

(j)

3.0

(a)

3.0

I, II, III

(a), (h)

1.0

23

27.0

11O208

Engineering Graphics

11A209

Workshop Practice

Total

+
#
$

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech


Common to all branches of B.E./B.Tech. (Continuous Assessment)
Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except ECE,EEE & EIE
Common for AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (I Semester); EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (II Semester)
Common for EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (I Semester); AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (II Semester)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |2

Third Semester
Code No.

Course

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs

POs

11O301

Engineering Mathematics III

(a)

3.5

11A302

Solid Mechanics

I, II, III

(a), (b)

3.5

11A303

Aero Engineering Thermodynamics

I, III

(a), (b)

3.5

11A304

Aircraft Systems and Instrumentation

I, III,

(b), (d), (e)

3.0

11A305

Control Engineering

I, II, III,V

(d), (e), (f)

3.5

11A306

Aircraft Materials
Strength of Materials Laboratory

I, III

(a), (b)

3.0

I, II

(c)

1.5

I, II

(c)

1.5

I, II

(c)

1.5

18

24.5

11A307
11A308
11A309

Fluid Mechanics and Machinery


Laboratory
Thermodynamics Laboratory

Total
Fourth Semester
Code No.

Course

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs

POs

11A401

Numerical Methods

(a)

3.5

11A402

Aerodynamics I

I, IV

(b), (e), (k)

3.0

11A403

Mechanics of Machines

II

(a)

3.5

11A404

Manufacturing Technology

(a)

3.0

11A405

Aircraft Structures I

I, II, III

(b), (c), (d)

3.5

11A406

Heat Transfer

I, II, V

(a), (b)

3.5

11A407

Aircraft Structures Laboratory I

1.5

11A408

Design and Drafting

I, III, V

1.5

11A409

Aerodynamics Laboratory

I,II,III,V

(c)
(c), (d), (e),
(f)
(c), (e)

1.5

18

24.5

Total

Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except BT and CSE

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |3

Fifth Semester
Code No.

Course

Objectives & Outcomes

11A501

Computational Fluid Dynamics

I, II, V

11A502

Microprocessors and Micro-controllers

I, II, V

11A503

Aircraft Structures II
Aerothermodynamics and Gas
Dynamics

I, IV

Propulsion I

I, II,V

11A504
11A505

I, IV

POs
(b), (c), (f),
(j)
(a), (c), (j)
(b), (c), (k)
(a), (b), (c),
(k)
(e), (f), (g),
(h)

Elective I

3.5

3.0

3.5

3.5

3.5

PEOs

3.0

11A507

Aircraft Structures Laboratory II

I, II, III

(c), (f), (g)

1.5

11A508

Aircraft Structures Repair Laboratory

I, II, III

(d), (f), (h)

1.5

11A509

Modeling and Simulation Laboratory

I,II,V

(c), (e), (f)

1.5

11A510

Technical Seminar I

I, II, III

(g), (h)

1.0

25.5

3.5

3.0

3.5

3.0

3.0

3.0

2.0

1.5

1.0

23.5

Total
Sixth Semester
Code No.

Course

11A601

Finite Element Methods

11A602

Propulsion II

11A603

Vibrations
Aircraft General Engineering and
Maintenance Practices
Elective II

11A604

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs
POs
(a), (b), (d),
I, III
(e)
(b), (e), (j),
I, IV, V
(k)
I, III, V
(d), (e), (f)
I, III

(d), (e), (f)

11A606

Flight Dynamics

I, II, IV

11A607

Aircraft Design Project I

I, II, III, V

11A608

Propulsion Laboratory

I, II, III, V

(b), (e), (f),


(k)
(c), (d), (e),
(f)
(c), (f)

11A609

Technical Seminar II

I, II, III

(g), (h)
Total

Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of LTP hours
may vary depending upon the electives offered.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |4

Seventh Semester
Code No.
11O701

Course

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs

POs

I, II

(a), (b)

3.0

I, II, III, V

(e), (f)

3.0

11A703

Engineering Economics*
Aircraft Electrical and Avionic
Systems
Composite Materials and Structures

I, III, V

(a), (b), (d)

3.0

11A704

Aircraft Design Project II

I, II, IV

(f), (g), (h)

2.0

3.0

3.0

1.5

1.5

3.0

23.0

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs
POs

IV

2.0

3.0

3.0

12.0

20.0

11A702

Elective III
Elective IV
11A707

Aircraft Systems Laboratory

I, III, IV

11A708

Avionics Laboratory

I, II, III, V

Project Work - Phase I

I, II, III

11A709

(c), (d), (e),


(h), (i)
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
(b), (c), (e),
(g), (h)
Total

Eight Semester
Code No.
11O801

Course
Professional Ethics*

(i)

Elective V
Elective VI
11A804

Project Work - Phase II

I, II, III

(b), (c), (e),


(g), (h)
Total

* Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech.

Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of LTP hours
may vary depending upon the electives offered.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |5


ELECTIVES
LANGUAGE ELECTIVES
Code No.

Course

Objectives & Outcomes


PEOs
POs

Language Elective I
11O10B

Basic English I

II

(g)

3.0

11O10C

Communicative English

II

(g)

3.0

Language Elective II
11O20B

Basic English II

II

(g)

3.5

11O20C

II

(g)

3.5

11O20G

Advanced Communicative English


German

II

(g)

3.5

11O20J

Japanese

II

(g)

3.5

11O20F

French

II

(g)

3.5

11O20H

Hindi

II

(g)

3.5

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES
Aircraft Structures Electives
11A001

Theory of Elasticity

I, III, IV

(b), (j)

3.0

11A002

Experimental Stress Analysis

I, III, IV

(b), (c)

3.0

11A003

Theory of Plates and Shells

I, III, IV

(b), (c), (e)

3.0

11A004
11A025
11A028

Fatigue and Fracture


Structural Dynamics
Flight Vehicle Design

I, III, IV
I, III, IV
I, III,IV,V

(e), (d)
(b), (c), (e)
(a), (b), (d)

3
3
3

0
0
0

0
0
0

3.0
3.0
3.0

Aerodynamics and Propulsion Electives


11A005

Wind Tunnel Techniques

I, III,V,VI

(f), (e)

3.0

11A006

I,III,V, VI

(d), (f)

3.0

I, III, V

(d), (e)

3.0

11A008

Space Mechanics
Introduction to V/STOL and Ground
Effect Machines
Rockets and Missiles

I,III,V, VI

(b), (d)

3.0

11A009

Industrial Aerodynamics

I,III,V, VI

(c), (e)

3.0

11A023
11A024
11A026
11A027
11A029

Introduction to Combustion
Cryogenics
Hypersonic Aerodynamics
Wind Power Engineering
Experimental Aerodynamics

I,III,V, VI
I,III,V, VI

(b), (d)
(b), (d)

3
3

0
0

0
0

3.0
3.0

I,III,V, VI
I, III,V,VI
I, III,V,VI

(b), (c)
(b), (e)
(b), (c)

3
3
3

0
0
0

0
0
0

3.0
3.0
3.0

11A007

Maintenance and Operation Electives


11A010

Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair

I, III, IV

(d), (e)

3.0

11A011

Airframe Maintenance and Repair


Air transportation and Aircraft
Maintenance
Helicopter Maintenance
Air Traffic Control and Aerodrome
Design
Airworthiness Requirements

I, III, IV

(a)

3.0

I, III, IV

(e), (j)

3.0

I, III, IV

(e), (k)

3.0

I, III, IV

(j)

3.0

I, III, IV

(i), (j)

3.0

11A012
11A013
11A014
11A015

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |6

11A022

Navigation Guidance And Control

I, II, III, V

(b), (c)

3.0

11A030

Computer Integrated Manufacturing

(a),(b), (f)

3.0

I, II, IV,V

(b), (h), (j)

3.0

I, II, IV,V

(b), (h), (j)

3.0

I, II, IV,V

(b), (h), (j)

3.0

I, II, IV,V
I, II, IV,V
I, II, IV,V

(b), (h), (j)


(b), (j)
(b), (h), (j)

3
3
3

0
0
0

0
0
0

3.0
3.0
3.0

ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES
11O001
11O002

Entrepreneurship Development I$
Entrepreneurship Development II

$$

MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
Organizational Behaviour and
11A018
Management
11A019
Total Quality Management
11A020
Creativity and Innovation
11A021
Crisis Management in Aircraft Industry
PHYSICS ELECTIVES
11O0PA

Nano Science and Technology

I, VI

(a)

3.0

11O0PB

Laser Technology

I, VI

(a)

3.0

Electro-Optic Materials
Vacuum Science and Deposition
11O0PD
Techniques
11O0PE
Semiconducting materials and Devices
CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES

I, VI

(a)

3.0

I,VI

(a)

3.0

I,VI

(a)

3.0

11O0YA
11O0YB
11O0YC
11O0YD

I,VI
I,VI
I,VI
I,VI

(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)

3
3

0
0

0
0

3.0
3.0

3
3

0
0

0
0

3.0
3.0

11O0PC

Polymer Chemistry and Processing


Energy Storing Devices and Fuel Cells
Chemistry of Nanomaterials
Corrosion Science and Engineering

ONE CREDIT COURSES


11A0XA

High Temperature Instrumentation

I,V,VI

(a)

1.0

11A0XB

Intelligent Optimization Techniques

I,V,VI

(b), (c), (j)

1.0

11A0XC

Lean Manufacturing

I,V,VI

(j), (k)

1.0

11A0XD

Wind Turbine Design and Testing

I,V,VI

(a),(c),(j)

1.0

11A0XE

Real time industrial applications in CFD I,V,VI

(a),(c),(j)

1.0

$
$$

Course offered during 5th semester.


Course offered during 6th semester and prior to this study of $ course required.
Classes to be conducted for 15 hrs duration.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |7

SPECIAL COURSES
Gas Turbine Heat Transfer and Cooling
11A0RA
Technology
11A0RB
Aircraft Design Approach
11A0RC
Re-entry Aerothermodynamics

I,V,VI
I,V,VI
I,V,VI

(b), (c), (f),


(h), (j)
(d), (e), (f)
(b), (c), (d)

3.0

3
3

0
0

0
0

3.0
3.0

CERTIFICATE COURSES FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATION


11AE01

Engineering Mathematics

(i)

11AE02

Aerodynamics

(i)

11AE03

Flight Mechanics and Space Dynamics

(i)

11AE04

Structures and Propulsion

(i)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |8

11O101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS I


(Common to all Branches)
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
Acquire knowledge in matrix theory, a part of linear algebra, which has wider application in
engineering problems.
To make the student knowledgeable in the area of infinite series, their convergence and to solve first
and higher order differential equations using Laplace transform.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a)

An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2.
To improve problem evaluation technique.
3.
Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

End Semester
Examination

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

Remember
1 State Cayley Hamilton theorem.
2 Define eigen value and eigen vector of a matrix.
3. Write the definition of convergence and divergence of a series.
4. State the necessary and sufficient condition for the differential equation to be exact.
5. Write the Radius of curvature in cartesian coordinates.
6. Define evolute, centre of curvature and Circle of curvature.
7. Write the Leibneitzs form of linear equation in x and y.
8. Write the general form of Eulers and Legendre linear differential equations.
9. Define Convolution of two functions on Laplace transform.
10. State the existence conditions for Laplace transform.
Understand

1. Find eigen values and eigen vectors of the matrixA = 3

2
5
1

1
3

2. Find the radius of curvature at ( a,0) on the curve xy = a3 x3


3. Find the circle of curvature of the parabola y2 = 12x at the point ( 3.6)

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |9

4. Solve cos2 x

dy
+ y = tan x
dx

5 Solve y (2xy + ex ) dx = ex dy.


6. Find evolute of the parabola x2 = 4ay.
7. Solve ( D2 + 4 ) y = x2 .
8 Solve ( D 3 ) 2 y = x e-2x.
9. Find the Laplace transform of e2t sin3t.
10. Find the laplace transform of t cos4t.
Apply
3
1

1. Diagonalise the matrix A=

1
by means of an orthogonal transformation
1

1
3
1

1
2. Find the inverse of the matrix A = 4

3
2
2

3 us ing Cayley Hamilton theorem.


1

3 3.4 3.4.5
+
+
+ .....
4 4.6 4.6.8

3. Test the convergence of the series

1
.
( s + 1 )( s + 2 )
5. Use method of variation of parameters , to solve (D2+4)y = tan 2x

4. Using Convolution theorem, find inverse Laplace transform of

6. Use Laplace transform to solve ( D2 + 4D + 13) y = e-t sin t, given y = 0 and Dy = 0 at t = 0.


7. Test for convergence of the series

1+ n

dy
=1
dx
dy
y = e 2 x ( x + 1) 2
9. Use Leibnitzs linear equation to solve ( x + 1)
dx
8. Use Bernoullis equation to solve xy ( 1 + xy2 )

10. Use Laplace Transform to evaluate,

e t (sin
t

3t )

dt

Analyze / Evaluate
2

1. Reduce the quadratic form 8x 1 +7x 2 +3x 3 -12x 1 x 2 -8x 2 x 3 +4x 3 x 1 to canonical form by orthogonal
transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.
2

2. Reduce 3x + 5y + 3z - 2yz + 2zx - 2xy to its canonical form through an orthogonal transformation
and find the rank, signature, index and the nature.
3. Find the evolute of the cycloid : x = a( +sin ) ; y = a(1 - cos ).

a a
x + y = at ,
4 4
1
2
3
+
+
+ ...
5. Discuss the convergence of the series
3.4.5 4.5.6 5.6.7
4. Find the circle of curvature of

1
1
2
6. Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for the matrix A=
. Hence find its inverse.
1
2
1

1
1
2

2
2
7. Using the method of variation of parameters, solve (D + a ) y = tan ax.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |10

8. Solve (x2D2 + 4xD + 2) y = x2 +

1
.
x2

9. Find the envelope of the straight line x + y = 1 , here a and b are connected by the relation a2 + b2 = c2
a

10. Find the Laplace transform of the following functions (i) (t + 2t2)2

(ii) sin2 2t

(iii) sin 3t cos 2t

Unit I
Matrices
Characteristic equation - eigen values and eigen vectors of a real matrix - properties of eigen values CayleyHamilton theorem- Reduction of a real matrix to a diagonal form- Orthogonal matrices- Quadratic
form -Reduction of a quadratic form to a canonical form by orthogonal transformation-application to
engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Series and Differential Calculus
Series- Convergences and divergence- Comparison test Ratio test - Curvature in Cartesian CoordinatesCentre and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature Evolutes Envelopes application to engineering
problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Differential Equation of First Order
Linear differential equation of first order-exact-integrating factor- Eulers equation-Bernoullis-modelingapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Differential Equations of Higher Order
Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant and variable coefficients - Cauchys
and Legendres linear differential equations - method of variation of parameters application of engineering
problems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Laplace Transforms
Laplace Transform- conditions for existence(statement only) -Transforms of standard functions properties
(statement only) - Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Initial and Final value theorems (statement only)
- Periodic functions - Inverse transforms - Convolution theorems(statement only) - Applications of Laplace
transforms for solving the ordinary differential equations up to second order with constant coefficientsapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. B S Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 .
2. K A Lakshminarayanan, K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi, Mathematics for Engineers,
Volume I, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.
References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume I, S.
Chand and Co., New Delhi-2009.
2. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi
2008.
3. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc,
Singapore, 2008.
4. C. Ray Wylie and C. Louis Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Ltd, 2003.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |11

11O102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS


(Common to all branches)
3003
Objective(s)
To impart fundamental knowledge in the areas of acoustics, crystallography and new engineering
materials.
To apply fundamental knowledge in the area of LASERS and fiber optics
To use the principles of quantum physics in the respective fields
At the end of the course the students are familiar with the basic principles and applications of
physics in various fields.
Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Learn the basic concepts of acoustics and ultrasonics.


Develop applications for real world problems such as designing acoustic buildings and study the
basics and applications of crystal physics.
Analyze the construction, working and applications of laser.
Gain knowledge in practical applications of fiber optics.
Expand their knowledge towards new engineering materials such as metallic glasses, ceramics,
shape memory alloys and nanomaterials.

Assessment Pattern
S.
No.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test
II

Model
Examination

25
25
20
20
10
100

25
25
20
20
10
100

20
25
20
20
15
100

End
Semester
Examination
20
25
20
20
15
100

Remember
1.
Give the classifications of sound.
2.
Write a note on loudness.
3.
Define decibel.
4.
What is meant by reverberation time?
5.
Define magnetostriction effect.
6.
Give the classification of crystals.
7.
Define Miller indices.
8.
Define lattice and unit cells.
9.
Mention the applications of X-ray diffraction.
10. Write a short note on air wedge.
11. List the applications of air wedge method.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |12

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Give the applications of LASER.


Give the classification of laser based on refractive index.
Write a note on holography.
Draw the block diagram of fiber optic communication system.
Define the term Compton effect.
What is the physical significance of wave function?
What are metallic glasses?
Write a note on shape memory alloys.
Mention the merits of nano materials.
List the advantages of ceramic materials.

Understand
1. How Weber-Fechner law is formulated?
2. Explain the characteristics of loudness.
3. Elucidate the significance of timber.
4. How the magnetostriction effect is utilized in the production of ultrasonic waves?
5. What is the importance of reverberation time in the construction of building?
6. Give the importance of lattice and lattice planes in a crystal.
7. How do you measure the d-spacing?
8. How do you calculate the packing factor of BCC structure?
9. How air wedge is used in determining the flatness of a thin plate?
10. Give the importance of optical pumping in the production of LASER.
11. What are the various steps involved in holography?
12. How can you derive the acceptance angle in fiber?
13. Why the wave function is called as probability density?
14. Why the wave function is finite inside the potential well?
15. Why the particle is not escaping through the walls of the well?
16. How ceramic materials are prepared by slip casting technique?
17. What are the advantages of nano materials?
Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Discuss the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings.


Ultrasonic waves are electromagnetic waves. Justify.
Sketch the circuit diagram for piezo electric oscillator.
How can you determine the velocity of ultrasonic by acoustic grating?
Explain how Miller indices are used in crystal structures?
How do you calculate the packing factor for FCC structure?
Draw the crystal lattice for (110) plane.
Why does air wedge occur only in the flat glass plates?
Explain the various steps involved in holography techniques.
Discuss the particle in a one dimensional box by considering infinite length of well.
Explain how shape memory alloy change its shape?
How can you prepare the nano materials synthesized by sol gel technique?

Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Compare magnetostriction and piezo-electric method in the production of ultrasonic waves.
2. Differentiate musical sound and noises.
3. Compare the packing factor of BCC, FCC and HCP structures.
4. Distinguish between photography and holography.
5. Compare slip casting and isostatic pressing.
Unit I
Acoustics and Ultrasonics
Acoustics: Classification of sound characteristics of musical sound loudness Weber Fechner law
decibel absorption coefficient reverberation reverberation time Sabines formula (growth & decay).
Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic production
magnetostriction - piezo electric methods. Applications: Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves
(acoustic grating) - SONAR.
The phenomenon of cavitation.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |13

Unit II
Crystallography
Crystal Physics: Lattice unit cell Bravais lattices lattice planes Miller indices d spacing in cubic
lattice calculation of number of atoms per unit cell atomic radius coordination number packing factor
for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - X-ray Diffraction: Laues method powder crystal method.
Crystal defects.
9 Hours
Unit III
Waveoptics
Interference: Air wedge theory uses testing of flat surfaces thickness of a thin wire. LASER: Types
of lasers Nd YAG laser CO2 laser semiconductor laser (homojunction). Applications: Holography
construction reconstruction uses. Fiber Optics: Principle of light transmission through fiber - expression
for acceptance angle and numerical aperture - types of optical fibers (refractive Index profile, mode) fiber
optic communication system (block diagram only)
Laser gas sensors .
9 Hours
Unit IV
Modern Physics
Quantum Physics: Development of quantum theory de Broglie wavelength Schrdingers wave equation
time dependent time independent wave equations physical significance applications particle in a
box (1d). X-rays: Scattering of X-rays Compton Effect theory and experimental verification.
Degenerate and non degenerate.
9 Hours
Unit V
New Engineering Materials
Metallic glasses: Manufacturing properties uses. Shape Memory Alloys: Working principle shape
memory effect applications. Nanomaterials: Preparation method sol gel technique mechanical
magnetic characteristics uses. Ceramics: Manufacturing methods slip casting isostatic pressing
thermal and electrical properties - uses.
Carbon nano tubes and applications.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. P. K. Palanisami, Physics for Engineers, Vol. 1, Scitech Pub. (India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2002.
References
1. M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005
2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
3. V. Rajendran and A. Marikani, Physics I, TMH, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, TMH, 2008.
5. R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
11O103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
Imparting knowledge on the principles of water characterization, treatment methods and industrial
applications.
Understanding the principles and application of electrochemistry and corrosion science.
Basic information and application of polymer chemistry, nanotechnology and analytical techniques.
Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |14

Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Differentiate hard and soft water, understand the disadvantages of using hard water domestically
and industrially, select and apply suitable treatments.
Gain an understanding of oxidation and reduction reactions as they relate to engineering
applications such as batteries and electroplating.
Comment on design of a metallic part which shows resistance to corrosion and analyze losses
incurred due to corrosion.
Select a polymer by considering their engineering requirement and identify the importance of
nanomaterials.
Carry out chemical analysis using various analytical instruments.

Assessment Pattern

S.No.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

20
20
30
20
10
100

20
20
30
20
10
100

10
20
30
20
20
100

10
20
30
20
20
100

Remember
1.
Distinguish between alkaline and non alkaline hardness.
What is meant by priming? How it is prevented?
2.
3.
What is meant by caustic embrittlement?
4.
What is the role of calgon conditioning in water treatment?
5.
What is break point chlorination?
Write the significances of EMF series.
6.
7.
Define single electrode potential of an electrode.
8.
Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
9.
What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell?
10. What are reference electrodes?
11. Mention the various factors influencing the rate of corrosion.
12. State Pilling-Bedworth rule.
13. What are the constituents of water repellant paints?
14. What is pitting corrosion?
15. Write any four applications of galvanic series.

The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |15

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

Differentiate between nanocluster and nanocrystal.


List the monomers of nylon -6 and nylon-11.
Define functionality of a monomer.
What are the monomers of epoxy resin?
Differentiate between addition and condensation polymers.
What are auxochromes? Give examples.
Give any two applications of IR spectroscopy.
State Beer-Lamberts law.
Write any two applications of flame photometry.
What are the limitations of Beer-Lamberts law?

Understand
1.
Soft water is not demineralized water whereas demineralized water is soft water- Justify.
2.
Why sodium carbonate conditioning is not advisable for high pressure boilers?
3.
Boiling cannot give protection to water for all time Reason out.
4.
What are the significances of RO method of water treatment?
5.
Compare reversible and irreversible cells?
6.
Reason out why do the properties of materials change at nanoscale?
Why calomel electrode is called as secondary reference electrode?
7.
8.
A steel screw in a brass marine hardware corrodes. Why?
What is the action of brine solution on iron rod?
9.
10. Why magnesium element is coupled with underground pipe line?
11. Which is the easier way to control corrosion?
12. Lithium battery is the cell of future- Justify.
13. Iron corrodes at a faster rate than aluminium- Give reason.
14. Differentiate between electro and elctroless platting.
15. How thermoplastics differ from thermosetting plastics?
16. TEFLON is superior to other addition polymers-Justify.
17. Write any two advantages of free radical polymerization.
18. Calculate the degree of freedom of water molecule.
19. Differentiate between AAS and flame photometry.
20. What is the role of thiocyanide solution in the estimation of iron by colorimetry?
Apply
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

A water sample contains 204 mgs of CaSO4 and 73 mgs of Mg(HCO3)2 per litre. Calculate the
total hardness in terms of CaCO3 equivalence.
100 ml of sample water has hardness equivalent to 12.5ml of 0.08N MgSO4. Calculate hardness
in ppm.
What is the single electrode potential of a half cell of zinc electrode dipped in a 0.01M ZnSO4
solution at 250C? E0Zn/Zn2+ = 0.763 V, R=8.314 JK-1Mol-1, F= 96500 Coulombs.
Calculate the reduction potential of Cu2+/Cu=0.5M at 250C. E0Cu2+/ Cu= +0.337V.
Mention the type of corrosion that takes place when a metal area is covered with water.
Bolt and nut made of the same metal is preferred in practice. Why?
Caustic embrittlement is stress corrosion- Justify.
Metals which are nearer in electrochemical series is preferred in practice. Why?
What are the disadvantages of NICAD battery?
What are the requirements of a good paint?
What information can you get from DP?
What is degree of polymerization? Calculate the degree of polymerization of polypropylene having
molecular weight of 25200.
How the functionality of monomer influences the structure of polymer?
Mention the commercial applications of epoxy resins.
On what basis polyamide is named as NYLON?
Why UV spectroscopy is called as electronic spectra?
IR spectrum is called as vibrational spectrum- Justify.
How absorption spectrum is differing from emission spectrum?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |16

Analyze/Evaluate
1.
Distinguish between hardness and alkalinity.
2.
Distinguish between battery and cell.
3.
Corrosion phenomenon is known as thousand dollar thief - reason out.
4.
What is the basic difference between polymers and oligomers?
5.
How do you identify an organic molecule using IR spectrum?
Unit I
Chemistry of Water and its Industrial Applications
Hardness of water: Equivalents of calcium carbonate - Units of hardness - Degree of hardness and its
estimation (EDTA method) - Numerical problems on degree of hardness - pH value of water. Use of water
for industrial purposes: Boiler feed water-scale-sludge - caustic embrittlement. Softening of hard water:
External conditioning zeolite - ion exchange methods - internal conditioning calgon - phosphate
methods. Desalination: Reverse osmosis - electrodialysis. Use of water for domestic purposes: Domestic
water treatment - Disinfection of water - break point chlorination.
Characterization of your campus water.
9 Hours
Unit II
Electrochemistry for Materials Processing
Introduction emf - Single electrode potential - Hydrogen electrode - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode pH measurement using glass electrode - Electrochemical series. Cells: Electrochemical cells Cell
reactions- Daniel cell Reversible cells and irreversible cells - Difference between electrolytic cells and
electrochemical cells. Concept of electroplating: Electroplating of gold - electroless plating (Nickel).
Batteries: Secondary batteries - lead acid, nickel - cadmium and lithium batteries. Fuel cell: Hydrogen oxygen fuel cell.
Electricity assisted painting.
9 Hours
Unit III
Chemistry of Corrosion and its Control
Corrosion: Mechanism of corrosion- Chemical and electrochemical - Pilling-Bedworth rule - Oxygen
absorption Hydrogen evolution - Galvanic series. Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion - Differential
aeration corrosion - Examples - Factors influencing corrosion. Methods of corrosion control: Sacrificial
anodic protection - Impressed current method. Protective coatings: Paints - Constituents and Functions.
Special paints: Fire retardant - Water repellant paints.
Applications of vapour phase inhibitors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Polymer and Nanotechnology
Polymers: Monomer - functionality - Degree of polymerization - Classification based on source applications. Types of polymerization: Addition, condensation and copolymerization. Mechanism of free
radical polymerization. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics - Preparation, properties and applications:
Epoxy resins, TEFLON, nylon and bakelite. Compounding of plastics. Moulding methods: Injection and
extrusion. Nanomaterials: Introduction Nanoelectrodes - Carbon nanotubes - Nanopolymers - Application.
A detailed survey on application of polymer in day to day life.
9 Hours
Unit V
Instrumental Techniques of Chemical Analysis
Beer Lamberts law - Problems. UV visible and IR spectroscopy: Principle- Instrumentation (block
diagram only) - Applications. Colorimetry: Principle Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of
iron by colorimetry. Flame photometry: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of
sodium by flame photometry. Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram
only) - Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Applications of analytical instruments in medical field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |17

Text Books
1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications., New Delhi, 2009.
2. R. Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar, Engineering Chemistry, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.
3. B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Shoban Lal
Nagin Chand & Co., 2005.
References
1. Sashi Chawla, Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi,
2003.
2. B. S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Company,
2008.
3. J. C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol. 1&2, TMH, 2009.
4. C. P. Poole Jr., J. F. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007.
5. Andre Arsenault and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to
6. Nanomaterials, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2005.
7. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. James Holler &S. R. Crouch, Fundamentals of
Analytical
Chemistry, Wiley, 2004.
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE I
3003
11O205 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(Common to all branches except EEE, ECE, EIE)
4 0 0 4.0
Objective(s)
To understand the basics concepts of electric circuits & magnetic circuits
To learn the operations of electrical machines
To impart knowledge in the concepts of Communication systems
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analyze the power in single phase AC systems
2. Derive an equation for self and mutual inductance
3. Determine the characteristics of Bipolar junction transistors
4. Diagnose the operation of half wave and full wave rectifier
5. Design of an operational amplifier
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze / Evaluate
Create
Total

Test
I
10
20
30
40
100

Test II

10
20
30
40
100

Model
Examination
10
20
30
40
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
40
100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |18

Remember
1.
What is an inductor?
2.
State Ohms law.
3.
State the operating principle of a transformer.
4.
Draw the circuit symbols of i) step up transformer and ii) step down transformer.
5.
What is resistor? Give its symbol.
6.
What are impurities?
7.
Draw the neat-labelled I-V characteristics of zener diode.
8.
Draw circuit symbol of diode and zener diode,
9.
Which process is used to convert the material into extrinsic?
10. What is junction barrier?
11. Define the term rectification and efficiency
12. What is done in the base region of a transistor to improve its operation.
13. What is BJT?
14. List the needs for modulation.
15. Draw symbol of 2-input NOR gate & write its truth table.
Understand
1.
Explain Ohms law relating to (V), (I) and (R).
2.
Explain the working principle of a transformer.
3.
Explain the working principle of an induction motor.
Discuss intrinsic semiconductor are pure semiconductors.
4.
5.
Explain pentavalent impurities with example.
6.
Explain trivalent impurities with example.
Explain in brief, knee voltage of diode.
7.
8.
Explain in brief, breakdown voltage of diode.
9.
Explain the operation of P-N Junction diode when forward and reverse bias.
10. Explain the formation of depletion region in P-N Junction.
11. Explain Zener diode as voltage regulator.
12. With a neat circuit diagram explain the working of a half wave rectifier.
13. Derive an expression for the efficiency of a half wave rectifier.
14. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of full wave rectifier.
15. What is Ex-OR gate? Explain its working & tabulate the truth table.

Apply
1.
Why opamp is called as linear amplifier?
2.
Why impurities are used?
Calculate the value of resistance having co lour code sequence Red, Yellow, orange and Gold.
3.
4. Why do we use transformer in rectifier circuit?
5. Which impurity play important role in formation of P type semiconductor?
6. Calculate the % ripple factior, if the dc output voltage 20 V and ac voltage 2V.
7. Three resistors are connected in series across a 12V battery. The first resistance has a value of 2 ,
second has a voltage drop of 4V and third has power dissipation of 12 W. Calculate the value of the
circuit current.
8. A 25 resistor is connected in parallel with a 50 resistor. The current in 50 resistor is 8A.
What is the value of third resistance to be added in parallel to make the total line current as 15A.
9. A toroidal air cored coil with 2000 turns has a mean radius of 25cm, diameter of each turn being 6cm.
If the current in the coil is 10A, find mmf, flux, reluctance, flux density and magnetizing force.
10. The self inductance of a coil of 500turns is 0.25H.If 60% of the flux is linked with a second coil of
10500 turns. Calculate a) the mutual inductance between the two coils and b) emf induced in the
second coil when current in the first coil changes at the rate of 100A/sec.
11. An air cored toroidal coil has 480 turns, a mean length of 30cm and a cross-sectional area of 5
cm2.Calculate a)the inductance i\of the coil and b) the average induced emf, if a current of 4 A is
reversed in 60 milliseconds

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |19

Analyze / Evaluate
1. Why inductor is referred as a choke?
2. Why single phase induction motors are not self starting?
3. How the barrier potential is developed across the P-N Junction, what are the approximate
values this potential for Germenium and Silicon?
4. Trivallent impurity is called as donor impurity, comment.
5. Distinguish with diagram, then solid material on the basis of band diagram.
6. How a zener diode can be used for voltage regulation in power supply?
7. How voltage source is converted into current source and vice versa?
8. Differentiate P type and N type semiconductor
9. Distinguish between metal, semiconductor and insulator. Give examples of each.
10. Distinguish between half wave and full wave rectifier
Create

1.
2.

Design a half wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the ripple factor.
Design a full wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the efficiency.

Unit I
Electric Circuits
Definition of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy, Ohms law, Kirchoffs Law & its applications simple
problems, division of current in series & parallel circuits, generation of alternating EMF, definition of RMS
value, average value, peak factor, form factor. Power in single phase AC three phase system.
Star to delta and delta to star transformations, R-L and R-C series circuit
12 Hours
Unit II
Magnetic Circuits
Definition of MMF, Flux, Reluctance, Properties of Flux lines, Self & Mutual Inductance, Ampere Turns,
Series & parallel magnetic circuits, Comparison between Electric & magnetic circuits, Law of
Electromagnetic induction, Flemings Right & Left hand rule.
Magnetic impedance, Effective resistance, Magnetic capacitivity
12 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Machines
Construction, Type, Principle of Operation & Working Principle of DC Generator, DC Motor, Transformer,
Induction Motor, Induction type single phase energy meter, Domestic wiring practice, Tube light circuit,
Earthing & earthing methods.
Characteristics of DC generators and DC motors,
12 Hours
Unit IV
Electronics Engineering
PN Junction diode & Zener diode Characteristics Half wave and full wave rectifier Bipolar junction
transistors CB,CE, CC Configurations and characteristics basic concepts of amplifiers and oscillators
Logic gates Inverting, Non inverting amplifiers and Operational amplifiers- Basic Computer organization
Block diagram of Microprocessors (8085).
Semiconductor theory, Diode clippers, op-amp parameters and applications
12 Hours
Unit V
Communication Engineering
Introduction to communication systems Need for modulation Types- Block Diagram representation only
Block diagram of TV system Introduction to cellular & mobile telephony- Block diagram of Optical and
Satellite communication systems.
Analog and digital signals, Transmission medium, Digital communication
12 Hours
Total: 60 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |20

Text Books
1. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford Press, 2005
2. R. Muthusubramaninan, S. Salivahanan and K. A. Muraleedharan, Basic Electrical, Electronics
and Computer Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004
References
1.
J. A. Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaums Series, McGraw Hill, 2005
2.
Van Valkenbergm, Electric Circuits and Network Analysis, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005
3.
Smarjith Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Prentice Hall (India)
Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
11A106 BASICS OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the field.

To know the basic principles on which the development of aerodynamics and other principal sub
disciplines of aerospace engineering are based.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the knowledge in aircraft components.
2.
Get a Performance over the control surface and power plants.
3.
Analyse the performance of different types of aircraft.
Assessment Pattern
S.
No.
1
2
3
4

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

20
30
30
20
100

20
30
30
20
100

Model
Examination
20
30
30
20
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
30
20
100

Remember
1. What is air breathing engine?
2. What is the role of a rudder?
3. What is the purpose of elevator?
4. How anhedral and dihedral angle occurs?
5. What is aspect ratio?
6. What is aerofoil?
7. What is symmetrical and unsymmetrical aerofoil?
8. What is biplane and monoplane?
9. Say about NACA six series aerofoil.
10. Differentiate solid propellant rocket and liquid propellant rocket.
11. What is purpose of flap and spoiler?
12. What is wing loading?
13. What is specific impulse?
14. What is the turbojet engine?
Understand
1. What is aerodynamic center?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |21

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

What is sweep back and how it is useful?


What is need of camber in a airfoil?
What is stalling in an aircraft?
What is profile drag?
What is lapse rate?
What is TAS and EAS?
What is service ceiling?
What is absolute ceiling?
What are geometric, absolute and geopotential altitudes?
List out the different layers in atmosphere.
What is it spectrum?
What is the application or use of titanium in aircraft manufacturing?
What is propeller efficiency?
What is bypass ratio?
What is hypergolic propellant?
What is cryogenic propellant?
What is geodesic construction?
What is alclad?

Apply / Evaluate
1. Calculate the standard atmosphere of temperature, pressure and density at a geopotential
altitude of 14 km.
2. Consider a turbojet powered airplane flying at a standard altitude of 30,000 ft at a velocity of
500mi/h. The turbojet engine itself has inlet and exit areas of 7 and 4.5 ft2, respectively. The
velocity and pressure of the exhaust gas at the exit area are 1600ft/s and 640 lb/ft2,
respectively. Calculate the thrust of the turbojet.
Create
1. Design a NACA 6 digit airfoil.
2. Design a new aircraft with contains all the control surface.
3. Design an advance type of engine.
Unit I
Historical Evolution
Early airplanes, biplanes and monoplanes, developments in aerodynamics, materials, structures and
propulsion over the years.
Types of propulsion and their applications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Configurations
Components of an airplane and their functions. Different types of flight vehicles, classifications.
Conventional control, powered control, basic instruments for flying, typical systems for control actuation.
Layout of an aircraft with various components and their location.
9 Hours
Unit III
Introduction to Principles of Flight
Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere, temperature, pressure and altitude relationships,
evolution of lift, drag and moment. Airfoils, Mach number and maneuvers.
Laws of motion, Bernoullis Principle.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Introduction to Airplane Structures and Materials
General types of construction, Monocoque, semi-monocoque and geodesic construction, typical wing and
fuselage structure. Metallic and non-metallic materials, use of aluminum alloy, titanium, stainless steel and
composite materials.
Case studies on materials used in commercial aircraft industry.
9 Hours
Unit V
Power Plants Used in Airplanes

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |22

Basic ideas about piston, turboprop and jet engines, use of propeller and jets for thrust production.
Comparative merits, principles of operation of rocket, types of rockets and typical applications, exploration
into space.
Types of fuels used in airplanes and future of aviation fuels.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. J. D. Anderson, Introduction to Flight, McGraw-Hill, 2006.
2. R. S. Shevell, Fundamentals of Flight, Pearson Education, 2006.
References
1. A. C. Kermode, Flight without Formulae, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. T. M. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Edward Arnold, 2005.
11A107 C PROGRAMMING
2 0 3 3.5
Objective(s)
To be familiar with basics of C.
To develop programming skills in C.
To be able to develop logic for a given problem.
Programme Outcome(s)

(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.


Course Outcome(s)
1. C Language will exhibit skills for thinking logical problems and up gradation.
2. Implement the basic commands needed for doing simple programs in C language.
3. To understand about functions, structures and pointers.
Assessment Pattern

S.No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
20
40
10
100

10
20
20
40
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Remember
1. Define tokens.
2. What is a relational operator?
3. List the use of switch statement.
4. How would you explain arrays?
5. Tell the use of recursion.
Understand

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |23

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Compare variables and constants.


What is the main idea of conditional operator?
Classify the different If Statements.
Summarize the string handling functions in arrays.
Explain function calls.

Apply
1. What examples can you give for explaining the categories of functions?
2. Construct a recursion function to explain the concept of functions.
3. Develop a structure using structure members.
Analyze/Evaluate
1. What is the function of arithmetic operations on characters?
2. How would you classify the nesting of functions?
Create

1. Create a program for processing of examination marks using looping and branching statements.
Unit I
Fundamentals of C
History of C-Importance of C - Basic structure of C programs - Programming style - Executing a C program
-Character set - C tokens - Keywords and identifiers - Constants (Declaration, Definition) - Variables
(Declaration) - Data types.
6 Hours
Unit II
Operators and Expressions
Arithmetic operators - Relational operators - Logical operators - Assignment operator - Increment and
decrement operator - Conditional operator - Bitwise operator - Arithmetic expressions - Evaluation of
expressions - operator precedence - Managing I/O operations.
6 Hours
Unit III
Branching and Looping
Decision making - IF statement - IF - ELSE - Nested IF - ELSE, ELSE - IF Ladder-Switch statement GOTO statement-?: operator - While statement - DO statement - FOR statement - Jumps in loops.
6 Hours
Unit IV
Arrays and Strings
One dimensional, two dimensional, multi dimensional arrays - Initialization and declaration - Dynamic
arrays -Strings - Declaring - Initializing - Reading - Writing strings - Arithmetic operations on characters string comparison - string handling functions.
6 Hours
Unit V
Functions, Structures and Pointers
User defined function - Declaration - Definition of function - function calls - category of functions - Nesting
of functions - Recursion - Structures - Definition, Declaration, Accessing structure members - Pointers Declaration, Initialization, Accessing.
6 Hours
Total: 30+30 Hours
Text Book
1. E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, Fourth Edition,Tata Mc Graw Hill,2007
References
1. Behrouz A.Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structure program
approach using C, Cengage learning India edition. 2008
2. Ritchie D.M, Kernighan B.W, C Programming Language, PHI, 2000.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |24

11O108 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY


(Common to all branches)
0 0 2 1.0

Objective(s)
To know how to execute experiments properly, presentation of observations and arrival of
conclusions.
It is an integral part of any science and technology program.
To view and realize the theoretical knowledge acquired by the students through experiments
At the end of the course, the students able to realize the theoretical knowledge acquired
through experiments.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
Observation and analytical skills are developed
Various properties of matter can be known.
Different optical properties can be analyzed.
Assessment Pattern

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Internal

Semester End

Assessment

Examination

Preparation
Execution
Observation and Results
Record

10
10
10
5

15
15
15
-

Model Examination

10

5
50

5
50

Viva Voce
Total
Remember
1. Define rigidity modulus.
2. What is neutral axis?
3. Give an example for bad conductor.
4. What is frequency?
5. Define stream-lined flow.
6. What is the principle of air-wedge setup?
7. What is grating?
8. What is refractive index of flint glass?
9. What is forbidden energy gap?
10. Give the acronym of the term LASER.

Understand
1. Why the radius of the wire to be measured more accurately in the determination of ?
2. Give the difference between longitudinal and linear stress.
3. Why the method is not suitable to determine the thermal conductivity of good conductor?
should be constant. Why?
4. Why constant pressure head to be maintained in the case of Poisuilles method?
5. Reason out the formation of dark bands.
6. Why the order of the spectrum is different when observed from grating and prism though the
light is coming from the same source?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |25

7.
8.
9.

Why refractive index is important quantity in optics?


Why Ge and Si are not used for the fabrication of laser diodes?
Name the diffraction pattern formed while carrying out the particle size determination
experiment.

Apply / Evaluate
1. With the given value of rigidity modulus, can you say that the material can serve as a good
shaft?
2. A beam is supported on two knife edges and loaded at its middle. This bending is known
as non-uniform bending. Why?
3. What is the advantage of having high viscous liquid?
4. If Hg spectrum is used as a light source, air-wedge system can not be formed. Why?
5. In Hg spectrum using grating one can see red colour in the last position also red is used as a
warning signal colour in all the areas. Why?
List of Experiments (Any 10 Experiments)
1. Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using torsion pendulum
(symmetrical masses method).
2. Determination of Youngs modulus by non-uniform bending.
3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lees disc.
4. Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Meldes apparatus.
5. Determination of viscosity of a liquid - Poiseulles method.
6. Determination of thickness of a thin wire - air wedge method.
7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum grating.
8. Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling microscope.
9. Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.
10. Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.
11. Measurement of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of a optical fiber.
12. Youngs modulus uniform bending (pin and microscope).
Practical Schedule
S.No
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Total: 30 Hours

Experiments
Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using
torsion pendulum (symmetrical masses method).
Determination of Youngs modulus by non-uniform bending.
Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lees disc.
Determination of frequency of vibrating rod using Meldes apparatus.
Determination of viscosity of a liquid - Poiseulles method.
Determination of thickness of a thin wire - air wedge method.
Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum grating.
Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling
microscope.
Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode.
Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder.

Hours
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

11O109 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY


(Common to all branches)
0 0 2 1.0

Objective(s)
Imparting knowledge on basic concepts and its applications of chemical analysis.
Training in chemical and instrumental methods.
Develop skills in estimation of a given sample by chemical and instrumental methods.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |26

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
Students will able to identify and estimate quantitatively the certain impurities present in water,
which will be useful in industry.
Basic knowledge about the conductance, rate of corrosion, pH, molecular weight of polymer and
potential which will find application in industry.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester
End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Execution

10

15

Observation & Results


Record
Model Examination
Viva Voce

10
5
10
5

15
5

Total

50

50

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Remember

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

What is a standard solution?


Define normality and molarity.
Draw the structure of EDTA and EDTA- metal ion complex.
What are the units of hardness?
Draw the structure of EBT.
What are the ions responsible for alkalinities in water?
What are the composition of glass electrode and calomel electrode?
Define conductance.
What is an electrochemical cell?
What is electrode potential?
State Beer - Lamberts law.
State Mark - Kuhn- Houwink equation.

Understand

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

What are the different methods for expressing solution concentration?


Which salt produces temporary and permanent hardness?
How is caustic embrittlement caused by highly alkaline water in boiler?
What chemicals would you use to make a buffer of pH 10?
What is the pH value of lime juice, blood and deionized water?
What is the effect of dilution on conductance?
What is reference electrode? Give some examples.
What do you understand by monochromatic source of light?
During absorption spectroscopy, complexing agents are added to colourless solution of given

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |27

species. Explain.
10. Write the repeating unit of PVC and polystyrene.
11. What is meant by degree of polymerization?

Apply

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

What weight of oxalic acid is required to prepare 250 ml of 0.1N oxalic acid?
Derive the relationship between mg/l and ppm?
What is the significance of determining alkalinity of water?
Name the gases dissolved in water that cause corrosion.
Differentiate between acidity and alkalinity of water.
What is the significance of pH titration?
What are the advantages of conductometric titrations?
Give the significance of potentiometric titrations.
What is the significance of spectrophotometric studies?
Give some applications of UV Visible spectrophotometer in environmental pollution analysis.
Name two natural polymers which are used as textile fibres.
What is the molecular mass of polystyrene molecule containing 4000 monomers units?
What is the significance of determination of molecular weight of a polymer?

Analyze/ Evaluate

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Is KMnO4 a primary standard? Give reason for your answer.


Why disodium salt of EDTA is chosen for determination of hardness?
Why does the color of the solution change from wine red to blue at the end point?
Why does hard water not lather with soap?
Which is the best method of hardness determination and why?
Why is the alkalinity of irrigation water determined?

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Why is hydrogen electrode not generally used in pH measurements?


Why is ordinary water unsuitable for conductivity measurements?
Why should conductivity water be free of carbon dioxide?
Why cant absolute value of electrode potential be determined?
Why are sodium and potassium estimated in flame photometry?
Name the types of instruments employed in absorption measurements.
Why is the colour measured at 480 nm in the estimation of iron?
PVC is soft and flexible; whereas bakelite is hard and brittle. Why?
Are the polymeric materials polydisperse?

List of Experiments (Any ten experiments)

1.

Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances oxalic acid, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.
2. Determination of alkalinity in a water sample.
3. Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.
4. Determination of total, temporary and permanent hardness of water by EDTA method.
5. Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.
6. Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using potassium dichromate.
7. Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric method.
8. Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH meter.
9. Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric method.
10. Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.
11. Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |28

12. Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani river and
Bannari Amman Institute of Technology campus.
Total: 30 Hours

Practical Schedule
.No

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8
9
10

Experiments

Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances oxalic acid,
sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid.
Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method.
Conductometric titration of mixture of acids.
Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using
potassium dichromate.
Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric
method.
Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH
meter.
Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric
method.
Determination of corrosion rate by weight loss measurements.
Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples.
Comparison of total dissolved solids (TDS) and hardness of water in Bhavani
river and
Bannari Amman Institute of Technology campus.
11O201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II
(Common to all branches)

Hours
3
3
3
3
3

3
3
3
3
3

3 1 0 3.5

Objective(s)

Acquire knowledge to use multiple integrals to find area and volume of surfaces and solids
respectively.
Have a good grasp of analytic functions, complex integration and their interesting properties
and applications.

Programme Outcome(s)

(a)

An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2.
To improve problem evaluation technique.
3.
Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |29

Assessment Pattern

S. No

1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Test II

Model Examination

End Semester
Examination

20
40

20
40

20
40

30
10
100

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

30
10
100

30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

Remember

1. Define Jacobian in two dimensions.


2. State Greens theorem.
3. Define directional derivative of a vector point function.
4. Define analytic function.
5. What is the formula for finding the residue of a double pole?
6. State Cauchys integral formula.
7. Write the necessary condition for a function f (z) to be analytic.
8. Write the formula for unit normal vector?
9. Write all types of singularities.
10. State the sufficient conditions for a function of two variables to have an extremum at a point.

Understand

1.If u = 2 xy, v = x 2 y 2 , x = r cos , y = r sin compute


2. If

(u, v
..
( x, y )

y x z x
2 u
2 u
2 u
u = f
xy , xz show that x x + y y + z z = 0. .

3. Transform the integral

f ( x, y )dxdy to polar coordinates.


0 0

2 x

4.

Change the order of integration in

f (x , y )dydx .
0 0

j + (x-y+2z) k is solenoidal.

5.

Find a, such that (3x-2y+z) i + (4x+ay-z)

6.
7.

What is the greatest rate of increase of = xyz at (1, 0, 3)?


Test the analyticity of the function w = sin z.

dw
given w = tan z.
dz
dz
9. Evaluate
where c is the circle z = 1 .
2
c ( z 3)

8.

Find

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |30

10. Find the residue of the function

f ( z) =

4
at its simple pole.
z ( z 2)
3

Apply
4

1.

Examine the function u = x + y 2 x + 4 xy 2 y for extreme values.

2.

Check if

u=

x+ y
xy
,v=
are functionally dependent. If so find the relationship
x y
( x y )2

between them.
3.

( x

By transforming into cylindrical polar coordinates evaluate

+ y 2 + z 2 )dxdydz taken

R
2

0 x 1.

over the region of space defined by x + y 1 and


4.

Using Gauss divergence theorem evaluate

F n ds where F = 4 xz i y 2 j + yz k and S

is

the surface of the cube bounded by x = 0, y = 0, z = 0, x = 1, y = 1, z = 1.

5.

When the function f(z) = u + iv is analytic, show that u = constant and v = constant are orthogonal.

6.

Determine the image of 1 < x < 2 under the mapping

7.

Find the area of the cardiod r = 4 ( 1+ cos ) using double integral.

8.

Apply Greens theorem in the plane to evaluate

(3x

1
w= .
z
2

8 y 2 )dx + (4 y 6 xy)dy

where C is the boundary of the region defined by x = 0, y = 0 and x + y = 1.


9.

If u = log( x + y ) , find v and f (z) such that f (z) = u + iv is analytic.

e z dz
where C is the Circle z = 3 .
( z + 2 ) ( z + 1) 2

10. Using Cauchys integral formula evaluate

Analyze / Evaluate

1.

Prove that

2.

If

u
v
w
,y=
,z =
are functionally dependent.
vw
wu
uv

x=

g ( x, y) = (u, v)

where

u = x 2 y 2 , v = 2 xy prove that

2
2g 2g
2
+
= 4 ( x 2 + y 2 )
2
2
u 2 + v 2
x
y

xyzdxdydz

3.

Evaluate the integration

taken throughout the volume for which

4.

x, y, z 0

and
.
Evaluate the following integral by changing to spherical coordinates

x2 + y 2 + z 2 9
2

1 x

1 x

dxdydz
1 x

5.

z
2

Verify Gauss divergence theorem for F = x i + y j + z k where S is the surface of the


cuboid formed by the planes x= 0, x= a, y = 0, y = b, z = 0 and z = c.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |31

6.
7.

Determine the bilinear transformation that maps the points -1, 0, 1 in the z-plane onto the points
0, i, 3i in the w-plane.
2
cos 2
Evaluate
5 4 cos d .
0

8.

Using contour integration, evaluate

(
0

9.

Expand f ( z ) =

(z 1)(z 3)

x2
dx .
x2 + 9 x2 + 4

)(

as Laurents series valid in the regions:

1 < z < 3 and 0 < z 1 < 2 .


10. Show that F = (6 xy + z 3 )i + (3 x 2 z ) j + (3 xz 2 y ) k is irrigational vector and find the
scalar potential function

such that F = .

Unit I
Functions of Several Variables
Functions of two variables - Partial derivatives - Total differential - Derivative of implicit functions Maxima and minima - Constrained Maxima and Minima by Lagrangian Multiplier method - Jacobiansapplication to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Multiple Integrals
Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration - change of
variables- Area and volume by multiple integrals- application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Vector Calculus
Gradient - divergence - curl- line - surface and volume integrals - Greens - Gauss divergence and Stokes
theorems (statement only) - application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Analytic Functions
Analytic functions- Necessary condition of analytic function-Sufficient condition of analytic
function(statement only)- properties - Determination of analytic function using Milne Thomsons method,
conformal mappings - Mappings of w= z + a, az, 1/z, ez- bilinear transformation - application to
engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Complex Integration
Cauchys fundamental theorem (statement only)- and application of Cauchys integral formula(statement
only) Taylors and Laurents series- classification of singularities - Cauchys residue theorem (statement
only) Contour integration - circular and semi circular contours (excluding poles on the real axis)application to engineering problems
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books

1.

B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 2000.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |32

2.

K. A. Lakshminarayanan, K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers,


Volume II, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

References

1.
2.
3.
4.

P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics, Volume II, S. Chand


& Co., New Delhi, 2009.
T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008.
C. Ray Wylie and Louis. C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2003.

11O202 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE


(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
Imparting knowledge on principles of environmental science and engineering.
Understanding the concepts of ecosystem, biodiversity and impact of environmental pollution.
Awareness on value education, population and social issues.
Programme Outcome(s)

(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.


Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the students will be able to

Comprehend the importance of environment, its purpose, design, exploitation of natural resources
and perspectives.
Understand fundamental physical and biological principles that govern natural processes and role of
professionals in protecting the environment from degradation.
Understand current environmental challenges like pollution and its management.
Design and evaluate strategies, technologies and methods for sustainable management of
environmental systems.
Classify and understand the relation between human population and environment.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |33

Assessment Pattern

S.No.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

25
25
20
20
10
100

25
25
20
20
10
100

15
25
20
20
20
100

Semester
End
Examination
15
25
20
20
20
100

Remember

1. Give the scope and importance of environmental studies.


2. Distinguish between renewable and non- renewable resources.
3. Explain the impacts of mining on forests.
4. Explain why fresh water is a precious resource and classification of different water pollutants?
5. What are the Impacts of modern agriculture?
6. State the two energy laws and give examples that demonstrate each law.
7. List the physical, chemical, and biological factors responsible for soil formation.
8. Give examples of point and nonpoint sources of pollution.
9. Draw a food web that includes ten or more aquatic organisms.
10. Distinguish between primary and secondary pollutants.
11. Identify the four parts of the atmosphere.
12. Describe secondary and primary succession with suitable examples.
13. Define the term extinction.
14. Relate the concept of food web and food chain to trophic levels.
15. Describe energy flow in a ecosystem.
16. Define the roles of producers, herbivore, carnivore, omnivore, scavenger, parasite and decomposer.
17. List some of the components of an ecosystem.
18. Distinguish between the biotic and abiotic factors in an ecosystem.
19. Give some impacts of water pollution.
20. Explain the source and effects of e waste.
21. What is the loudest sound possible?
22. What are the laws regarding noise pollution?
23. What is rainwater harvesting?
24. Discuss the concept and reactions of acid rain.
25. Describe the salient features of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |34

26. What is 3R approach?


27. Give the effects of nuclear fallout.
28. Differentiate between mortality and natality.
29. What is exponential growth and zero population growth?
30. What are the objectives and elements of value education?
Understand

1. Explain why providing adequate food for all of the world's people is so difficult?
2. Rank the five major sources of energy used to produce electricity and classify the energy sources
as renewable or nonrenewable.
3. Describe the causes of desertification and its preventive measures.
4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the green revolution.
5. Explain the relationship between technology and global warming.
6. Describe any three health effects of air pollution.
7. Identify "greenhouse gases" and explain how they cause the "greenhouse effect".
8. Identify a few plants and animals with the various biomes.
9. Explain the importance of primary species.
10. Explain the five major types of species interactions and give examples of each.
11. Environmental problems involve social, political, and economic issues-Justify.
12. What problems does noise pollution cause to animals?
13. What type of pollution threatens wetlands?
14. What are the major measures to attain sustainability?
15. Why is urban energy requirement more than rural requirement?
16. What are the major limitations to successful implementation of our environmental legislation?
17. Explain the concept of Malthusian theory.
18. How age-structure pyramids serve as useful tools for predicting population growth trends of a nation?
19. Discuss various issues and measures for women and child welfare at international and national level.

Apply

1. Compare the energy efficiencies of any two inventions.


2. Name some alternatives to pesticides.
3. Identify four different habitats found in bodies of water and give examples of organisms that live
in each habitat.
4. Explain how we could reduce air pollution?
5. What are the measures to be taken to reduce your own noise pollution?
6. List the top ten polluted countries in the world?
7. Identify the grants available for rain water harvesting in buildings?
8. What are the major implications of enhanced global warming?
9. Discuss the methods implemented by government to control HIV/AIDS.
10. What is the role of an individual in prevention of pollution?
Analyze/ Evaluate

1. List reasons why it is important that we seek alternatives to fossil fuels.


2. Explain why fresh water is often in short supply?
3. Give examples of human-made sources of radiation and explain how human-made sources differ from
natural
sources of radiation.
Unit I
Introduction to Environmental Studies and Natural Resources
Environment: Definition- scope - importance need for public awareness. Forest resources: Use over
exploitation- deforestation - case studies- mining - effects on forests and tribal people. Water resources: Use
over utilization of surface and ground water- floods drought - conflicts over water. Mineral resources:
Use exploitation - environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources case studies. Food

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |35

resources: World food problems - changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing - effects of modern
agriculture- fertilizer-pesticide problems - water logging - salinity -case studies. Energy resources: Growing
energy needs - renewable and non renewable energy sources. Land resources: Land as a resource - land
degradation - soil erosion. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources.
Documentation of the effect of degradation of forest resource.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ecosystems and Biodiversity
Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem producers - consumers -decomposers
energy flow in the ecosystem ecological succession food chains - food webs and ecological pyramids.
Types of ecosystem: Introduction - characteristic features - forest ecosystem - grassland ecosystem desert
ecosystem - aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Biodiversity: Introduction
definition (genetic - species ecosystem) diversity. Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use - productive use
social values ethical values - aesthetic values. Biodiversity level: Global - national - local levels- India as
a mega diversity nation- hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss - poaching of wildlife
man wildlife conflicts endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ
and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity - field study.
Documentation of the endangered flora and fauna in your native place.
9 Hours
Unit III
Environmental Pollution
Pollution: Definition air pollution - water pollution - soil pollution - marine pollution - noise pollution thermal pollution - nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: Causes - effects - control measures of urban
and industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution - pollution case studies. Disaster
management: Floods earthquake - cyclone - landslides. Electronic wastes.
Investigation on the pollution status of Bhavani river.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Social Issues and Environment
Sustainable development : Unsustainable to sustainable development urban problems related to energy.
Water conservation - rain water harvesting - watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of
people. Environmental ethics: Issues - possible solutions climate change - global warming and its effects
on flora and fauna - acid rain - ozone layer depletion - nuclear accidents - nuclear holocaust wasteland
reclamation - consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act: Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) act water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act wildlife protection act forest conservation
act issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation.
Analyze the recent steps taken by government of India to prevent pollution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Human Population and Environment
Human population: Population growth - variation among nations population explosion family welfare
programme and family planning environment and human health Human rights value education HIV
/ AIDS, Swine flu women and child welfare . Role of information technology in environment and human
health.
Population explosion in India, China the present and future scenario.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books

1. T. G. Jr. Miller, Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co., 2004.


2. Raman Sivakumar, Introduction to Environmental Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |36

References

1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad India, 2010 .
2. S. Divan, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2001.
3. K. D. Wager, Environmental Management, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, USA, 1998.
4. W. P. Cunningham, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publising House, Mumbai, 2004.
5. S. K. Garg, R. Garg, R. Garg, Ecological & Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2006.
6. http://www.ipcc.ch/index.html
7. http://unfccc.int/2860.php

LANGUAGE ELECTIVE II
3 1 0 3.5

11A204/11C204/11M204 - APPLIED MATERIALS SCIENCE


(Common to AE, CE, and ME)
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To make students familiar in the properties of conducting, semiconducting, magnetic and dielectric
materials.
To acquire knowledge in thermal properties of materials used in construction and non-destructive
techniques.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand how conducting materials are influencing engineering design.


Demonstrate magnetic and electrical properties of materials.
Gain the fundamentals of polarizable solids.
Analyze the thermal conducting property of the materials through various methods.
Learn non-destructive testing methods of samples by various methods.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |37

Assessment Pattern
S.No.

1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test 1

Test 2

Model
Examination

25
25
20
20
10
100

25
25
20
20
10
100

20
25
20
20
15
100

Semester
End
Examination
20
25
20
20
15
100

Remember

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Mention the postulates of classical free electron theory.


State Wiedemann-Franz law.
Define the term Fermi energy and mention its importance.
Define drift velocity. How is it different from thermal velocity of an electron?
Explain the Fermi-Dirac distribution function of electrons. Illustrate graphically the effect of
temperature on the distribution.
6. Define mean free path.
7. Distinguish between the p-type and n-type semiconductors.
8. What are donors and acceptors?
9. What is the meaning of band gap of a semiconductor?
10. Discuss the variation of Fermi level with temperature in the case of p-type and n-type
semiconductors.
11. Explain the different types of polarization mechanisms in dielectrics and sketch their dependence
on the frequency of applied electric field.
12. What is dielectric breakdown? Summarize the various factors contributing to breakdown in
dielectrics.
13. Discuss the different modes of heat transfer and mention their special features.
14. Write a note on X-ray fluoroscopy.
15. Describe the construction and working of ultrasonic flaw detector. Also write the merits and
demerits.
16. What is the basic principle of liquid penetrant method?
17. Briefly discuss the different stages involved in LP testing.
18. What are the characteristics of the LP testing materials?

Understand

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |38

1. Mention the salient features of the free electron gas model. Obtain the Ohms law based on it.
2. Mention the limitations of classical free electron theory.
3. Define density of states and also mention its uses.
4. Explain thermal conductivity and derive an expression for thermal conductivity of metals.
5. Derive an expression for density of states in a metal and hence obtain the Fermi energy in terms of
density of free electrons.
6. Distinguish between relaxation time and collision time.
7. Why do you prefer extrinsic semiconductor over intrinsic semiconductor?
8. What is Hall effect? What is its use in semiconductors?
9. Deduce the relation for the local field of a dielectric material which is in cubic structure.
10. Deduce Clausius-Mosotti relation and explain its use in predicting dielectric constants of solids.
11. Distinguish between thermal conductivity and thermal diffusivity.
12. Explain the heat flow through compound media in series and parallel.
13. Explain the principle behind radiography.
Apply

1.
2.
3.
4.

Assuming the electron-lattice interaction to be responsible for scattering of conduction electrons in


a metal, obtain an expression for conductivity in terms of relaxation time and explain any three
drawbacks of classical free electron theory of metals.
Explain any two practical applications of conduction and convection.
Explain the thermal conductivity of rubber.
Elaborate how you will explore the defects in automotive parts?

Analyze/Evaluate
1. State the relation between thermal conductivity and electrical conductivity. Does it hold good for all
types of materials?
2. Calculate the Fermi energy of copper at 0K. Atomic weight and density of copper are 63.54 and
8950 kg/m3 respectively.
3. By how many orders of magnitude is the mean free path reduced in a certain metal when
temperature increases from 0C to 340C? The temperature coefficient of resistivity = 5x10-3.
4. Why do you prefer silicon for transistors and GaAs for laser diodes?
5. Sketch the variation of conductivity with temperature in the case of intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors.
6. How will you determine the type of charge carriers present in a semiconductor?
7.
Mention the limitations of LP testing.
Unit I
Electrical Properties of Metals
Introduction- Derivation of microscopic form of Ohms law- postulates of classical free electron theoryderivation of electrical conductivity of metals (Drude - Lorentz theory)- merits and demerits. Derivation of
thermal conductivity Wiedemann-Franz law- verification. Electron energies in metal and Fermi energyFermi-Dirac distribution function and its variation with temperature- density of energy states- calculation of
density of electron and fermi energy at 0K- average energy of free electron at 0K- Importance of fermi
energy- problems.
Quantum free electron theory and Band theory of solids.
9 Hours
Unit II
Semiconducting Materials & Devices
Introduction - elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic semiconductors: density of electrons density of holes- determination of carrier concentration and position of Fermi energy- band gap energy
determination (quantitative treatment). Extrinsic semiconductors: carrier concentration in p-type and n-type
semiconductors. Hall effect- theory of Hall effect- experimental determination of Hall voltage- applications.
Semi conducting devices: solar cells (Photovoltaic effect) uses. Photo detectors: pin photo diodes
applications.
Variation of Fermi level with temperature and doping concentration in extrinsic semiconductors.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |39

9 Hours
Unit III
Dielectrics
Introduction- fundamental definitions in dielectrics- expressions for electronic, ionic and orientation
polarization mechanisms- space charge polarization- Langevin- Debye equation- frequency and temperature
effects on polarization- dielectric loss- internal field- expression for internal field (cubic structure)derivation of Clausius-Mosotti equation importance. Dielectric breakdown- various breakdown
mechanisms with characteristics- applications of dielectric materials and insulating materials - problems.
Charging and discharging of capacitors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Thermal Physics
Mode of heat transfer-thermal conductivity-thermal diffusivity-thermal conduction through compound media
(bodies in series and parallel) - thermal conductivity of good conductor - Forbes method-thermal
conductivity of bad conductor- Lees disc-radial flow of heat-expression for thermal conductivity of rubberexperimental determination-practical applications of conduction-problems.
Thermal and ventilation design of buildings .
9 Hours
Unit V
Non-Destructive Testing
Introduction - various steps involved in NDT process-X-ray radiographic technique -displacement method
merits, demerits and applications of X-ray radiography - X-ray fluoroscopy liquid penetrant methodadvantages, disadvantages and applications ultrasonic flaw detector - block diagram - construction and
working - merits and demerits. Thermography: types-block diagram - recording of thermal images - merits,
demerits and applications.
Fluoroscopy or Real-time Radiography.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books

1.
2.

V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.


M. Arumugam, Physics II, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam, 2005.

References

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2006.
M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
D.S Mathur, Elements of properties of matter, S.Chand Publications, New Delhi, Reprints 2010.
P.K. Palanisami, Physics For Engineers, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, 2002.

11A205 ENGINEERING MECHANICS


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

The objectives of the program are to enable the student to attain a deeper understanding of
engineering mechanics fundamentals, knowledge of recent developments.
The objectives are accomplished through coursework, seminars and innovative presentations by the
students.
Students acquire the ability to apply the knowledge at masters degree and doctoral degree level to
conduct individual research.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |40

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in
a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different concepts of equilibrium.
2.
Thorough study about friction.
3.
Analysis of centroid and moment of inertia of different geometries.

Assessment Pattern

S. No.

1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

20
30
20
30
100

20
30
20
30
100

Model
Examination
20
30
20
30
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
20
30
100

Remember

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Define statics and dynamics.


What are the fundamental principles of mechanics?
What are the units of quantities?
State and explain parallelogram law.
State principle of transmissibility.
Define triangular law of forces.
Define polygon law.
Derive the expression for parallelogram law.
Define Lamis theorem
Derive the expression for equation of equilibrium
Define types of loads.
Define second moment of inertia.
What is the centroid of the sections- rectangle, circle, and triangle?
Explain parallel axis theorem?
Explain perpendicular axis theorem?
Derive the expression for principal moment of inertia for plane areas.
Define polar moment of inertia.
Define impulse and momentum.
Define frictional force.
Define rolling resistance.
Define product moment of inertia.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |41

Understand
1. Differentiate statics and dynamics.
2. Differentiate kinetics and kinematics.
3. Explain what is meant by rigid body?
4. What are the basic concepts of mechanics?
5. What is meant by dimensional homogeneity?
6. What are the components of a force?
7. What is meant by free body diagram?
8. What is meant by equilibrium condition?
9. What are the supports and their reactions?
10. What is angle of repose?
11. What is the relationship between the displacement, velocity and acceleration?
12. Differentiate impulse and momentum.
13. What are the limitations of the Varignons theorem?
14. Differentiate between rectilinear and curvilinear motion.
15. What is meant by simple contact friction?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
Consider two forces F and 2F acting on a particle. If the force F is increased by 13 KN and 2F is
doubled, the direction of resultant is unaltered. Find the forces acting on it.
2.
Determine the product and polar moment of inertia for the ellipse of major axis a and minor
axis b
3.
Determine the second moment of inertia of angle section 100 cm x 90 cm x 10 cm
4.
Obtain the reaction at the support points of the beam.

5. Determine the reaction support of the pin-jointed truss shown in Fig.2 The truss is subjected to a
vertical load of 16kN and horizontal load of 8kN simultaneously at joint A.

Unit I
Basics and Statics of Particles
Introduction - Units and Dimensions - Laws of Mechanics Parallelogram Law of forces Vectors
Vectorial representation of forces -Coplanar Forces Resolution and Composition of forces Equilibrium
of a particle under coplanar forces Forces in space - Equilibrium of a particle in space.
Basics of dot product and vector product.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |42

Unit II
Equilibrium of Rigid Bodies
Free body diagram Types of supports and their reactions Moments and Couples Vectorial
representation of moments and couples Scalar components of a moment Varignons theorem resolution
of a given force into a force acting at a given point and a couple reduction of a system of coplanar forces
acting on a rigid body into a single force and a single couple - Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two
dimensions Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in three dimensions.
Understanding and drawing of various types of free body diagrams.
9 Hours
Unit III
Friction
Frictional force Laws of Coulomb friction Angle of friction cone of friction - Simple contact friction
Ladder friction - Belt friction Transmission of power through belts Wedge Friction Screw Jack Self
locking - Rolling Resistance Problems involving the equilibrium of a rigid bodies with frictional forces.
Applications of frictional force effects.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Properties of Surfaces and Solids
Determination of Areas and Volumes First moment of area and the Centroid of sections Rectangle,
circle, triangle from integration T section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section by using standard
formula second and product moments of plane area Rectangle, triangle, circle from integration T
section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section by using standard formula Parallel axis theorem and
perpendicular axis theorem Polar moment of inertia Principal moments of inertia of plane areas Mass
moment of inertia Relation with area MOI.
Finding the surface area and cross-sectional areas of various sections.
9 Hours

Unit V
Dynamics of Particles
Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship Linear motion Curvilinear motion
Newtons law Work Energy Equation of particles Principle of Impulse and Momentum Impact of
elastic bodies.
Laws of motions.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Book
1.

F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston Jr., Vector Mechanics for Engineers Statics and Dynamics, 7th
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2005.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

R. C. Hibbeller, Engineering Mechanics Statics (Vol. I), Dynamics (Vol. II), Pearson Education
Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
Andrew Pytel and Jaan Kiusalaas, Engineering Mechanics Statics (Vol I), Dynamics (Vol II)
2nd Edition, Brooks / Cole publishing company, 1999.
Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics, IV Edition
Pearson
Education Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
M. S. Palanichamy and S. Nagan, Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics 3rd Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
S. Rajasekaran and G. Sankarasubramanian, Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics, 3rd Edition,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |43

11A206 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To understand the structure and the properties of the fluids.
To understand the mathematical techniques already in vogue and apply them to the solutions of
practical flow problems.

To understand the energy exchange process in fluid mechanics handling incompressible fluids.

To understand the Principles of turbines, pumps and their characteristics.

Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a
global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Flow analysis for different types of fluids.
2. Able to analyze the performance of various fluid machines.
Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10
100

10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.

What is the variation of viscosity with temperature for fluids?


Define absolute pressure and gauge pressure.
Find the height of a mountain where the atmospheric pressure is 730 mm of Hg at normal
conditions.
4. State equation of continuity 3D compressible unsteady flow in differential form.
5. List the causes of minor energy losses in flow through pipes.
6. State Buckinghams theorem.
7. What is TEL?
8. What is venturimeter? Write an expression for the discharge through a venturimeter.
9. What is dynamic similarity?
10. What is the condition for maximum transmission of power?
11. Define Froudes number.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |44

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Write down the Hagen-Poisuille equation for laminar flow.


Define specific speed.
Give the types of energy losses.
What are the different types of draft tubes?
The time period (t) of a pendulum depends upon the length (L) of the pendulum and
acceleration due to gravity (g). Derive an expression for the time period.
Can actual discharge be greater than theoretical discharge in a reciprocating pump?
Define streamlined and bluff bodies with example.
Which factor determines the maximum speed of a reciprocating pump?
What is flow separation? What are the methods available to delay the flow separation in
aircrafts?
List down the type of minor energy losses.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Explain the properties of a hydraulic fluid.


Classify the fluids on the basis of existence of interface (Free surface).
Explain the losses of energy in flow through pipes.
Classify models with scale ratios.
Explain the characteristic curves of a centrifugal pump.
Derive the continuity equation in 3D (Cartesian form).
Explain the types of boundary layer with neat sketch.
Explain the preventing methods to separation boundary layer.
Derive an expression for lift force acting on rotating cylinder.
Explain with a neat sketch the working principle of centrifugal pump.
Explain with a neat sketch the working principle of reciprocating pump.
Classify various types of drag.

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.

Show the various parts of a Kaplan turbine and explain their functions.
Show how formation of boundary layer takes place over a streamlined body in a non-separating
flow.
Using the method of dimensional analysis derive an equation for critical path.

Create
1.
2.

Distinguish ideal and real fluid.


Distinguish between compressible and incompressible flow.

Unit I
Basic Concepts and Properties
Fluid definition, distinction between solid and fluid Units and dimensions Properties of fluids
density, specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity, temperature, viscosity, compressibility, vapour
pressure, capillary and surface tension Fluid statics: concept of fluid static pressure, absolute and gauge
pressures pressure measurements by manometers and pressure gauges.
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids and their classification.
9 Hours
Unit II
Fluid Kinematics and Fluid Dynamics
Fluid Kinematics - Flow visualization - lines of flow - types of flow - continuity equation (one and three
dimensional differential forms)- Equation of streamline - stream function - velocity potential function fluid
dynamics - equations of motion - Euler's equation along a streamline - Bernoulli's equation applications Venturi meter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube.
Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |45

Unit III
Incompressible Fluid Flow
Viscous flow Shear stress, pressure gradient relationship laminar flow between parallel plates Laminar
flow through circular tubes (Hagen poiseulles) flow through pipes Darcy weisbacks equation pipe
roughness friction factor- Moodys diagram-minor losses.
Expansion and contraction losses.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Dimensional Analysis and Boundary Layer Concepts
Dimensional analysis - Buckingham's theorem- applications - similarity laws and models. Boundary layer
concepts - Boundary layer flows boundary layer thickness, boundary layer separation - drag and lift
coefficients.
Important dimensionless numbers.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fluid Machines
Hydro turbines: definition and classifications - Pelton turbine - Francis turbine - Kaplan turbine - working
principles - velocity triangles - work done - specific speed . Pumps: definition and classifications Centrifugal pump: classifications, working principles, velocity triangles, specific speed, efficiency.
Reciprocating pumps: Working principle and classification.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, 2nd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
R. K. Bansal, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Machines, 5thEdition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005.

References
1. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics,5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, , New Delhi, 2003.
2. V. L. Streeter and E. B. Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
3. S. Ramamirtham, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi, 2005.
4. K. L. Kumar, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, 7th Edition, Eurasia Publishing House (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2004.
5. NPTEL (\\http:lib.bitsathy.ac.in)

11A207 ENGINEERING DESIGN CONCEPTS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To understand the concept generation, concept selection, design process, planning for manufacture.
To know the various techniques used in designing a product.

Programme Outcome(s)
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions in
a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
PDS development.
2.
Brainstorming.
3.
Morphological analysis.
4.
Patent drafting

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |46

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No.
(New Version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze/Evaluate
5
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

Model
Examination
30
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

What is engineering design?


What are the principles of engineering design?
What are the six elements of design process?
List the content of a PDS?
What is meant by Brainstorming?
List out the five creativity methods.
List out the five concept selection methods.
What are the five basic patterns of decision making?
List the principles of engineering design.
What are the steps follwed in industrial design?
What is Ergonomics in Engineering Design?
Define factor of safety?
What are the elements of cost?
What is meant by BOM?
What is meant by QFD?
List the content of a design report?
Name the three types of patents?

Understand
1.
How does engineering design interfaces are made within and outside the design department?
2.
How will you identify a problem?
3.
Why we go for computer aided decision making?
4.
How will you identify customer needs?
5.
Differentiate between criteria weighting and datum method of concept selection?
6.
How will you make decision based on knowledge?
7.
How will you estimate a manufacturing cost?
8.
For what break even analysis is carried out in a company?
9.
Differentiate between final and intermediate design review.
10. Differentiate between Patent and copyright?
11. Differentiate between concept sketches and scheme drawing
12. What are the steps followed in drafting a patent application?

Apply
1.
2.
3.

Write PDS for a car?


Write the concept generation for a under seat suspension system of an excavator.
Write the methods of selection of material for aircraft.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |47

4.
5.
6.

Write the material selection procedure for bought out components


Write a design report for a new product?
Write a patent draft for any one product you know.

Unit I
Principles and Problem Identification
Engineering design introduction and definition, Considerations of a good design, Engineering design
interfaces, Principles of engineering design, Problem identification, Design process, simplified approach and
detailed description.
9 Hours
Unit II
Technological innovation and Concept Generation
Introduction, Product and process cycle, Societal considerations in engineering, Creativity and problem
solving, Creativity and problem solving, Creativity methods, Before problem definition step, identifying
customer needs, Marketing, Benchmarking.
9 Hours
Unit III
Concept Evaluation and Design Process
Evaluation methods, Decision making, Decision theory, Classification of manufacturing process, Design for
manufacturing (DFM), Design for Assembly (DFA), Industrial design, Human factors design, Design for
environment.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Planning for Management and Manufacture
Production design specification (PDS), Quality function deployment (QFD), Design review, Value
analysis/engineering, Detail design, Role of processing in design, Materials selection.
9 Hours
Unit V
Intellectual property rights & Case Studies
Introduction, Study prior inventions, Patent, Patent literature, Expert system. Presentation Techniques,
Introduction, Design report, Case studies
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.

Ken Hurst, Engineering Design Principles, Elsevier Science and Technology Books, May 1999.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

George E. Dieter, Engineering Design, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill International.


Richard Birmingham, Graham Cleland, Robert Driver and David Maffin, Understanding
Engineering Design, Prentice Hall of India.
Pahl G, Beitz W, Feldhusan J and Grote K.H., Engineering Design, Springer, 2007.
Yousef Haik and Tamer M. Shahin, Engineering Design Process, Cengage Learning, 2010.
John Chris Jones, Design Methods, John Wiley & Sons, 2002
www.patentoffice.nic.in
www.ep.espacenet.com/advanced Search

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |48

11O208 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS


(Common for CE,EEE,ME,MXE,BT,IT & TT (I Semester); AE,CSE,ECE,EIE & FT (II Semester)
2 0 2 3.0
Objective(s)
Upon Successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
Understand and appreciate the importance of Engineering Graphics in Engineering
Understand the basic principles of Technical/Engineering Drawing
Understand the different steps in producing drawings according to BIS conventions
Program Outcome(s)
(a)

An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
Able to understand the pictorial representation
Able to understand different views of orthographic projection
Able to draw the three dimensional object from the given orthographic views
Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment

Semester End Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results

15

25

Record
Mini-project/
Model examination/
Viva-voce

10

15

10

50

50

Total

Remember
1. Define Graphic communication or drawing.
2. List the different drawing instruments.
3. What is blueprint?
4. What are the applications of engineering graphics?
5. What are the two types of drawings?
6. What are the different types of projections?
7. Define Orthographic projection.
8. What do you mean by I angle projection?
9. What is third angle projection?
10. Define Plan.
11. What is Elevation?
12. List the various types of lines.
13. What do you mean by a Plane?
14. Name the five standard sizes of drawing sheets that are specified by BIS.
15. Give the BIS codes for Lettering, Dimensioning and lines.
16. State few important dimensioning rules.
17. What are the two types of Solids?
18. What is Representative Fraction (RF)?
19. What is a Frustum?
20. Define Truncated solid.
21. What is a section?
22. What do you mean by development of surfaces?
23. State the principle of Isometric projection.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |49

24. What is Isometric View?


25. Define Isometric scale.
Understand
1.
2.
3.

When an object is said to be in III quadrant?


Why are the projectors perpendicular to the Projection Plane in the Orthographic projection?
What is the Shape of the section obtained when a cone is cut by a plane passing through the apex and
center of the base of the cone?
4. Why II and IV angle projections are not used in industries?
5. What are the differences between I angle and III angle projections?
6. Which method is suitable for developing a truncated prism?
7. Why is a hexagonal headed bolt and nut more common in use as compared to square headed bolt and
nut?
8. Which is the most suitable method for drawing the Perspective Projection?
9. What are the prerequisites for Free hand sketching?
10. What are the two methods used to obtain the Isometric view of a circle?
11. Why CAD is preferred over Conventional drafting?
Apply/Evaluate
1. How will you project a point which is above HP and in front of VP?
2. How will you project a point which is below HP and behind VP?
3. What is the method used to determine the True length and inclination of a line inclined to both the
planes?
4. How will you project a prism whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position
method?
5. How will you project a cylinder when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position
method?
6. How will you project a pyramid whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position
method?
7. How will you project a cone when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position
method?
8. How will you obtain the Sectional view of solids in simple vertical position cut by planes inclined to
any one reference plane?
9. How will you develop the lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids?
10. How will you develop the complete surfaces of Frustums?
11. A cricket ball thrown from the ground level reaches the wicket keepers gloves. Maximum height
reached by the ball is 5m. The ball travels a horizontal distance of 11m from the point of projection.
Trace the path of the ball.
12. The Pictorial view of an object is shown below. Draw the following views to full size scale.
a) Elevation in the direction of arrow
b) Left end elevation
c) Plan
13. Read the dimensioned drawing shown below. Redraw the figure to full size and dimension it as per
Indian Standards.

Q. No. 12

Q. No. 13

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |50

Unit I
Concepts and Conventions
Use of drafting instruments BIS conventions and specifications Size, layout and folding of drawing
sheets Lettering and dimensioning. General principles of orthographic projection First angle projection
Layout of views Projection of points, located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first quadrant
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations.
6 Hours
Unit II
Projection of Solids
Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one
reference plane by change of position method.
6 Hours
Unit III
Section of Solids and Development of Surfaces
Sectioning of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes
inclined to one Reference: plane Obtaining the true shape of section. Development of lateral surfaces of
simple solids prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
6 Hours
Unit IV
Isometric Projection and Perspective Projection
Principles of isometric projection isometric scale isometric projections of simple solids, pyramids,
cylinders and cones. Orthographic projection - Systems of orthographic projection - First angle orthographic
projection - Conversion of pictorial to orthographic views (Free hand).
6 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to AutoCAD and 2D Modeling
Starting AutoCAD Interfaces Menus Tool bars Coordinates Limits Units 2D commands
Drawing Commands - Creating a Point, Construction of Lines, Polyline, Multiline, Circles, Arcs, Rectangle,
Polygon, Ellipse, Hatch, Text, Mtext, Linetypes Edit and Modify commands - Copy, Move, Erase, Mirror,
Zoom, Pan, Arrays, Trim, Break, Fillet, Chamfer, Redraw, Regen, Dimensioning, Colors, Layers Exercises
6 Hours
Total: 30+30 Hours
Text Book
1.

K. V. Natarajan, A Textbook: of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2006

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

S. Julyes Jaisingh, Engineering Graphics, Tri Sea Publishers, 2010


V. Rameshbabu, Engineering Graphics, VRB Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2009
K. Venugopal, Engineering Graphics, New Age International (P) Limited, 2002
N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar publishing House 2003
K. L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Engineering Graphics, Scitech Publications (Pvt) Limited-2002

List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Projection of points located in all quadrants.


Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the planes.
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines.
Projection of Solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one
reference plane by change of position method.
Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane and
obtaining true shape of section.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |51

6.

Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids cylinder and
cone.
7. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders.
8. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views.
9. Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD.
10. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD.
Total: 30 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No

Experiments

Hours

1
2

Projection of points located in all quadrants

Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the
planes.

3
4

Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines

Projection of Solids when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by


change of position method.

Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to


one reference plane and obtaining true shape of section

6
7
8
9

Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids.


Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders.
Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views.

3
3
3

Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using
AutoCAD.

10

Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD.

11A209 WORKSHOP PRACTICE


0 0 2 1.0
Objective(s)
To learn the use of basic hand tools and to know the need for safety in work place
To gain hands on experience on Carpentry, Fitting, Sheet metal, Plumbing and Arc welding
operations
by making simple objects
To have the basic knowledge on working of domestic appliances
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Course Outcome(s)

Students will be able to use their skills during their project work
Students will be able to understand the practical difficulties encountered in industries during
any assembly work
Students will be able to do simple electronic and electrical work throughout their carrier.
Students will be able to rectify simple problem connected with pipe fittings

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |52

Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
Mini-Project/
Model Examination /
Viva-Voce
Total

Semester End Examination

10
10
10

20
10
-

20

20

50

50

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

What are the tools used in sheet metal work?


What are the types of joints in sheet metal work?
What is gas welding?
List out the types of flames in welding.
What is meant by carpentry?
What are the types of joints in pipe connection?
What is staircase wiring?
What is the working principle of centrifugal pump?
What are the types of valves in plumbing and where it is used?
List out the cutting tools used in carpentry with specification.
What are the necessary equipments used in Arc Welding?
What are the methods used in sheet metal work?
List out the types and components of Air- Conditioner.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Compare the Refrigeration system with air Condition system.


How the refrigeration system works?
How will you select the suitable welding process for various materials?
How will make a V joint in the given MS flat?
How cavity is formed by using pattern?
How the wires are joined by soldering?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Sketch the wiring diagram for a room consist of two fans ,three tubelights, and one plug point.
Sketch the line diagram of the plumbing work carried out in your house.
Sketch all the wooden furniture present in your house in three dimensional view.
How will make a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps?
How will form Staircase and Godown wiring?
Prepare a hexagonal shape pen stand by using power tools.
Prepare a cover with handle by using sheet metal to cover a motor.
Prepare a small trolley to carry wastage by using welding work.

List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Forming of simple objects using sheet metal.


Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat.
Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump.
Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using welding joints.
Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using power tools.
Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps.
Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/ Refrigerator and WindowAir

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |53

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Conditioner.
Making wooden model of symmetric airfoil using carpentry tool.
Making wedge shape wooden model using carpentry tools.
Spot welding and arc welding practice.
Study and assembly of a simple piston engine.
Basic operations of a lathe machine.
Total: 30 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3

Experiments
Forming of simple objects using sheet metal.
Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat.
Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump.
Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using
welding joints.
Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, cell phone stand etc., by using
power tools.
Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes
valves and taps.
Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Washing Machine/
Refrigerator and WindowAir-Conditioner.
Making wooden model of symmetric airfoil using carpentry tool.

Making wedge shape wooden model using carpentry tools.

10

Spot welding and arc welding practice.

11

Study and assembly of a simple piston engine

12

Basic operations of a lathe machine.

4
5
6
7

Hours
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
3

11O301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III


(Common to all branches Except CSE and Bio-Tech)
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To obtain the knowledge of expressing periodic functions as Fourier series, Fourier transform
and Z transform which is used to analyze signals in signal processing.
Ability to solve boundary value problems in heat and wave equation using partial differential
equations.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.
2. To improve problem evaluation technique.
3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |54

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

S. No

Test I

Test II

Model Examination

End Semester
Examination

20
40

20
40

20
40

30
10
100

30
10
100

30
10
-100

20
40
30
10
100

1
2
3
4
5

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total
Remember

1. State the Dirichlets conditions.


2. Define even and odd function graphically.
3. Write down the complex Fourier transform pair.
4. State convolution theorem in Fourier transform.
5. Define unilateral and bilateral Z-transform of {f(n)}.
6. State initial value theorem in Z-transform.
7. Define complete solution of a partial differential equation.
8. Write the complementary function of non homogeneous second order equations of distinct and repeated
roots.
9. What does a2 represent in the equation ytt = a2 yxx ?
10. Write any two solutions of the Laplace equation obtained by the method of separation of variables.
Understand

x z2 y 2 p + y x 2 z2 q = z y 2 x 2 .
2
2
2
x y
2. Solve (D + 2 DD + D )z = x y + e
.

1. Find the general solution of

( )

3. Find the half-range cosine series for the function f x = x, 0 < x < and hence deduce the sum of
the

series

(2n + 1)

n=0

4. Find the Fourier series of period 2 for the function

x
f ( x) =
(2 x )

0 x 1
1 x 2

1
.
2
n =1, 3, 5 ,.. n

Deduce the sum of

( )

1 x

for x 1

for | x | > 1

5. Find the Fourier transform of f x =

Hence evaluate

sin x
x dx and

sin x
x dx .

6. Solve the integral equation

f ( x ) cos x dx

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |55

4z3
(2 z 1)2 (z 1)
2n + 3
8. Find Z transform of
.
(n + 1)(n + 2)
7. Find inverse

transform

9. Use convolution theorem to find the inverse Z transform of

8z 2
(2 z 1)(4 z + 1)

10. Give a function which is self reciprocal under Fourier sine and cosine transform.
Apply
1. Find the PDE of all planes having equal intercepts on the x and y axis.
2. Form the PDE of all planes passing through the origin.
3. Expand the function

f ( x ) = cos x in ( , ) as a Fourier series of periodicity 2.

4. A function y=f(x) is given by the following table of values. Make the harmonic analysis
of the function in (0,T) up to the second harmonic.
x
0
T/6
T/3
T/2
2T/3
5T/6
T
y
0
9.2
14.4
17.8
17.3
11.7
0
5. Obtain the constant term and the first harmonic in the Fourier series expansion in (0,12) for the function
y = f(x) defined by the table below
x
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
f (x)
1.8
1.1
0.3
0.16
0.5
1.5
2.16
1.88
1.25
1.30 1.76 2.00
6. A taut string of length L is fastened at both ends. The midpoint of the string is taken to a height of b and
then released from rest in this position. Find the displacement of the string at any time t.
7. A string is stretched between two fixed points at a distance 2L apart and the points of the string are given
Initial velocities v where
v = cx /L
0 < x <L
= c (2L - x) /L
L < x < 2L . x being the distance from an end
point. Find the displacement of the string at any subsequent time.
8. A rod 30 cm long, has its ends A and B at 20C and 80C respectively, until steady state conditions
prevail. The temperature at the end B is then suddenly reduced to 60 C and at the end A is raised to 40
C and maintained so. Find the resulting temperature u (x,t).
9. A rectangular plate with insulated surface is 10 cm wide so long compared to its width that it may be
Considered infinite length .If the temperature along the short edge y=0 is given by 8 sin(
0

x
10

) , while the

two long edges x= 0 and x=10 as well as the other short edge are kept at 0 c . Find the steady state
temperature.

y n+ 2 7 y n+1 + 12 y n = 2 n , given that y 0 = y1 = 0 .

10. Solve the equation


Analyze/ Evaluate

1. Solve (D2-5DD+6D2) z= y sinx.


2. Solve (4D2-4DD+D2)z = 16 log(x+2y).
3. Solve z = p x + q y + p2 q2 .

4. Evaluate

(x

5. Evaluate

(x
0

dx
using transform method.
+ a x2 + b2
2

)(

dx
2

+ a2

and

(x
0

x 2 dx
2

+ a2

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |56

6. Find Fourier sine transform of

e ax
, a >0.
x

7. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of e-ax , a > 0 and hence find Fourier sine and cosine transform of
x e-ax.
8. Find Fourier transform of e

a2 x2

, a > 0 and hence find Fourier transform of e

x2
2

9. Find Fourier sine and cosine transform of x n-1.


10 Find inverse

transform

4z3
.
(2 z 1)2 (z 1)

Unit I
Fourier Series
Dirichlets conditions General Fourier series Odd and even functions Half range cosine and sine series
Parsevals Identity - Harmonic Analysis- Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Fourier Transform
Fourier transform pair Sine and Cosine transforms Properties Transforms of simple functions
Convolution theorem - Parsevals Identity-Finite Fourier Transform- Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Z -Transform and Difference Equations
Z-transform - Elementary properties Inverse Z-transform Convolution theorem -Formation of difference
equations Solution of difference equations using Z- transform - Application to engineering problems.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Partial Differential Equations
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions
Solution of standard types of first order partial differential equations (excluding reducible to standard forms )
Lagranges linear equation Linear partial differential equations of second and higher order with constant
coefficients.
9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary value problems
Classification of second order quasi linear partial differential equations Fourier series solutions of one
dimensional wave equation One dimensional heat equation (Insulated ends excluded ) Steady state
solution of two-dimensional heat equation (Insulated edges excluded ) Fourier series solutions in Cartesian
coordinates .
9 Hours
Total: 45+15Hours
Text Books
1 B. S .Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi ,2000.
2 K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers, Volume III, Vikas Publishing House,
New Delhi,2008.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |57

References
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics ,Volume III , S. Chand &
Co., New Delhi, 2008.
2. E. Kreyszig. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 8th Edition , John Wiley & Sons, Inc,Singapore
(2008).
3. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008.

11A302 SOLID MECHANICS


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial, bending, tensional and
combined loads.

By acquiring the knowledge of solid mechanics, students are able to take up works of
mechanical, civil, structural and aeronautical engineering

To understand the application of various material and their properties.

To understand the basic concepts of beam and column design.


Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of the strain, stress and displacement which are due to loading of system
2. Analysis of different types of beams
3. Determine the SFD and BMD of beams.
4. Estimate the principal stress and principal strain.
Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
50
20
100

10
20
50
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Remember
1. Draw the stress strain diagram for a ductile material.
2. Define shear force and bending moment.
3. A cantilever beam of 2 m long is carrying a point load of 20 kN at its free end. Calculate the slope at
the free end. Assume EI = 12 103 kN-m2
4. What is the maximum slope of a simply supported beam subjected to udl over the entire span and
where does it occur?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |58

5. Differentiate open coiled helical spring from the close coiled helical spring and state the type of
stress induced in each spring due to an axial load
6. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
7. What are principal stresses and principal planes?
8. Name the stresses induced in a thin walled cylinder subjected to internal fluid pressure.
9. Derive a relation for change in length of a bar of uniformly tapering circular section subjected to an
axial tensile load W.
Understand
1. State any four assumptions made in the theory of simple bending.
2. Derive the bending formula M/I = f/y = E/R
3. What is a point of inflection?
4. State the theory of simple bending.
5. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
6. Differentiate in the failure mechanism of short and long columns.
7. Define buckling load.
8. Write the effective length of column for both ends pinned condition
9. Write the effective length of column for both ends fixed condition.
Apply / Evaluate
1.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.

8.

9.

A bar of length 1 m and diameter 30 mm is centrally bored for 0.4 m from one end, the bore
diameter being 10 mm. Under a load of 25 kN (applied axially), if the extension of the bar is 0.185
mm, what is the modulus of elasticity of the bar?
For a given material, Young's modulus is 1 105 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity is 0.4 105
N/mm2. Find the Bulk modulus and lateral contraction of a round bar of the above material of 50
mm diameter and 2.5 m long when stretched 2.5 mm. Take Poisson's ratio as .
A reinforced concrete column 500 mm 500 mm in section is reinforced with 4 steel bars of 25
mm diameter; one in each corner, the column is carrying a load of 1000 kN. Find the stresses in the
concrete and steel bars. Take E for steel = 210 103 N/mm2 and E for concrete = 14 103 N/mm2.
A simply supported beam of span 6 m is acted upon by a point load of 60 kN at 4 m from one
support. Taking I = 8000 cm4 and E = 2 105 N/mm2. Calculate deflection at the point of loading
and the slope at both the supports. Also, calculate the maximum deflection.
A cantilever beam with a span of 3 m carries a point load of 35 kN at a distance of 2 m from the
fixed end. Determine the slope and deflection at the free end and at the point where the load is
applied. Take I = 11924 cm4 and E = 200 GN/m2.
A solid shaft is to transmit 320 kW at 100 rpm. If the shear stress is not to exceed 80 MPa, find the
diameter of the shaft. What percentage saving in weight would be obtained if this shaft were to be
replaced by a hollow one whose internal diameter equals 0.6 of the external diameter, the length,
material and maximum shear stress being the same?
A helical spring of circular cross-section wire 18 mm in diameter is loaded by a force of 500 N. The
mean coil diameter of the spring is 125 mm. The modulus of rigidity is 80 kN/mm2. Determine the
maximum shear stress in the material of the spring. What number of coils must the spring have for
its deflection to be 6mm?
At a point in material under stress, the intensity of the resultant stress on a certain plane is 60 MPa
(tensile) inclined at 30 to normal of that plane. The stress on a plane at right angles to this has a
normal stress of 40 MPa (tensile). Find (i) the resultant stress on the second plane
(ii) the principal planes and stresses and (iii) the plane of maximum shear and its intensity.
A cylindrical shell 1 m in diameter (internal) and 15 mm wall thickness is 3 m long. Calculate the
maximum intensity of shear stress induced and also the changes in the dimensions of the shell if it
is subjected to an internal pressure of 1.5 N/mm2. Take E = 2.04 105 N/mm2 and 1/m = 0.3

Create
1.

A simply supported beam AB of 6 m span is loaded as shown in Fig. Draw the SFD and BMD.
Calculate the maximum bending moment and the point where it occurs.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |59

Unit I
Basics and Axial Loading
Stress and Strain Hookes Law Elastic constants and their relationship Volumetric strain. Statically
determinate cases - bar with uniform and varying section statically indeterminate cases composite bar.
Thermal Stresses stresses due to freely falling weight.
Understanding of properties of ductile and brittle materials.
9 Hours
Unit II
Stresses in Beams
Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams Bending stresses in
straight beams Shear Stresses in bending of beams with various cross sections beams of uniform
strength.
Load carrying capacity of beams and their free body diagrams.
9 Hours
Unit III
Deflection of Beams
Double integration method McCauleys method Area moment method Conjugate beam method.
Principle of momentum.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Torsion
Torsion of circular shafts - shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts closely coiled helical
springs.
Application of torsional effects.
9 Hours
Unit V
Bi Axial Stresses
Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure. Combined loading Principal
Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses - Analytical and Graphical methods.
Mohrs theory and circle diagram.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. R. K. Rajput- Strength of Materials (Mechanics of Solids), S. Chand & Co, 2009.
2. S. Timoshenko and D. H.Young, Elements of strength Materials, Vol. I and Vol. II, T. Van No Strand
Co-Inc Princeton- N.J. 1990.
References
1. C. L. Dym and I. H. Shames, Solid Mechanics, 1990.
2. Nash William, Strength of Materials, TMH, 1998.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |60

11A303 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics


To study the application in heat transfer, refrigeration and air-conditioning and turbo machinery.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer.
2.
Improve the heat transfer rate for different modes.
3.
Performance analysis of heat exchanger.
4.
Analysis of different modes of mass transfer.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10
100

10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

State first law of for a closed system undergoing a cycle.


Write down the equations of inequality of clausius.
Write down the equation of mean effective pressure of an Otto cycle.
What are the three basic components of a gas turbine plant?
Give any two properties of steam.
What is a thrust rocket motor?
What do you understand by dry and wet compression?
What is tone of refrigeration?
What is the function of a compressor?
What is the need of staging the compression process?

Understand
1.

Explain Kelvin Plank statement of second law.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |61

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Explain Diesel cycle and obtain its efficiency.


Explain one dimensional steady isentropic flow through nozzle.
Explain vapour absorption cycle with property diagrams.
Explain the different types of rotary compressors with neat sketches.
Compare four stroke diesel and petrol engines.
Explain how a two stroke petrol engine works.
Discuss the limitations of two stroke petrol engine.

Analyze/Evaluate
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Distinguish between SI and CI engines.


Arrange in order the various strokes of a petrol engine.
Air enters the compressor of an air-standard Brayton cycle at 100kPa, 300K with a volumetric
flow ratio of 5m3/s. The compressor pressure ratio is 10. The turbine inlet temperature is
1400K. Determine (a) thermal efficiency of the cycle, (b) back work ratio, (c) net power
developed in kW.
A nozzle is to be designed to expand steam at the rate of 0.10 kg/s from 500kPa, 210C to
100kPa.
Find the percentage saving in work input by compressing air in two stages from 1 bar to 7 bar
instead of one stage. Assume a compression index of 1.35 in both the cases and optimum
pressure and complete intercooling in a two-stage compressor.
What do you think about the materials used for reciprocating engines?
Is there a better solution to minimize the emission from the engines, if so what?
What changes do you recommend for the existing engines to use them for bio-oils?

Create
1.
2.

Based on the principles, list the various stages required in designing a new refrigerator?
Design a vapour compression refrigeration system that will maintain the refrigerated space at
-15C while operating in an environment at 20C using refrigerant 134a as a working fluid.

Unit I
Basic Thermodynamics
Systems, Zeroth Law, First Law - Heat and work transfer in flow and non-flow processes, Second law,
Kelvin- Planck statement - Clausius statement - concept of entropy - Clausius inequality - entropy change in
non-flow processes.
Properties of fluids and gases.
9 Hours
Unit II
Air Cycles
Otto, Diesel, Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles Air standard efficiency - Mean effective
pressure Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of four stroke and two stroke IC Engines.
Study of different types of thermodynamic processes.
9 Hours
Unit III
Thermodynamics of One Dimensional Fluid Flow
Application of Continuity and energy equations- Isentropic flow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet
propulsion system - Thrust of rocket motor Specific impulse.
Principle of mass and energy conservation.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Principles of refrigeration, Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapour absorption types Coefficient of performance, Properties of refrigerants.
Study of a domestic refrigerator and an air-conditioner.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |62

Unit V
Air Compressors
Classification and working principle, work of compression with and without clearance, Isothermal and
Isentropic efficiency of reciprocating air compressors, multistage compression and intercooling.
Study of a commercial compressor.
9 Hours
Total: 45 + 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hills Co., Ltd., Seventh Edn., 2005.
Rajput, Introduction to Thermodynamics, Lakshmi Publications, Mumbai, 2009.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

E. Radhakrishnan, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice Hall, India, 2006.


A. Mayhew and B. Rogers, Engineering Thermodynamics, Longman Green & Co. Ltd., London,
E.L.B.S. Edition, 2004.
G. J. Van Wylen and R. E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics (S.I.Version),
Second Edition, 1986.
M. A. Saad, Thermodynamics for Engineers, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1989.
Yunus A. Cengal. Thermodynamics an Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw- Hill Co. Ltd., 3rd
Edition, 2002.

11A304 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTATION


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments


To instruct the student in operation of all aircraft systems other than the primary controls
including pilot control, instrumentation and gauging, problem detection and troubleshooting.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical


engineering problems.

(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.


(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different types of aircraft system and components.
2.
Analysis of various control systems including small aircrafts and jumbo jets.
3.
Understanding the working procedure of various components.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |63

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

20
30
20
30
100

20
30
20
30
100

Model
Examination
20
30
20
30
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
20
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

State and explain Bernoullis theorem?


Define the term ECAM.
Define TAS with suitable example.
Derive the expression for lift.
Define bleed air ratio
List out the components of fuel system of multiengine aircraft.
What is purpose of starting & ignition system?
Explain what is de - icing and anti - icing?
What is air data computer?
Define EAS and CAS
Define precision.
Define rigidity in space.
Write the formula to calculate M number.
Define cylinder head temperature
Define tachometer
What is flash and cloud point?
What are shock absorbers and anti skid unit purpose?
What are the advantages of pneumatic system over hydraulic system?

Understand
1. Differentiate absolute altitude and true altitude.
2. Explain the use of pitot static instruments.
3. Explain what fly by wire system means.
4. Differentiate the starting procedure of piston and jet engine aircraft.
5. What are the advantages of aircraft pressurization?
6. Differentiate between fly by wire and fly by light system.
7. Draw vane type and piston type shimmy dampers.
8. Give the frequency band in electromagnetic spectrum.
9. Why priming is needed for aircraft power plant?
10. Classify ice detectors and fire extinguisher system.
11. Distinguish between engine and navigation instrument
12. What are cooling packs?
13. What are the limitations of the oxygen system?
14. What are the advantages of power assisted systems?
15. What are the advantages of gyroscopic instruments?
16. Write the limitations of altimeter.
17. Write the advantages of vapour cycle system

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |64

18. Write the limitations of anti - icing system.


19. Explain the use of HSI.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Explain with a neat sketch, the working principle of typical hydraulic system used for the Boeing
757 aircraft.
2. Write short notes on following with a neat sketch of airspeed indicator, gyroscope, tachometer and
pitot static system
3.
With a neat illustration, explain anti-icing & deicing systems used in aircraft.
4.
Write short notes on power assisted control system with neat sketch
5.
Write about aircraft Independent break system with a neat sketch.
6.
Explain about ILS with neat sketch.
7.
With a neat sketch, explain mechanical flight linkage system.
8.
Explain about gravity feed & pressure feed fuel system.
9.
Write short notes a working principle of vapour cycle cooling system with neat sketch.

Unit I
Airplane Control Systems
Conventional Systems - Power assisted and fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems Engine
control systems - Push pull rod system, flexible push full rod system - Components - Modern control
systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology, Communication and
Navigation systems Instrument landing systems, VOR - CCV case studies.
Study of FADEC (Full Authority Digital Engine Control system).
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Systems
Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Hydraulic system controllers - Modes
of operation - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system Brake
system - Typical Pneumatic power system - Components, Landing Gear systems - Classification Shock
absorbers - Retractive mechanism.
Study of fuel control systems for both commercial and fighter aircrafts.
9 Hours
Unit III
Engine Systems
Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines. Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition
systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines.
Engine vibration, torque and temperature measuring methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Auxiliary System
Basic Air cycle systems Vapour Cycle systems, Boost-Strap air cycle system Evaporative vapour cycle
systems Evaporative air cycle systems Oxygen systems Fire protection systems, Deicing and anti icing
systems.
Study of engine cooling systems of an aircraft.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aircraft Instruments
Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments Gyroscope Accelerometers, Air speed Indicators TAS,
EAS- Mach Meters Altimeters Principles and operation Study of various types of engine instruments
Tachometers Temperature gauges Pressure gauges Operation and Principles.
Study of T- instruments.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. J. L. McKinley and R. D. Bent, Aircraft Maintenance & Repair, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |65

2.

General Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanics, U. S. Dept. of Transportation,


Federal Aviation Administration, the English Book Store, New Delhi 1995.

References
1. J. L. Mekinley and R. D. Bent, Aircraft Power Plants, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. E. H. J. Pallet, Aircraft Instruments & Principles, Pitman & Co., 1997.
3. Treager, S., Gas Turbine Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
11A305 CONTROL ENGINEERING
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To teach the Feedback control systems and representation of control systems.


To introduce the basic concepts of Mechanical and electrical components, Development of
flight control systems.
To understand the Characteristic Equation and Functions of control system.

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of aircraft system and controls
2.
Design of block diagram of control system

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
50
20
100

Test II
10
20
50
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What is control system?


What are the two major types of control system?
Define open loop control system.
Define closed loop control system.
What are the components of feedback control system?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |66
eronautical

6.
Distinguish between open loop and closed loop system
7.
Define transfer function.
8.
What is block diagram?
9.
What is a signal flow graph?
10. Write Masons Gain formula.
Understand
1. Define damping ratio.
2. List the time domain specifications.
3. Define peak overshoot.
4. What are the different types of controll
controllers?
5. What is steady state error?
6. What is frequency response?
7. What is Bode plot?
8. What are the main advantages of Bode plot?
9. What is Nichols chart?
10. What are the advantages of Nichols chart?
Apply & Evaluate:
1. What are the three types of compensators?
2. Determine the transfer function X1(S) / F(S) and X2(S) / F(S) of the mechanical system shown in
Figure.

Obtain the closed loop transfer function C(S) / R(S) of the system whose block diagram is shown in
Figure. Use Block diagram reduction technique and verify the transfer function with signal flow
graph technique.

Obtain the unit impulse response and unit step response of a unity feedback system whose open
loop transfer function is G(s) = (2 s + 1) / s2.

Create
1. The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback system is given by G(s) = 20 / (s2 + 5s + 6).
Determine the damping ratio, maximum overshoot, rise time and peak time. Derive the used
formula.
2. Derive the unit step, ramp and impulse response of a first order system and draw the curves
3. Sketch the Nyquist plot for a feedback system with the open loop transfer function
G(s) H(s) = [K (s + 3) (s + 5)] / [(s 2) (s 4)]. Determine the range of K for which the system is
stable.
4. Sketch
the
Bode
plot
for
a
unity
feedback
system
characterized
by
G(s) H(s) = ( K (1 + 0.2 s) ( 1 + 0.025 s)) / (s2 ( 1 + 0.01 s) ( 1 + 0.005 s)).

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |67

Unit I
Introduction
Historical review Simple pneumatic, hydraulic and thermal systems, Series and parallel systems,
Analogies Mechanical and electrical components, Development of flight control systems.
Comparison between hydraulic and pneumatic controllers.
9 Hours
Unit II
Open and Closed Loop Systems
Feedback control systems Block diagram representation of control systems, Reduction of block diagrams,
Output to input ratios, Signal flow graph.
Open loop system for aircraft controls.
9 Hours

Unit III
Characteristic Equation and Functions
Lap lace transformation, Response of systems to different inputs viz., Step input, impulse, ramp, parabolic
and sinusoidal inputs, Time response of first and second order systems, steady state errors and error
constants of unity feedback circuit.
Study of characteristic equations for autopilot.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Concept of Stability
Necessary and sufficient conditions, Routh Hurwitz criteria of stability, Root locus and Bode techniques,
Concept and construction, frequency response.
Study of aircraft stability analysis.
9 Hours
Unit V
Sampled Data Systems
Introduction to digital control system, Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers.
Applications in aircraft.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Ogato, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1998.
2. M. Gopal, Control Systems, Principles and design Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, New Delhi,
2000.

References
1. J. J. D. Azzo and C. H. Houpis, Feed back control system analysis and synthesis, McGraw Hill
International, 3rd Edition, 1998.
2. B. C. Kuo, Automatic control systems, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
3. C. H. Houpis and G. B. Lamont, Digital Control Systems, McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York, USA
1995.
4. Naresh K. Sinha, Control Systems, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi.

11A306 AIRCRAFT MATERIALS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to introduce the various metallic and non-metallic engineering materials
used in aircraft applications and their test methods.
To understand the effect of corrosion in the aircraft materials and its prevention methods.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |68

To learn the heat treatment process of ferrous and non-ferrous materials.


To understand the basic concepts of materials.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.

Course Outcome(s)
Analysis of materials by various testing.
1.
2.
Improve the properties by using heat treatment methods.
3.
Prevent the corrosion by plating.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Test I

Test II

20
20
20
30
10
100

20
20
20
30
10
100

Model
Examination
20
20
20
30
10
100

Semester End
Examination
20
20
20
30
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

What are super alloys?


What is the need for specifications in materials?
What is need for heat treatment?
Write the general properties of non-ferrous alloy?
What do you meant by precipitation hardening?
Why corrosion does occur?
What are the materials more vulnerable to corrosion?
What is the effect of alloying joints?
What is quenching?
What is normalizing?
What is polymerization?
What are PVC and its uses?
What are composites?
What is plasticity and elasticity?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.

How do metals and metalloids differ in properties?


What is the effect of carbon in alloying?
Write down the various properties of carbon that makes it an important alloying elements.
Why titanium is more preferred in the construction of engines?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |69

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

How does tetra valency of carbon affect its alloying properties?


How does chromatizing differ from galvanizing?
How does plating prevent corrosion?
Why stress- strain curve varies for different materials?
What is the difference between straight chain polymer and crossed link polymer?
Compare the thermosetting and thermo plastics.
How do composites differ from metals?
How is fracture classified? What are the different ways to prevent fracture?
Why polythene considered very important industrial polymer?

Analyze
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Why are composites preferred in the construction of modern aircraft?


Why memory effect is considered essential for modern materials?
How does UV radiation affect advanced polymers?
Name the naturally occurring composite materials and explain why?
In a stress strain curve when is stress is maximum and how?
Why are metals malleable and ductile while non-metals are brittle?
Identify and explain some of the variables that affect the success of crack healing?

Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.

Write the formula for finding Brinell hardness number.


Give the formula for finding tensile stress for a material.
Write the compositions of stripping solutions which removes cadmium plating.
Why do nonferrous alloys show a number of cycles to failure in parenthesis where as
steels dont?
Complete and balance the equation
5.
i. TiO2 + 2C + 2Cl2 -- ________ + _____________
ii. TiCl4 + 2Mg -------- ________ + _____________
Quenched and tempered 4145 steel has a hardness of HRC 35. What should we anticipate
6.
for the tensile strength, yield strength and ductility for the steel? Give a range of values

Create
1. Design the aircraft wing with high strength to weight ratio.
2. Design the landing gear to with stand high impact load.
Unit I
Steel and its Alloys
Introduction to Aircraft materials and classification of metallic and nonmetallic materials.
SAE, MIL specification, effect of alloying elements properties & heat treatment of aircraft steels, Nickel,
testing of materials. Super alloys-Iron base, Cobalt base per alloys, their composition and application.
Study of aircraft components using the above materials.
9 Hours
Unit II
Non Ferrous Alloys and Heat Treatment
Properties, Heat treatment and applications of aluminum alloys. Precipitation Hardening, Dispersion
strengthening. Magnesium & titanium alloys-its uses in aircraft parts.
Heat treatment methods.
9 Hours
Unit III
Corrosion and its Prevention
Corrosion of dissimilar metals (Carbon Steel and Aluminum alloy joint; stainless steel and aluminum alloy
joint Corrosion protection of Aircraft steel; aluminum and magnesium alloys; cadmium plating; chromium
plating. Chromatizing, galvanizing.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |70

Study of components subjected to corrosion in an aircraft.


9 Hours
Unit IV
Non Metallic Materials
Polymers types of polymer, commodity and engineering polymers Properties and applications of PVC,
PMMA, PET, PC, PA, ABS, PI, PAI, PPO, PPS, PEEK, PTFE Polymers Urea and Phenol Formaldehydes
Fiber and particulate reinforced polymer matrix composites.
Application of the above light weight materials in aircraft industry.
9 Hours
Unit V
Mechanical Properties and Testing
Mechanical behavior of materials, Mechanism of elastic and plastic deformation, tensile test, Types of
fracture compression test Hardness tests Impact test Creep test. fatigue test, endurance limit fatigue
limit, SN Curve, Fracture ideal fracture stress, Fracture toughness, ductile failure, cup and cone type
fracture.
Stress strain curves for ductile and brittle materials
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
George F. Titterton Aircraft materials and processes, 5th Edition ,Indian Reprint 2004.
Marc andre Meyers and Krishna Kumar Chawla, Mechanical behavior of materials,
Prentice-Hall, Inc. 1999.

1.
2.

References
R. W. Hertzberg, Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering Materials, 4th Edition,
John Wiley, USA, 1996.
T. H. Courtney, Mechanical behavior of materials, McGraw-Hill, USA, 1990.
Rishi Raj, Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures, American Society for Metals, USA, 1985.

3
2.
3.

11A307 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

To train the students on- hand experience in structural analysis.


To understand the basic concepts of stress strain formation in the various structural components.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c)

An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and


interpret experimental data.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the practical knowledge for design experiments.
2.
Good in Application oriented experiments.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |71

Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results

15

20

Record

10

15

15

50

50

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ VivaVoce


Total
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Draw the stress strain diagram for a ductile material.


Define shear force and bending moment.
A cantilever beam of 2 m long is carrying a point load of 20 kN at its free end. Calculate the slope
at the free end. Assume EI = 12 103 kN-m2
What is the maximum slope of a simply supported beam subjected to udl over the entire span and
where does it occur?
Differentiate open coiled helical spring from the close coiled helical spring and state the type of
stress induced in each spring due to an axial load
When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
What are principal stresses and principal planes?
Name the stresses induced in a thin walled cylinder subjected to internal fluid pressure.
Derive a relation for change in length of a bar of uniformly tapering circular section subjected to
an axial tensile load W.

Understand
1. State any four assumptions made in the theory of simple bending.
2. Derive the bending formula M/I = f/y = E/R
3. What is a point of inflection?
4. State the theory of simple bending.
5. When a circular shaft is subjected to torsion, how does the shear stress vary?
6. Differentiate in the failure mechanism of short and long columns.
7. Define buckling load.
8. Write the effective length of column for both ends pinned condition.
9. Write the effective length of column for both ends fixed condition.
Apply / Evaluate
1. A bar of length 1 m and diameter 30 mm is centrally bored for 0.4 m from one end, the bore
diameter being 10 mm. Under a load of 25 kN (applied axially), if the extension of the bar is 0.185
mm, what is the modulus of elasticity of the bar?
2. For a given material, Youngs modulus is 1 105 N/mm2 and modulus of rigidity is 0.4 105
N/mm2. Find the Bulk modulus and lateral contraction of a round bar of the above material of 50
mm diameter and 2.5 m long when stretched 2.5 mm. Take Poissons ratio as .
3. A reinforced concrete column 500 mm 500 mm in section is reinforced with 4 steel bars of 25
mm diameter; one in each corner, the column is carrying a load of 1000 kN. Find the stresses in the
concrete and steel bars. Take E for steel = 210 103 N/mm2 and E for concrete = 14 103 N/mm2.
4. A simply supported beam of span 6 m is acted upon by a point load of 60 kN at 4 m from one
support. Taking I = 8000 cm4 and E = 2 105 N/mm2. Calculate deflection at the point of loading
and the slope at both the supports. Also, calculate the maximum deflection.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |72

List of Experiments
1. Determination of hardness of a given material using (a) Vicrkers (b) Brinell (c) Rockwell and (d)
Shore testing
2. Determination of a tensile strength of a given steel plate using Universal Testing machine.
3. Determination of tensile strength of a given aluminum rod using Universal Testing machine.
4. Determination of a impact strength of a given materials by (a) Izod and (b)Charpy test
5. Determination of a fatigue strength of a given material using (a) Reverse plate bending and (b)
Rotating
Beam testing
6. Testing of springs
7. Determination of a compression strength of a concrete block
8. Bending Stress measurement in a cantilever beam using strain gauge.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.

Experiments

Hours

Determination of hardness of a given materials using a)Vickers b)Brinell c)


Rockwell and d) Shore testing.
Determination of a tensile strength of a given steel plate using Universal Testing
machine.
Determination of tensile strength of a given aluminum rod using Universal
Testing machine.
Determination of a impact strength of a given materials by (a) Izod and
(b) Charpy test.
Determination of fatigue strength of a given material using (a) Reverse plate
bending and (b) Rotating Beam testing.
Testing of springs.

Determination of compression strength of a concrete block.

Bending Stress measurement in a cantilever beam using strain gauge.

2
3
4
5

6
6
6
6

11A308 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations along with heat
transfer and design considerations in engineering calculations.
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and design.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c)

An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret


experimental data.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2.
Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3.
Performance analysis equipments

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |73

4.

Analysis of different forms of fluids.

Assessment Pattern
Internal Assessment
10
15

Preparation
Observation and Results
Record

Semester End
Examination
15
20

10

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce


Total

15
50

15
50

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

What is known as a pump?


What is the difference between the centrifugal pump and reciprocating pump?
List out the important assumptions in the centrifugal pump.
Define fluid mechanics
Mention the significance of calibration.
Define COP.
Differentiate between turbine and pump.
What is the importance of the term specific speed?
Mention any two characteristics of impulse turbine
Mention any two characteristics of reaction turbine.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Why we have to measure the fluid flow in different conditions?


What is the significance of losses in pipes?
How the rotometer is useful to find the fluid flow?
Why some pumps are called positive displacement pumps?
What we understand about efficiency calculation of the fluid jets?
What we understand about the force calculations of the fluid jets?
Why we have to go for multi stage pumps?
How we can differentiate between nozzles and notches?
How the submersible pump working under water?
How one can identify a pump is positive displacement pump?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Find out the flow in a pipe line by using a pitot tube.


Calibrate the given orifice meter and venturimeter.
Determine the flow through pipes and losses in pipes.
Evaluate the flow per minute by using rotometer.
Calibrate the given pressure gauge up to 5 mm.
Calibrate the given vacuum gauge up to 5 mm.
Find out the force exerted by a fluid jet at a certain discharge in a 10 mm diameter pipe with
efficiency.
8. Find out the specific speed, of the given impulse turbine.
9. Find out the specific speed of the given reaction turbine.
10. Evaluate the efficiency, discharge of the given positive displacement pump.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |74

Create
1. Design a centrifugal pump according to the specific speed.
2. Design a positive displacement pump for the continuous supply.

List of Experiments
1. Select a simple flow measuring device and finds its coefficient of discharge to make it
applicable to any closed pipe flow
2. Select an efficient flow measuring device to measure the flow of water in a closed pipe and
find its coefficient of discharge.
3. Use of a vertically oriented flow measuring device to measure the discharge of a pipe flow
and find its significant parameters.
4. Measure and show the major loss of given pipe with water flowing inside then compare
any two pipes.
5. Find a suitable pump for domestic application and find its optimum performance
parameters.
6. Select a non rotary positive displacement pump and finds its optimum performance
parameters.
7. Perform experiments on a rotary type positive displacement pump to pumping high
viscous fluids and finds its optimum parameters.
8. Operate an available impulse turbine with various water heads and conclude its best
performance parameters.
9. Operate an available low head turbine suitable for kodivery dam with various water heads
and conclude its best performance parameters.
10. Operate an axial flow turbine suitable for high discharge applications, with various water
heads and conclude its best performance parameters.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Experiments
Select a simple flow measuring device and finds its coefficient of discharge to
make it applicable to any closed pipe flow
Select an efficient flow measuring device to measure the flow of water in a
closed pipe and find its coefficient of discharge.
Use of a vertically oriented flow measuring device to measure the discharge
of a pipe flow and find its significant parameters.
Measure and show the major loss of given pipe with water flowing inside then
compare any two pipes.
Find a suitable pump for domestic application and find its optimum
performance parameters.
Select a non rotary positive displacement pump and finds its optimum
performance parameters.
Perform experiments on a rotary type positive displacement pump to pumping
high viscous fluids and finds its optimum parameters.
Operate an available impulse turbine with various water heads and conclude
its best performance parameters.
Operate an available low head turbine suitable for kodivery dam with various
water heads and conclude its best performance parameters.
Operate an axial flow turbine suitable for high discharge applications, with
various water heads and conclude its best performance parameters.

Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
6
5
4
4

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |75

11A309 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT TRANSFER LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Heat, and heat flow flow.
To understand the application of various experimental energy correlations in engineering calculations
To learn fundamental calculations in heat transfer.
To understand the basic concepts of various modes of heat transfer.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different modes of heat transfer.


Understanding the heat transfer parameters.
Performance analysis equipments
Analysis of different forms of fluids.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

10
15
10

15
20
-

Preparation
Observation and Results
Record
Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

15
Total

15

50

50

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What is meant by performance test of a 4 stroke engine?


List out the names of valves in I.C. engine.
What is meant by compression ratio?
What is known as 4 stroke engine?
What is known as 2 stroke engine?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What do you understandfrom valve timing diagram?


Differentiate between effectiveness and efficiency.
Why we are using the term COP instead of efficiency?
What is the major advantage of 4 stroke over 2 stroke engine?
Why the thermal resistance exists in all the materials?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.

Evaluate the difference between port timing and valve timing diagrams.
Is it possible to design a refrigerator system for one particular COP?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |76

3.
4.

Is it possible to change the valve timing diagram of an engine?


What is the incurrence of viscosity coefficient?

Create
1. Find out the effectiveness of the parallel flow heat exchanger.
2. Find out the COP of the given vapour compression test rig.

List of Experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Performance test on a 4 stroke engine


Valve timing of a 4 stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engine
Determination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchanger
Determination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchanger
Determination of the viscosity coefficient of a given liquid
COP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rig
COP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rig
Study of a gas turbine engine.
Determination of conductive heat transfer coefficient.
Determination of thermal resistance of a composite wall.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Experiments
Performance test on a 4-stroke engine
Valve timing of a 4 stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engine
Determination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchanger
Determination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchanger
Determination of the viscosity coefficient of a given liquid
COP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rig
COP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rig
Study of a gas turbine engine
Determination of conductive heat transfer coefficient
Determination of thermal resistance of a composite wall

Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
6
5
4
4

11A401 NUMERICAL METHODS


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

Acquire the knowledge of finding approximate solutions of algebraic, transcendental, differential and
integral equations by numerical methods and interpolating the values of a function using Lagranges
and Newtons polynomial approximations.
Ability to find solution of initial and boundary value problems using multi step approximations and
ability to solve boundary value problems using finite difference methods.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a)

An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic


sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Acquire more knowledge in basic concepts of engineering mathematics.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |77

2.
3.

To improve problem evaluation technique.


Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model Examination

End Semester
Examination

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

20
40
30
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

State the Fundamental theorem of algebra.


Define Algebraic and Transcendental equations.
Write the formula for Regula Falsi method.
What do you mean by Interpolation?
State the derivatives of Newtons Forward and Backward Interpolation formula.
Write the conditions for applying Trapezoidal and Simpsons rules.
Write the formula for two point and three point Gaussian quadrature.
Mention the multistep methods available for solving ordinary differential equation.
Write the Bender 77ehavio Scheme for solving one dimensional heat equation.
Write the explicit formula for one dimensional wave equation.

Understand
1. Give an example of a transcendental equation?
2. Write the condition of convergence of Iteration method.
3. What is the order of convergence of Newton Raphson method?
4. Write the differences between Direct and Iterative method.
5. State the sufficient condition for solving Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel method.
6. Using Lagranges interpolation, find the polynomial through (0,0), (1,1) and (2,2).
7. What do you mean by power method.
8. State the way in which you can find the solution for Laplace equation.
9. Write Milnes & Adams Predictor and Corrector formula.
10. What are the methods for solving simultaneous algebraic equations.

Apply
1

Obtain by power method, the numerically largest eigen value of the matrix

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |78

15 4 3
1
10 12 6 with the starting vector x ( 0 ) = 1 . Perform only 4 iterations.
A=

20 4 2
1

2. Explain briefly Gauss Elimination Iteration to solve simultaneous equations.


3. If

f ( x) =

1
, find the divided difference f (a, b).
x2

4. What is the relation between divided differences and forward differences ?


'

5. Find the value of f (8) from the table given below

x:
6
7
9
12
f ( x ) : 1.556 1.690 1.908 2.158

6. The following data gives the velocity of a particle for 20- secs at an interval of 5-secs.
Find the acceleration for the following data
7.
8.
9.
10.

time(sec) :

0 5 10 15

20

velocity(m / s) : 0 3 14 69 228

1
3

If y = xy , y (1) = 1, find y (1.1) using Taylors method.


If y= x2 + y2, y (0 ) =1 find y (0.1) by Eulers method.
For which points of x and y, the equation x fxx + y fyy = 0, x > 0, y > 0 is elliptic.
Name at least two numerical methods that are used to solve one dimensional diffusion equation.

Analyze / Evaluate
1.

Using Newtons method, find the positive root of cos x = 3x 1.

2. Solve by Gauss-Elimination method: 6x + 3y +12z = 36 ; 8x -3y +2z = 20 ; 4x +11y z =33 .


5 0 1
3. Using Power method, find all the Eigen values of A = 0 2 0 .

1 0 5

4. Use Lagranges interpolation formula to find the value of x when y = 20 for the following
data . X : 1 2 3 4
Y: 1
8
27
64
2
5. Given 5 x y + y 2 = 0 ; y (4 )= 1; y (4.1) = 1.0049 find
i)y ( 4.2 ) by Eulers method
ii) y (4.3) by Runge-kutta method
iii) y ( 4.4 ) by Adams method.
6.Using Taylor series method, find the value of y(0.1) , given dy /dx = x + y and y (0) =1 and correct
to 3 decimal places.
7.Using Bender-Schmitt formula, solve

2u u
, u (0,t ) =0, u (5,t) = 0 , u (x,0) = x2 (25 x2).
=
x 2 t

x =1. Find u(x, t) up to t=5.


u 2u
8. Solve 2 =
, 0 < x < 1, t >0; u (x,0) = 100 (x-x2) , ut (x,0) = 0, u (0,t) = 0, u (1,t) = 0.
t
x 2
9. Solve u xx + u yy = 0 over the square mesh of side 4 units, satisfying the following conditions
u (x,0) = 3x for 0 x 4 ; u (x,4) = x2 for 0 x 4 ; u (0,y )= 0 for 0 y 4 ; u (4,y) =12 + y
for 0 y 4.
2. 2 2.6
dydx
10.Evaluate 2
using Trapezoidal formula.
x + y2
2 1
Assume

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |79

Unit I
Solution of Equations and Eigen Value Problems
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations by the method of False position Newton- Raphson
method- Solution of system of linear equations : Gauss- elimination method and Gauss-Jordan method
Iterative method: Gauss Seidel method- Inverse of a matrix by Gauss-Jordan method. Eigen value of a
matrix by power method.
9 Hours
Unit II
Interpolation and Curve Fitting
Newton s Forward and Backward interpolation. Newtons Divided difference interpolation formula
Lagranges interpolation formula Fitting of curves by the method of Least squares: Straight line,Parabolic
curves and the conversion of equations of the curves in the form of straight lines.
9 Hours
Unit III
Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Derivatives from difference table Numerical differentiation using Newton s
forward and backward
interpolation formulae Numerical integration by Trapezoidal and Simpsons 1/3 and 3/8 rules Rombergs
method Two and three point Gaussian quadrature formulae Double integrals using Trapezoidal and
Simpsons rules.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations
Single step Methods : Taylor Series method for solving first and second order equations - Eulers and
Modified Eulers methods - Fourth order Runge-Kutta method for solving first order equations - Multistep
methods Milnes and Adams predictor and corrector methods.
9 Hours
Unit V
Boundary Value Problems
Finite difference solution for the second order ordinary differential equations- Finite difference solution for
one dimensional heat equation by implicit and explicit methods one dimensional wave equation and two
dimensional Laplaces and Poissons equations.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
MAT LAB: Invited Lectures on Mat lab and its applications on Numerical methods.
Text Books
1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co. New
Delhi, 2009.
2. B.K. Moorthy, P. Geetha, Numerical Methods ,Tata McGraw-Hill Publication company Ltd, New
Delhi 2010, First Edition
References
1. R. L Burden, and T.D Faries, Numerical Analysis, Seventh Edition, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd.,
Singapore, 2002.
2. K. Sankara Rao , Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Third Ed.Prentice Hall of India,
2007.
3. C.F Gerald., and P.Owheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Sixth Edition, Pearson Education
Asia, New Delhi.2006.
4. T.Veerarajan, Numerical Methods with programs in C,
Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication,co.Ltd, New Delhi, 2008.

11A402 AERODYNAMICS I
3 0 0 3.0

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |80

Objective(s)

To introduce the governing equations for the fluid flow and different basics ideal air flow.
To familiarize with the thin airfoils and wings with flow over them and Concept of Aerodynamics
forces
To learn the effect of viscous flows over the bodies.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(k) Desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
Knowledge
of
basic
subjects
thermodynamics, fluid
Mechanics
Mathematics required.
Interpretation of analytical, experimental and Computational skills required.
2.
3.
Numerical problems solving skills required.
Assessment Pattern
1.

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10
100

10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

and

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1. What are the advantages and disadvantages of a thin wing?
2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of sweepback?
3. Why are wings swept?
4. Why does not the B777 have winglets?
5. Define pitch attitude.
6. What is the mean camber line?
7. Define chord.
8. Positive camber, negative camber, symmetrical airfoil definitions.
9. Define Mach number detachment
10. What is Mach number?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

What is the critical Drag-rise Mach number?


Explain compressibility Mach number.
How do you get zero lift in a positive camber wing?
Explain positive camber, negative camber and symmetrical airfoil.
Explain IAS, EAS and TAS.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |81

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

What limits an aircraft climb performance?


What are the forces acting on an aircraft in flight?
What is the free stream Mach number?
Explain local Mach number.
When mach number reaches to critical mach.

Apply / Evaluate
1.

A Circular cylinder of 1.2 m diameter and 7 m length rotates at 100 rpm with its axis
perpendicular to an airstream of 40 m/s. Calculate the circulation around the cylinder, the lift
force and position of stagnation points. Assume 1.24 .
2.
A wing with an elliptical plan form and an elliptical lift distribution has an aspect of 6 and
a span of 12m. The wing loading is 900 , when flying at a speed of 150 at sea
level. Compute the induced drag for this wing.

3.

If the velocity profile is assumed to be

when 0

Calculate the displacement thickness, momentum thickness and compare their values?
The NACA 4412 airfoil has a mean camber line given by
Z
X
X
X
0.25 0.8
when 0 0.4
C
C
C
C

0.111 0.2 0.8


4.0 1.0

Using thin airfoil theory,


Calculate Lift coefficient when angle of attack 3 and moment coefficient
( Cm ) about quarter chord point.
5.
If you decrease AOA how does that affect induced drag?
4.

Create
1. How does a wing work?
2. Design the symmetrical airfoil using Source or Vortex panel numerical method.
Unit I
Review of Basic Fluid Mechanics
Continuity, momentum and energy equations in integral and differential form in Cartesian co-ordinate
system.
Study of fluid properties.
8 Hours
Unit II
Two Dimensional Flows
Basic flows Source, Sink, Free and Forced vortex, uniform parallel flow. Their combinations, Pressure and
velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows. Kutta Joukowskis
theorem.
Flow over a circular cylinder.
9 Hours
Unit III
Conformal Transformation
Joukowski transformation and its application to fluid flow problems, Kutta condition, Blasius theorem.
Applications of conformal transformation.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Airfoil and Wing Theory
Joukowski, Karman Trefftz, Profiles Thin aerofoil theory and its applications. Vortex line, Horse shoe
vortex, Biot and Savart law, Lifting line theory and its limitations.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |82

Study of air flow over airfoil.


10 Hours
Unit V
Viscous Flow
Newtons law of viscosity, Boundary Layer, Navier-Stokes equation, Displacement and Momentum
thickness, Flow over a flat plate, Blasius solution.
Study of boundary layer theory and relation between viscosity and temparature.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1
J. D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 2007.
References
1. E. L. Houghton and P. W. Carpenter, Aerodynamics for Engineering students, Edward Arnold
Publishers Ltd., London, 2007.
2. L. H. Milne Thomson, Theoretical aerodynamics, Macmillan, 1985.
3. L. J. Clancey, Aerodynamics, Pitman, 2005.

11A403 MECHANICS OF MACHINES


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To impart students with the knowledge about the basics of Mechanisms and understand the geometry
of motion at any point in a link of a mechanism.
To facilitate students to understand the types of cam and follower, motion and profile drawing of
cam.
To give awareness to students on the phenomenon of direction of rotation, speed and torque
determination for simple, compound and planetary gear systems.
To understand the effects of friction in motion transmission and in machine components.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a)

An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Interpret interrelationship between components of various mechanisms like bicycle, Geneva


mechanism, steering gear mechanism etc.
Determine velocity and acceleration of links in a given mechanism and drawing of cam profiles from
a given data.
Compare the various power transmission devices and friction elements.

Assessment Pattern

S. No.

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |83

1
2

Remember
Understand

25
30

20
30

10
20

10
20

Apply/ Evaluate

45

50

70

70

Analyze

Create

100

100

100

100

Total
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.

Define kinematic link, pair and chain.


Define Inversion of Mechanism.
What is lower and higher pair?
What are the types of Constrained Motion?
What is locked chain?
What are the types of Joints in a Chain?
Define Kutzbach Criterian to Plane Mechanism.
State Grashofs law for four bar mechanism.
Give an example of straight line generators.
Define Velocity and acceleration of a link
Define Radial component of an acceleration
Define Tangential component of an acceleration
What is the direction of radial and tangential component of acceleration of a link?
Define Rubbing Velocity at a pin joint.
Write the formula to calculate the angular velocity () of a link when speed (N) is given in rpm.
What is Coriolis component of Acceleration?
Define Cam and Follower.
How to classify cams?
Give the applications of cam and follower mechanism.
Define Pressure angle of the cam
What is meant by lift and stroke of the follower?
Discuss the term of dwell period in the Cams and Follower?
What is meant by Undercutting in Cams?
State the advantages and disadvantages of gear drives.
Define module
What is spiral gearing?
Define Law of gearing
Which materials are used to make gears?
Define gear train.
What are the types of gear trains?
Write the applications of flat, V belt and rope drive of belt.
Which are the materials used for belts?
Define Slip and Creep of the belt
What is the use of idler pulley in the belt drive?
Define Initial tension in the belt drive
Define static and dynamic friction
What is the use of friction clutches in automobiles?
List out the materials used for brake lining
What is the use of the collar bearing?
Define Journal bearing.

Understand
1.
2.
3.

What are the differences between a Machine and a Structure?


What is a Sliding Pair, and how it differs from turning and rolling pair?
Which is all the kinematic chain in the following arrangement?
(a) Three links (b) Four links (c) Five links (d) Six links

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |84
eronautical

4. How to find the Length of Stroke of the Crank and Slotted Lever Quick Return Motion Mechanism?
5. How to draw the velocity and acceleration diagram for a slider link?
6. How to draw the velocity and acceleration diagram for a fixed link?
7. How to calculate the radial and tangential component of acce
acceleration of a link?
8. What is the condition to draw the tangential component for an input link?
9. What is the difference between Prime Circle and Pitch Circle of Cam?
10. Differentiate Pitch and Trace point of a cam.
11. How the follower is classified according to the surface in contact and path of motion?
12. Compare the different types of motion used in cam and follower motion?
13. Draw the displacement, Velocity and acceleration diagram for the follower moves with simple harmonic
motion.
14. How the power is transmitted in bevel and worm gear drive?
beve
15. Which type of profile generally used in gear? Give reason
16. Discuss length of path of contact and length of arc of contact in gear systems.
17. How to find the velocity ratio of epicyclic gear train?
18. What are the factors affecting the amou of power transmission?
amount
19. State the disadvantages of the V belt drive over flat belt drive.
20. What type of belt drive is selected for rotating the opposite direction of rotation of driver and driven
pulley?
21. What are the factors considering the selection of t belt drive?
the
22. Compare Sliding friction and Rolling friction
23. List the various factors depends on the capacity of the brake.
Apply/Evaluate
1.
2.

Sketch & describe working of bicycle free wheel sprocket mechanism


A local toy shop has asked you to design a model to encourage parents to buy their young children
mechanical toys. The partially made model is seen below Figure 1. Add a suitable cam that controls two
followers so that they rise and fall.

Fig. 1
3.
4.

Design with suitable drive to transmit the power of 12 kW.


o
What happens to friction when we use wheels to roll an object instead of sliding it?

Unit I
Mechanisms
Basic concepts of Link, Pair, Chain, Mechanism, Machine and Structure, Degree of freedom, Grueblers
criteria Kutzback Criterian, Grashoffs Law. Inversions of Four bar and Slider Crank Mechanisms.
rashoffs
Mechanical advantage Transmission Angle, Determination of velocity and acceleration (Simple Problems
only).
Crank and lever mechanism.
9 Hours
Unit II
Friction
Friction in screw threads Bearings and lubrication Belt Drives - Types Velocity Ratio Slip of Belt
Creep of Belt Ratio of Driving. Tensions for Flat Belt Drive Determination of Angle of Contact Initial
Centrifugal and Maximum tension in the Belts Condition for Maximum Power: V Belt Drive. Ratio of

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |85

tensions Effect of centrifugal and initial tension Condition for maximum power transmission Open and
crossed belt drive. Rope Drives. Friction clutches Single plate, Multi plate and Cone clutches (Basics
only).
Study of few commercial belt drives.
9 Hours
Unit III
Gears and Cams
Gear profile and geometry Nomenclature of spur and helical gears, Law of gearing (Simple problems only)
Gear trains: (Basics only) Cams Types of cams Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration diagrams of
Uniform Velocity Motion, Simple Harmonic Motion, Uniform Acceleration and Retardation Motion and
Cycloidal Motion. Knife edged, flat faced and roller followers with and without offsets.
Industrial applications of gears and cams.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Balancing and Governors
Introduction Balancing of a simple mass rotating in same plane Different planes - - Balancing of several
masses rotating in same plane Different planes Swaying couple Hammere Blow Balancing of V
engines. Governor Introduction Types Watt, Porter, Proell Governors (Basics Only)
Working principle of governor in commercial vehicle.
9 Hours
Unit V
Vibration
Free, forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems Force transmitted to supports
Vibration isolation Vibration absorption Torsional vibration of shaft Single and multi rotor systems
Geared shafts Critical speed of shaft.
Study of commercial vibration measuring instruments.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

Rattan.S.S, Theory of Machines, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2004.
Ballaney.P.L, Theory of Machines, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Rao, J.S and Dukkipati, R.V, Mechanism and Machine Theory, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
1992.
Malhotra, D.R and Gupta, H.C., The Theory of Machines, Satya Prakasam, Tech. India
Publications, 1989.
Gosh, A. and Mallick, A.K., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Affiliated East West Press,
1989.
Shigley, J.E. and Uicker, J.J., Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, McGraw-Hill, 1980.
Burton Paul, Kinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machinery, Prentice Hall, 1979.
11A404 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0

Objective(s)

To understand the basics and working principle of various manufacturing processes.

To understand the basic knowledge of production.

To impart knowledge on both conventional and non conventional methods of producing things
under major groups of manufacturing.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |86

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Making of different casting processes
2.
Improve the strength of principle of arc and gas welding.
3.
Performance analysis of various moulding methods

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyse/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

40
30
30
100

40
30
30
100

Model
Examination
40
30
30
100

Semester End
Examination
40
30
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

What are the properties of good moulding sand?


Discuss the characteristics of metal powders.
Why is proper flushing so important in EDM?
For what type of work would you specify electrochemical grinding?
How do you specify a lathe?
How do you classify the milling machines?
State the main differences between shaper and planner.
What machining operations can be performed on vertical turret lathe?
What are the different methods of producing gears?
What is meant by superfinishing?
Name the two common methods of converting electrical energy to mechanical energy in
ElectroHydraulic forming.
12. Enumerate the various typical applications of Electromagnetic forming process.
13. Enumerate the important properties of plastics which have made them suitable for large
number of engineering uses.
14. What are the commonly used fillers in plastic industries?
Understand
1. What is gear shaping? Describe the mechanism with a suitable sketch.
2. Briefly discuss the step by step procedure for CO2 moulding process.
3. Bring out the differences between TIG and MIG welding.
4. Explain the principle of ECM with a neat sketch.
5. Describe the LASER beam machining process and its merits.
6. Explain the principle of ultrasonic machining process.
7. What is plasma? Explain the principle of plasma machining.
8. Explain the thread cutting operation performed in lathe.
9. Explain the use of the following in a lathe: Face plate, Steady rest and Follower rest.
10. What is a boring bar? Describe its utility.

Apply
1. What is draft allowance? How is it provided for patterns?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |87

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Enumerate the characteristics of following methods of sand ramming :


(a) Hand, (b) Jolt, (c) Squeeze and (d) Slinger.
What are the general advantages of forging as a manufacturing process?
List various operations generally performed in a sheet metal shop.
What is flux? Why is it essential to use it in some welding situations?
What are the defects that are generally found in welding?

Unit I
Casting Processes
Introduction to manufacturing Casting process Green sand mould preparation Pattern: Materials and
types, allowances Sand properties Moulding methods Cores: need and types Fettling Defects and
Inspection Introduction to special casting techniques: shell moulding, investment casting, die casting
9 Hours
Unit II
Joining Processes
Introduction to welding process Principle of arc and gas welding Tools and equipment Filler and flux
materials Flame types Weld defects Safety in welding Other welding processes: resistance welding,
submerged arc welding, tungsten inert gas welding (TIG) and metal inert gas welding (MIG) Brazing and
soldering Adhesive bonding.
9 Hours
Unit III
Mechanical Working of Metals
Introduction to hot and cold working - Forging: open and close die, upsetting Rolling: high roll mills and
shape rolling Extrusion: forward and backward, tube extrusion Drawing of wires, rods and tubes Sheet
metal work: shearing and bending operations - Stretch forming Special forming methods: hydro forming,
rubber pad forming, magnetic pulse forming, peen forming and super plastic forming.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Machining Processes
Mechanics of metal cutting Cutting tool: materials, properties, wear and life Cutting fluids
Constructional features of basic machine tools: centre lathe, radial drilling machine, universal milling
machine and shaping machine operations safety practice Introduction to CNC machines.
Finishing processes: Surface finish and its measurements surface grinding and cylindrical grinding
operations Other finishing processes: honing, lapping, polishing and super finishing.
9 Hours
Unit V
Special Processes
Need for unconventional processes Working principle of: abrasive jet machining, electro discharge
machining, electrochemical machining, laser beam machining and electron beam machining
Manufacturing of composite materials: Fiber reinforced polymer composites and metal matrix composites
Robots in manufacturing.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Phillip F. Ostwald and Jairo Munoz, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, 9th Edition, Wiley
India, 2008.
References
1. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology Vol I & II., Tata MC Graw Hill Publishing Ltd, ND, 2009.
2. Mikell P.Groover, Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: materials, processesand systems, 2nd
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
3. Roy A. Lindberg, Processes and Materials of Manufacture, 4th Edition, PHI Learning Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
4. P. C. Sharma, A Text book of Production Technology (Manufacturing Processes), S. Chand & Co.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |88

Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.


P. K. Mishra, Non-Conventional Machining, Narosha publishing House, New Delhi, 2005.

5.

11A405 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES I


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To study the different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading,
supports and end conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components.
To understand the aircraft component failure theory.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d)
An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different types of structures.
2.
Analysis of axial forces in framed structures.
3.
Understanding the procedure and concept of moment distribution method.
4.
Analysis of different energy methods, columns and failure theories.

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
70
100

10
20
70
100

Model
Examination
10
20
70
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Define plane truss and space truss?


Explain what is meant by distribution factor?
State and explain Maxwells reciprocal theorem?
Define the slenderness ratio for a column of circular section.
Define beam column with suitable example.
What is the slope at free end of a cantilever beam of length L and uniform EI when it is subjected to
a load P at the free end?
7. Derive the expression for three moment equation
8. Derive the expression for strain energy stored in a beam due to bending
9. Derive the expression for Rankines formula
10. Define moment distribution method.( Hardy cross method).

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |89

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

State stiffness factor and distribution factor


What is carry over moment and Carry over factor.
Explain what is meant by beam of uniform strength?
Derive the expression for buckling load for a column with one end fixed and the other end free.
Derive and Explain the following theories i) Maximum principal stress theory
ii) Maximum principal strain theory
Derive the expression for three moment equation.
Define flexural rigidity of beams.
Define constant strength beam.
Define proof resilience.
Write the formula to calculate the strain energy due to pure shear
Define equivalent length of the column.
Define octahedral stresses

Understand
1. Differentiate truss and frame?
2. Explain the use of Clampeyrons three moment theorem?
3. Explain what is meant by beam of uniform strength?
4. Differentiate the statically determinate structures and statically indeterminate structures?
5. What are the advantages of continuous beam over simply supported beam?
6. A beam of length L and uniform EI is simply supported at its ends. It is subjected uniformly
distributed load of intensity q N/m. Compute the maximum deflection using Castiglianos theorem.
7. Differentiate the perfect and imperfect frames?
8. Compare the unit load method and Castiglianos first theorem.
9. Give the procedure for unit load method.
10. What is relevance of slenderness ratio in column?
11. What are the factors affect the strength column?
12. Differentiate short and long column
13. What are the limitations of the Eulers formula?
14. Advantages of Rakines formula
15. What are the theories used for ductile failures?
16. Write the limitations of Maximum Principal Stress Theory. (Rakines theory)
17. Write the expressions for the maximum bending moment and max, stress developed in a beam
column carrying uniformly distributed load with axial load, hinged at both ends.
18. Write the limitations of maximum strain energy theory. (Beltrami Theory).

Apply / Evaluate
A beam of length L and uniform EI is simply supported at its ends and subjected to a load W
1.
at a distance a from left end. Obtain deflection at the midpoint and at the point of application
of the load using double integration method or area moment method?
2.

Obtain the reaction at the support points of the beam shown in figure. Using moment
distribution method.

2 kn/m
0.5 m

0.4 m

A
3.

4.

0.4 m
C

A propped cantilever beam AB of length L and uniform EI is subjected uniformly distributed


load of intensity q N/m and a concentrated load W at its mid-point. The beam is fixed at A and
on roller support at B. Using Castiglianos theorem or any other method compute the reaction
forces at the support points A and B.
Obtain the reaction at the support points of the beam shown in figure. Using moment
distribution method.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |90

5.

Determine the Forces and their nature in all the members of the pin-jointed truss shown in
Figure. The truss is subjected to a vertical load of 16kN and horizontal load of 8kN
simultaneously at joint A.

6.

Determine the ratio of buckling loads of two columns of circular crosssection one hollow
and the etuer solid when both are made of same material, have same length, cross-section area
and end conditions. The inner diameter of hollow column is half its outer diameter.

Unit I
Statically Determinate Structures
Analysis of plane truss Method of joints/sections/shear 3 D Truss Plane frames
Study of different types of frames and trusses.
9 Hours
Unit II
Statically Indeterminate Structures
Composite beam Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation Moment Distribution Method.
Study of different types of indeterminate structures.
9 Hours
Unit III
Energy Methods
Strain Energy due to axial, bending and Torsional loads Castiglianos theorem Maxwells Reciprocal
theorem, Unit load method application to beams, trusses, frames, rings, etc.
Study of strain energy in springs.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Columns
Columns with various end conditions Eulers Column curve Rankines formula Column with initial
curvature Eccentric loading South well plot Beam column.
Calculation of shear force of columns.
9 Hours
Unit V
Failure Theory
Maximum Stress theory Maximum Strain Theory Maximum Shear Stress Theory Distortion Theory
Maximum Strain energy theory Application to aircraft Structural problems.
Simple problems on failure theory.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |91

Total: 45+15 Hours


Text Books
1. William A. Nash, Strength of Materials Schaums Outliens.
2. R Vaidyanathan and P. Perumal, Structural Analysis, III Edition, Laksmi publications, 2008.
References
1. B. K. Donaldson, Analysis of Aircraft Structures An Introduction, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. S. Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Vol. I and II, Princeton D. Von Nostrand Co, 1990.
11A406 HEAT TRANSFER
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design components subjected to
thermal loading.
To understand heat transfer problems in Aerospace application.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
Course Outcome(s)
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer
1.
2.
Improve the heat transfer rate for different modes
3.
Performance analysis of heat exchanger
4.
Analysis of different modes of mass transfer
Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
50
20
100

10
20
50
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Define thermal conductivity.


What are the types of fins?
State and explain the Fouriers law of heat conduction.
State Newtons law of cooling.
What do you understand by log mean area? State its significance.
Explain Reynolds analogy for laminar flow.
Distinguish between Grashoff number and Nusselts number.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |92

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

State reciprocity theorem of the radiation shape factors.


Define radiation intensity and radiation shape factor.
Define overall heat transfer coefficient.
Define black body in radiative heat transfer.
Define LMTD.
Define the effectiveness of the heat exchanger.
What is shape resistance? How it influences on overall heat transfer coefficient?
Why does an aerospace vehicle flying at high supersonic Mach number experience
aerodynamic heating in atmosphere?
16. Draw the temperature profile across a cooled rocket combustion chamber wall.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Explain the different types of heat exchanger with neat sketches.


Explain the salient features of ablative heat transfer with a neat sketch. Give two practical
application of ablative heat transfer.
Explain how the high speed flow heat transfer differs from normal heat transfer.
Explain free and forced convective heat transfer.
Discuss the advantages of NTU method over the LMTD method of heat exchanger design.
How is natural convection different from forced convection?
What do you understand by stability criterion for the solution of transient problems?
What do you understand by the terms fully developed velocity and temperature profile regions
in internal flow?
Explain why the temperature boundary layer grows much more rapidly than the velocity
boundary layer in liquid metals.

Analyzing
1.
2.

Distinguish the heat transfer by conduction and convection.


Both the Nusselt number and the Biot number have the same form. What are the differences
between them in terms of the variables employed and their physical significance?

Apply / Evaluate
1.

A wall of 2 cm thick is to be conducted from material which has an average thermal


conductivity 1.3 W/mC. The wall is to be insulated with material having an average thermal
conductivity of 0.35 W/m C , so that the heat loss per square meter will not exceed 1830 W.
Assuming that the inner and outer surface temperature of the insulated wall are 1300C and
30C, calculate the thickness of insulation required.

Unit I
Heat Conduction
Basic Modes of Heat Transfer One dimensional steady state heat conduction: Composite Medium
Critical thickness Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity Extended Surfaces Unsteady state.
Heat Conduction: Conduction with phase change Lumped System Analysis Heat Transfer in Semi
infinite and infinite solids Use of Transient Temperature charts Application of numerical techniques.
9 Hours
Unit II
Convective Heat Transfer
Introduction Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate Empirical relation in
free convection Forced convection Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows
between parallel plates, over a flat plate and in a circular pipe. Empirical relations, application of numerical
techniques in problem solving.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |93

9 Hours
Unit III
Radiative Heat Transfer
Introduction to Physical mechanism Radiation properties Radiation shape factors Heat exchange
between non black bodies Radiation shields.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Heat Exchangers
Classification Temperature Distribution Overall heat transfer coefficient, Heat Exchange Analysis
LMTD Method and E-NTU Method.
9 Hours
Unit V
Heat Transfer Problems in Aerospace Engineering
High Speed flow heat transfer Aerodynamic heating Ablative heat transfer. Heat Transfer problems in
Gas turbine combustion chamber and nozzle.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
S. C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
1.
Delhi, 2008.
2.
F. P. Incropera. And D. P. Dewitt, Introduction to Heat Transfer, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.

References
1.
M. Necati zk, Basic Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill, 1977.
2.
J. P. Holman, Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill Book Co.,Inc., New York, 9th Edn.,2001.
3.
Yunus A. Cengel, Heat Transfer A practical approach, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002.
4. M. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, Gas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi 2009.

11A407 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB

I
0 0 3 1.5

Objective(s)

To experimentally study the deflection of beams, find the location of stress.


Obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photo elastic techniques.
Calibration of photo elastic materials and study on strength of materials after application of
load.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c)

An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of deflection of beams.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |94

2. Performance and analysis of various materials.


3. Analysis on strength of materials.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results


Record

15

20

10

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

15

15

50

50

Total
Remember
1. What is mechanical extensometer?
2. What is an electrical extensometer?
3. Define stress.
4. State Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
5. Define fracture strength.
6. Sketch the schematic arrangement of rivet.
7. Write down the expression for Youngs modulus.
8. State principle of superposition.
9. Classify the beam test set up with various end conditions.
10. Define strain.
11. What are the limitations of universal testing machine?
12. What is meant by weight pass?
13. Define fracture pattern of ductile materials.
14. Define fracture strength of ductile materials.
15. Define fracture strength of brittle materials.
16. Define fracture pattern of brittle materials.
17. What do you mean by the term stress strain curve?
18. Write down the expression for Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
19. What is the other name for south-wells plot?
20. Define south-wells plot.

Understand
1. What are the effects of rivet in a material?
2. Why the youngs modulus differ from material to material?
3. When will be the youngs modulus of the material reaches maximum?
4. What is the effect of thin cylinder under pressure?
5. Verify Maxwell reciprocal theorem.
6. Verify principle of superposition.
7. Compare fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile materials
8. Compare fracture strength and fracture pattern of brittle materials.
9. Which is efficient strain gauge or stress gauge? Why?
10. Which is efficient pin joint or rivet joint? Why?
11. What are the effects of rivet on a material?
12. It is always useful to have limited load on the material? Why?
13. What will happen after the application of load?
14. What are the effects of deflection of beams with various end conditions?
15. Compare electrical and mechanical extensometer.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |95

16. What is the need to test material with various end conditions?
17. What is the need to thin cylinder under internal pressure?
18. Compare ductile and brittle materials.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.

Find the Youngs modulus for steel and aluminium using experiment.
Find the fracture strength and fracture pattern for ductile and brittle materials.
Find the deflection of beams with various end conditions.
Find the stress and strain of the materials.

Analyze
1. Analyze the deflections of beams.
2. Analyze the stress and strain of a constant beam.
3. Analyze the column testing in an experiment you design.
Create
1. Design a column testing apparatus which can bear maximum load.
2. Create a model of south wells plot and find its stress and strain.
3. Design a universal testing machine that will maintain its accurate results even at -15 Celsius.
List of Experiments
1. Determination of Youngs modulus of steel and aluminium using (a) mechanical extensometer
(b) electrical strain gauges.
2. Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittle materials
3. Determination of Stress Strain curve for various engineering materials.
4. Deflection test on a cantilever beam
5. Deflection test on a simply supported beam
6. Verification of Maxwell s Reciprocal theorem
7. Determination of buckling load of a column using South-well plot
8. Determination of a strength of riveted joints (a) Lap joint (b) Butt joint
9. Verification of principle of superposition.
10. Determination of stresses in the thin cylinder due to internal pressure.
Mini project

Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Determination of Youngs modulus of steel and aluminium using (a)
mechanical extensometer (b) electrical strain gauges.
2
Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and
brittle materials
3
Determination of Stress Strain curve for various engineering materials.
4
Deflection test on a cantilever beam
5
Deflection test on a simply supported beam
6
Verification of Maxwell s Reciprocal theorem
7
Determination of buckling load of a column using South-well plot
8
Determination of a strength of riveted joints
(a) Lap joint (b) Butt Joint
9
Verification of principle of superposition.
10
Determination of stresses in the thin cylinder due to internal pressure.

11A408 DESIGN AND DRAFTING

Hours
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
4
5

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |96

0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

To study how computer can be applied in mechanical engineering design.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software package necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Develop an Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
2. Knowledge of computer and drawing skill.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results


Record

15

20

10

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

15

15

50

50

Total

Remember
1.
Explain briefly with sketches any six tests used for hidden line identification.
2.
Describe how the variable radius fillet works.
3.
Explain the polyhedral object using B-rep elements.
4.
Explain the top-down assembly approach.
5.
What are the symbols that were used in drafting?
6.
Define aligned dimension.
7.
What is command line?
8.
What is cross hair cursor?
9.
Define dimension variables?
10. What is an ortho mode?
Understand
1.
Explain the object snap mode.
2.
Define relative co-ordinates.
3.
Discuss the hatch patterns.
4.
Define graphics window.
5. Explain command prompt.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Distinguish between hidden line removal and hidden surface removal models.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |97

Create
1. Convert single line to double line.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

List of Experiments
Design of riveted joints (a) Lap Joint (b) But Joint (c) Welded joint.
Design of aircraft Landing Gear
Design of aircraft shimmy damper
Layout of typical wing structure.
Layout of typical fuselage structure.
Computer aided modeling of typical aircraft wing.
Computer aided modeling of typical fuselage structure.
Computer aided modeling of landing gear
Three view diagram of a typical aircraft
Layout of control systems
Mini Project
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Design of riveted joints (a) Lap Joint (b) But Joint (c) Welded joint.
2
Design of aircraft Landing Gear
3
Design of aircraft shimmy damper
4
Layout of typical wing structure.
5
Layout of typical fuselage structure.
6
Computer aided modeling of typical aircraft wing.
7
Computer aided modeling of typical fuselage structure.
8
Computer aided modeling of landing gear
9
Three view diagram of a typical aircraft
10
Layout of control systems

Hours
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
5
4
4

11A409 AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
To train the students on-hand experience in subsonic wind tunnel.
To understand the basic concepts of Pressure distribution over airfoils and rough cylinder

Programme Outcome(s)
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Improve the practical knowledge for design experiments.
2.
Good in Application oriented experiments.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results
Record

Semester End
Examination

10
15

15
20

10

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |98

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

15
Total

15

50

50

Remember
1. What is the basic principle involved in the derivation of general momentum equation in fluid
mechanics?
2. Define momentum flux and energy flux.
3. How is circulation defined?
4. What is DAlemberts paradox in fluid mechanics?
5. State Kuttas condition for an inviscid flow over an airfoil.
6. What is the application of Joukowskis Transformation to flow problems with respect to airfoils?
7. Distinguish between KarmanTrefftz and Von-Mises airfoil profiles.
8. What are the main assumptions in thin airfoil theory?
9. Define a lifting line with the help of a neat sketch.
10. What is a horse shoe vortex?
Understand
1. Define stream line and path line.
2. State the continuity equation for compressible flow.
3. Which causes induced drag?
4. What is meant by circulation?
5. Explain the concept of Magnus effect.
6. Give the basic principles of conformal transformation.
7. Write the Karman Tsien rule for compressibility corrections.
8. Write the BiotSavart Law.
9. Explain the horse shoe vortex.
11. Explain the starting vortex.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Derive the continuity equation in Polar coordinates
2. For an irrotational flow show that Bernoullis equation is valid between any points in the flow, not
just along a stream line.
3. Explain the concept of source flow and derive velocity potential function from vortex strength
( ) .
4. Derive the Blasius theorem for an incompressible flow over a flat plate.
5. Define coefficient of pressure and plot the variation of coefficient of pressure for the circular
cylinder kept in a uniform flow for both real and inviscid flows.
Create
1. Sketch the flow pattern around a spinning cylinder in a uniform stream for various circulation
strength indicating clearly the movement of stagnation points.
2. Explain briefly the KuttaJowkowsky transformations and get the transformation of a cambered
airfoil and also find an expression for the thickness to chord ratio for the profile.
List of Experiments
1.
Calibration of subsonic wind tunnel.
2.
Pressure distribution over smooth and rough cylinder.
3.
Pressure distribution over symmetric airfoils.
4.
Pressure distribution over cambered airfoils & thin airfoils
5.
Force measurement using wind tunnel balance.
6.
Flow over a flat plate at different angles of incidence.
7.
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders.
8.
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over airfoil with different angle of incidence
9.
Measurement of velocity profile on a flat plate and comparison with Blasius profile.
10. Measurement of pitch, roll and yaw on airfoils using load cells.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |99

Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Calibration of subsonic wind tunnel.
2
Pressure distribution over smooth and rough cylinder.
3
Pressure distribution over symmetric airfoils.
4
Pressure distribution over cambered airfoils & thin airfoils
5
Force measurement using wind tunnel balance.
6
Flow over a flat plate at different angles of incidence.
7
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders.
8
Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over airfoil with different
angle of incidence
9
Measurement of velocity profile on a flat plate and comparison with
Blasius profile.
10
Measurement of pitch, roll and yaw on airfoils using load cells

Hours
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
5
4
4

11A501 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To study the fluid flow govering PDE equations.of dynamic fluids by computational methods.

To study the different numerical methods solve the PDE


Implementation of commercial packages like Gambit, ANSYS (FLUENT) and CFX.
Program Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Understanding of Aerodynamics and Heat Transfer and Numerical methods subjects require
2.
Knowledge of governing fluid flow and heat transfer equations.
3.
Modeling, Grid and Solver software skills required (CATIA, GAMBIT/ICEM and Fluent
Software)

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply

Test I

Test II

10
30
20

10
30
20

Model
Examination
10
30
20

Semester End
Examination
10
30
20

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |100

4
5
6

Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

20
20
100

20
20
100

20
20
100

20
20
100

Remember
1.
Distinguish between conservation and non-conservation forms of fluid flow.
2.
Define stability.
3.
Differentiate between structured and unstructured grid.
4.
Write down the significance of Taylor series expansion.
5.
Write down an expression for the substantial derivative in Cartesian coordinates.
6.
Define convergence.
7.
Define discretization and round off error.
8.
What types of grids are used in FVM?
9.
What is meant by CFL condition?
10. What are the methods available for grid generation?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Discuss the need for upwind type discretization.


Explain cell-centered method.
What is the necessity for strong and weak formulations of boundary value problem?
Elaborate the basic aspects of finite difference equations.
Explain the difficulties of evaluating the influences of a panel at its own control point.
Explain the grid generation technique based on PDE and summarize the advantages of the elliptic
grid generation method.
7. Discuss the vortex panel method applied to lifting flows over a flat plate.
8. Explain the description of Prandtl boundary layer equation and its solution methodology.
9. Study the stability behaviour of second order wave equation by Von-Neuman stability method.
10. What is strong formulation? Explain with the help of one dimensional boundary value problem.

Analyze
1. Study the incompressible flow (Re = 2500) around stationary circular cylinder using the Ansys
Software?
2. Analyze the lift and drag force for subsonic flow (M = 0.4) around NACA0012.

Apply
1.

Solve the simplified Sturn-Lioville equation:


y
2y
(1 ) = 0 ; using Galerkin finite element
+ y = F With boundary conditions y(0) = 0 and
2
x

2.
3.
4.

method.
Obtain the 2D steady compressible continuity equation in transformed coordinates for the
transformation = x , = ln( y + 1 ) .
Identify Richardson scheme is stable or unstable with Von-Neumann stability analysis?
For Supersonic flows prove the following equation is hyperbolic in nature.
2

x 2

y 2

(1 M ) + = 0
2

Create

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |101

1.
2.
3.

Generate the structure mesh around the symmetric airfoil for high speed flows i.e. M = 2.0
Generate Boundary layer mesh around the high lift configuration.
Create the 3D surface model of wing using Catia- Software.

Unit I
Introduction of Governing PDE
Conservation equations in both differential and integral form. Classification of PDE: elliptic, parabolic, and
hyperbolic. Method of finite differences, Consistency and order of accuracy, discretization of convective and
diffusive PDE. Explicit and Implicit strategies.
Governing partial differential equations.
9 Hours
Unit II
Panel Methods
Introduction source panel method vortex panel method applications.
Coefficient of pressure distribution in thick aerofoil.
9 Hours
Unit III
Discretization
Boundary layer equations and methods of solution implicit time dependent methods for inviscid and
viscous compressible flows concept of numerical dissipation stability properties of explicit and implicit
methods conservative upwind discretization f or h yperbolic systems further advantages of upwind
differencing.
Study of Taylor series expansion and numerical methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Finite Volume Techniques
Finite volume techniques cell centered formulation lax vendoroff time stepping runge kutta time
stepping multi stage time stepping accuracy cell vertex formulation multistage time stepping fdm
like finite volume techniques central and up-wind type discretizations treatment of derivatives.
Study of Reynolds transport theorem.
9 Hours
Unit V
Flow Analysis
Aspects of grids: structured and unstructured grids, Flow analysis using Ansys software - flow past a wedge
and an expansion fan, flow past airfoil and cylinder.
Geometric modelling and procedure of analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. John F. Wendt (Editor), Computational Fluid Dynamics An Introduction, Springer Verlag,
Berlin, 2008
2. John D. Anderson, Jr., Computational Fluid Dynamics The Basics with Applications, McGraw
Hill,
2006

Students in a group learning simple exercises on Grid generation and flow analysis by using
ANSYS and GAMBIT software.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |102

References
1. Charles Hirsch, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, II. John Wiley & Sons,
1988.
2. Klaus A. Hoffmann and Steve T. Chiang, Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineers, Engineering
Education System, 1993.
3. D. Anderson, Jr., Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
4. C. A. J. Fletcher, Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics, Springer Verlag, 2005.

11A502 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the Architecture of Microprocessor, Pentium, ARM, Freescale cold fire 32bit processor
and Programming.
To study the addressing modes & instruction set of Microprocessor, Pentium, ARM, Freescale cold
fire 32 bit processor and Programming.
To introduce the need & use of Interrupt structure.
To develop the skill of simple program writing.
To introduce the commonly used peripherals / interfacing Ics To study simple applications.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Identify the various types of microprocessors and microcontrollers.


Enhancement of programming skills.
Computation of assembly language programs.
Interfacing of microprocessor and microcontroller with various peripherals.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

20
30
30
20
100

20
30
30
20
100

Model
Examination
20
30
30
20
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
30
20
100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |103

Remember
1. What is microcontroller?
2. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
3.
Name the five interrupt sources of 8051.
4.
What is the difference between the Microprocessors and Microcontrollers?
5.
Explain the functions of the pin PSEN of 8051.
6.
Name the special functions register SP of 8051.
7.
How the program memory is organized in 8051 based system?
8.
Explain DJNZ instructions of Intel 8051 microcontroller.
9.
State the function of RS1 and RS0 bits in the flag register of Intel 8051 microcontroller.
10. Give the alternate functions for the port pins of port 3.
11. Define processor.
12. Define I/O ports.
13. State the timing diagram of 8085.
14. Define interrupt.
15. How many addressing modes are there in 8085?
Understand
1. Why the DPTR is 16 bit wide and SP is 8 bit wide in 8051?
2. Write the steps to (i) Enable Timer 1 Interrupt and External hardware Interrupt 1 (ii)Disable Timer
1 Interrupt
3. What should be the value of TI and RI bits to enable transmission and reception?
4. How the other interrupt can be enabled when the HCS12 is servicing an interrupt currently?
12. Name four major differences between microprocessors and microcontrollers.
5. Draw the architecture of 8085.
6. Draw the register structure of 8085.
7. Compare user and supervisor programming model of Coldfire
8. Draw and explain the functional blocks of 103ehavio architecture.
9. Clarify the protected mode operation of Multitasking.
10. Put in words the operation of segmented memory and paging.

Apply
1.
Write the notes on architectural based difference between 8051, HS12,PIC, MSP430?
2. Compare the peripheral modules of 8051, HS12,PIC, MSP430
3. How will you perform the operations like arithmetic, logical, rotate and stack using 8085?
4. How will you transfer the data from one place to another?
5. How will you interface a microprocessor and microcontroller to a given peripheral?
Create
1. Design the real time clock using PIC Microcontroller.
2. Design the hardware and software for pre-settable alarm system.
3. Design microcontroller system to control traffic signals.
4. Design a 4 seven segment LED display using 8085.

Unit I
8085 CPU
8085 Architecture instruction set addressing modes timing diagrams assembly language
programming counters time Delays interrupts memory interfacing Interfacing.
Input/output devices for 8085 microprocessor.
9 Hours
Unit II
Peripherals Interfacing
Interfacing Serial I/O (8281) Keyboard and display controller (8279) ADC/DAC interfacing Inter
Integrated Circuits interfacing (I2C Standard) Bus: RS232C-RS485-GPIB Application in Aero Space.
Application of other interfacing devices.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |104

9 Hours
Unit III
8086 CPU
Intel 8086 internal architecture 8086 addressing modes instruction set 8086 assembly language
programming interrupts application in aero space
Comparison of 8085 and 8086 microprocessors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
8051 Microcontroller
8051 Micro controller hardware- I/O pins, ports and circuits External memory Counters and Timers
Serial Data I/O Interrupts Interfacing to external memory and 8255.
8051 microcontroller for aerospace application.
9 Hours
Unit V
8051 Programming and Applications
8051 instruction set Addressing modes Assembly language programming I/O port programming
Timer and counter programming Serial Communication Interrupt programming.
8051 Interfacing: LCD, ADC, Sensors, Stepper Motors, Keyboard and DAC.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and application with 8085,
International Publishing, New Delhi, 2000.
2. John Uffenbeck, The 80x86 Family, Design, Programming and Interfacing, Person Education,
2002.
3. Mohammed Ali Mazidi and Jainice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems, Pearson Education Asia, 2003.
References
1.
2.
3.

A. K. Ray and K. M. Burchandi, Intel Microprocessors Architecture Programming and


Interfacing, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2000.
Kenneth J Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture programming and Application, 2nd
Edition, Penram International Publishers (India), New Delhi, 1996.
M. Rafi Quazzaman, Microprocessors Theory and Applications : Intel and Motorola prentice Hall
of India, Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2003.

11A503 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES II


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To study the behavior of various aircraft structural components under different types of loads.
To study the various types of stress and strain on different section of aircraft component.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering


principles to solve aeronautical

engineering problems.
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |105

(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.


Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Analysis of bending stresses in symmetrical and unsymmetrical sections


Shear flow analysis in open and closed sections
Design and analysis of wing and fuselage structures

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
70
100

10
20
70
100

Model
Examination
10
20
70
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

What is meant by anti-symmetric property?


List out the methods finding bending stress.
What is meant by neutral axis?
Sketch the closed and open section.
What is meant by shear centre?
What is meant by elastic axis?
What is meant by direct stress?
What is meant by shear flow?
What is meant by Wagners beam?
Define bredt bathos formula.
What is meant by local buckling stress?
What is meant by crippling stress?
What is meant by thin webbed beam?
What is meant by shear resistance beam?
What is called shear lag?
What is called constant shear web?
What are the assumptions made in the bredt-batho theory?
Define principal axis.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Mark the location of the shear centre of the following section:


a.) T section
b.) V section
Differentiate between primary and secondary buckling.
Relate the shear flow and angle of twist in a thin walled structure subject to torque.
What is the advantage of using closed section rather than an open section?
How the shear stress is computed from the shear flow.
Distinguish between symmetric and unsymmetric bending.
State S.I. Units for (a) shear flow, (b) shear modulus
For a structure which carries primarily bending loads? Why are I sections preferred over other cross-sections?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |106

9. What are monocoque structures?


10. List two functions of an aircraft rib.
11. Give a sketch of a thin-walled angle section and mark the shear centre location for the same.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Determine the normal stress at location A and G(refer fig.1)for the following cases of loading:
i. Vx=1.2 kN acting through shear center.
ii. Vy=1.2 kN acting through shear center.
Vx and Vy are applied0.8 m away from the indicated cross-section.
The section shown in fig.2 is subjected to bending moment Mx=30kNm.determine the bending
stress at the corner points A, B, C and D.
A box beam with 50 cm length is subjected to loads Px=8kN and Py=25kN as shown in fig.3.
The stringer area is 3 cm2 each. Find the maximum bending stress.
Obtain the bending stress values at the points A, B, C and D for the section shown in
fig.4.Compute the stresses using moment values with respect to x and y axis and the principle axis.
Compute the load on the lumped flanges due to bending of the section shown in fig.5.Assume the
web do not take part in bending. Compute the loads using moment values with respect to x and y
axis and principle axis.
A beam section shown in fig.6.has four stringers. Area of the stringers A, B, C and D are 6.25,
3.125, 4.5 and 6sq.cm respectively. Find the stresses in all the four stringers of the section due
toMx=50kNm and My=-20kNm where x and y are the centriodal axes. Assume that webs and walls
are ineffective in bending.
Refer fig.7.The section is subjected to an 8 kNm bending moment in the x-z plane and a 10 kNm
bending in the y-z plane. Determine the bending stresses in all the corner points, indicating whether
they are tensile or compressive.
Plot the shear flow and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.9.
Plot the shear flow and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.10.
Find the shear flow for the section shown in fig.11.The Area of the each stringer =6 cm2.the loads
are Sx=10kN and Sy=50kN through the shear center .Also find the Shear center
Find the shear center of the section shown in fig.12.Area a=b=4 cm2 and c=d=2 cm2
Find the shear flow distribution and locate the shear center for the section shown in fig.13.Each of
the stringers has an area of 4 cm2 and the section subjected to vertical shear of 50 kN.
Obtain the shear flow distribution and shear center location for the section in fig.14.When it is
subjected to a shear load of 5 kN.
Determine the bending stresses in the stringer of the section shown in figure below. E1= 70Gpa ,
E2=210Gpa and E3=100Gpa.stringer areas are 2 cm2

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |107

16. Locate the shear center for the section shown in figure below. Plot the shear stress distribution
when a
vertical shear load of 1.2kNacts through the shear center.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |108

Unit I
Unsymmetrical Bending
Bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections Bending of symmetric sections with skew loads.
Study of moment of inertia of different sections.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |109

Unit II
Shear Flow in Open Sections
Thin walled beams, concept of shear flow, shear centre, elastic axis. With one axis of symmetry, with wall
effective and ineffective in bending, unsymmetrical beam sections.
Study of polar moment of inertia for open section.
9 Hours
Unit III
Shear Flow in Closed Sections
Bredt Batho formula, single and multi cell structures. Approximate methods. Shear flow in single &
multicell structures under torsion. Shear flow in single and multi cell under bending with walls effective and
ineffective.
Study of polar moment of inertia for closed section.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Buckling of Plates
Rectangular sheets under compression, local buckling stress of thin walled sections, crippling stresses by
Needhams and Gerards methods, thin walled column strength. Sheet stiffener panels. Effective width, inter
rivet and sheet wrinkling failures.
Study of buckling effect on cantilever, fixed beams.
9 Hours
Unit V
Stress Analysis in Wing and Fuselage
Procedure Shear and bending moment distribution for semi cantilever and other types of wings and
fuselage, thin webbed beam. With parallel and non parallel flanges, Shear resistant web beams, Tension field
web beams (Wagners).
Study of different types of joints and their structure.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

T. M. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Edward Arnold, 1995.


D. J. Peery and J. J. Azar, Aircraft Structures, McGrawHill, 1993.

References
1.
2.

E. H. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structures, Tri state off set company, 1985.
R. M. Rivello, Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures, McGraw-Hill, 1993.
11A504 AEROTHERMODYNAMICS AND GAS DYNAMICS
3 1 0 3.5

Objective(s)

To understand the behavior of airflow both internal and external in compressible flow regime
with
particular emphasis on supersonic flows.
To understand the basic details of supersonic wind tunnels.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c ) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |110

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Knowledge of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and mathematics required.


Understanding of Entropy.
Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
Numerical problem solving skills required.

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
40
20
10
100

10
20
40
20
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
40
20
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
40
20
10
100

Remember
1.

Write the one-dimensional energy and momentum equations for an adiabatic compressible steady
flow.
2.
What are the flow losses that are suffered by a compressible flow in variable area ducts?
3.
Obtain an expression for velocity of sound on terms of specific heats and local temperature in air
medium from one dimensional continuity, momentum and energy equations.
4.
What is expansion hodograph?
5.
Give any two practical examples of interaction and reflection of shock waves
6.
What is Rayleigh correction formula for pressure measurements in supersonic flows?
7.
What are the applications of Rankine-Hugoniot relation?
8.
Bring out any two important differences between shock waves and expansion waves in a
supersonic flow.
9.
What conditions favour detachment of shock waves in supersonic flows over solid bodies?
10. What is the importance of Rankine-Hugoniot relationship for shock waves?
Understand
1.
What is under-expanding nozzle flow?
2.
What are the properties of flow medium on which the velocity of sound through the medium
depends upon?
3.
Explain zone of action and zone of silence for a body moving at a speed of sound.
4.
What is isentropic compressibility?
5.
With a suitable sketch illustrate the propagation of waves from a sound source moving at a speed
of sound.
6.
Why is a convergent divergent nozzle required to expand a flow from stagnation condition to
supersonic velocity?
7.
Derive an expression for choked mass flow rate through a converging diverging nozzle in terms
of total pressure, total temperature and throat area.
8. Sketch the pressure variation along the 110ehaviour110 of a converging diverging nozzle for
optimum expansion. What is the influence of back pressure on this variation?
9. How is the strength of a shock wave determined in a supersonic flow?
10. Explain why shocks cannot occur in subsonic flows.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |111

Analyze

1.
2.

Illustrate Prandtl-Meyer expansion round a convex corner with a neat sketch


Derive a relation connecting flow turning angle, shock angle and free stream Mach number for
oblique shock waves.

Apply / Evaluate
1.
Air flow is discharged to sea level atmosphere through a sonic nozzle. If the air storage pressure
at the reservoir is 40x105 N/m2, determine the pressure, temperature density at the exit of the
nozzle. Assume that the reservoir air is at ambient temperature.
2.
An airplane flying at 1500 kmph at an altitude where the pressure and temperature are
respectively 3x104 N/m2 and -50 degree C. Calculate the pressure, density and temperature at the
leading edge of the wing.
3.
If a compression corner of angle 20 degree is allowed to encounter an uniform stream of
supersonic flow at Mach 5, calculate the shock wave angle and pressure & Mach number behind the
shock wave..
4.
An incident shock wave with wave angle=35 degree impinges on a straight wall. If the upstream
flow properties are M1 = 3, P1 =1 atm, T1 =300 K, calculate the reflected shock wave angle with
respect to the wall.
Create
1.

Design a supersonic nozzle using method of characteristics.

Unit I
One Dimensional Compressible Flow
Energy, momentum, continuity and state equations, velocity of sound, Mach waves and Mach angles,
adiabatic steady state flow equations. Area velocity relations.
Study of thermodynamics relations and their properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Normal, Oblique Shocks
Normal shock equations, Prandtl equation and Rankine Hugonoit relation, pitot static tube, corrections for
subsonic and supersonic flows, oblique shocks and corresponding equations, hodograph and pressure turning
angle, shock polars, flow past wedges and concave corners, strong, weak and detached shocks.
Types of high speed aircrafts and their structures.
9 Hours
Unit III
Expansion Flows, Flows involving Shocks and Expansion
Prandtl meyer expansion, expansion hodograph, reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves,
families of shocks, methods of characteristics, two dimensional supersonic nozzle contours., performance
under various back pressures.
Flow through converging, diverging passages and venturimenter.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flow with Friction and Heat Transfer
Rayleigh flow and Fanno flow.
Study of flow in pipe.
9 Hours
Unit V
Compressible flow over airfoils (linear theory) and practical flows.
Small perturbation potential theory, solutions for supersonic flows, Prandtl- Glauert affine transformation
relations for subsonic flows.
Lower and upper critical mach numbers, lift and drag divergence, shock induced separation, characteristics
of swept wings, effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, transonic area rule, tip effects.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |112

Linearised two dimensional supersonic flow theory, lift, drag, pitching moment and center of pressure of
supersonic profiles.
Basic details of supersonic wind tunnel, supersonic test facilities (wind tunnel, short tunnel, free flight aero
ballistic range).
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

J. D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2007.


E. Radhakrishnan, Gas Dynamics, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

H. Shapiro, Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow, Ronold Press, 1982.
M. J. Zucrow and J. D. Anderson, Elements of gas dynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1989.
W. Mc Cornick, Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics, John Wiley, 1979.
D. Anderson Jr., Modern compressible flows, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2006.
V. Babu, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics, Ane Books India, 2008.

11A505 PROPULSION I
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the basics of propulsion.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations in propulsion.
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.

Programme Outcome(s)
(e)

An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics and heat transfer.


Improve the fluid operating parameters and energy transfer parameters.
Ability of using propulsion techniques.
Analysis incompressible and compressible fluids.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |113

Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
30
40
20
100

10
30
40
20
100

Model
Examination
10
30
40
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
40
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

What are the factors affecting thrust?


Define supersonic inlets.
What is known as flame stabilization?
Classify the various types of nozzles.
Write down the significance opf trust reversal.
Mention the signigficance of Ramjet.
Define combustion
Mention the significance of combustion chamber design.
What are the two major forces acting on centrifugal compressor?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

How can we differentiate between open and closed cycle?


What we understand from velocity diagrams?
Mention the significance of boundary layer separation.
Which basic process used in gas turbine combustion?
How can we differentiate ejector and variable area nozzles?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Differentiate in basic the turboprop, turbofan and turbojet engines.


Evaluate the work done of a compressor by using the velocity diagrams.
Analyse the effect of external flow near a subsonic inlet.
Analyse the effect of operating variables on the performance of combustion chamber.
Apply the basic thermodynamic processes and justify which process is highly suitable for nozzles.

Create
1.
2.

Draw inlet and outlet velocity triangles for a turbo machine and indicate the energy transfer. Write
the Eulers equation for a turbine and compressor.
The air enters a convergent air nozzle of area ratio at 1 bar and 300K.I f the flow remains isentropic
througjout the nozzle, calculate the pressure, temperature and Mach number at the throat and the
exit of the nozzle.

Unit I
Fundamentals of Gas Turbine Engines
Classification of gas turbines open cycle and closed cycle turbines, efficiencies - illustration of working of
gas turbine engine the thrust equation factors affecting thrust effect of pressure, velocity and

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |114

temperature changes of air entering compressor methods of thrust augmentation characteristics of


turboprop, turbofan and turbojet performance characteristics.
Study of thermodynamic air standard cycles.
(d) Hours
Unit II
Subsonic and Supersonic Inlets for Jet Engines
Internal flow and stall in subsonic inlets boundary layer separation major features of external flow near a
subsonic inlet relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio diffuser performance
supersonic inlets starting problem on supersonic inlets shock swallowing by area variation external
declaration models of inlet operation.
Study of a diffuser and its performance.
9 Hours
Unit III
Compressors
Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor work done and pressure rise velocity diagrams
diffuser vane design considerations concept of prewhirl rotation stall elementary theory of axial flow
compressor velocity triangles degree of reaction three dimensional air angle distributions for free
vortex and constant reaction designs compressor blade design centrifugal and axial compressor
performance characteristics
Study of velocity diagrams for stator and rotor.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Combustion Chambers
Classification of combustion chambers important factors affecting combustion chamber design
combustion process combustion chamber performance effect of operating variables on performance
flame tube cooling flame stabilization use of flame holders numerical problems.
Fuels: types of fuels fuel chemistry limits of flammability.
9 Hours
Unit V
Gas Turbines
Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines velocity triangles and power output elementary theory
vortex theory choice of blade profile, pitch and chord estimation of stage performance limiting factors
in gas turbine design- overall turbine performance methods of blade cooling matching of turbine and
compressor numerical problems.
Study of velocity diagrams of rotor
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. P.G. Hill and C.R. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison Wesley
Longman INC, 1999.
2. H. Cohen, G. F. C. Rogers and H. I. H. Saravanamuttoo, Gas Turbine Theory, Longman, 1989.

References
1.
2.

G. C. Oates, Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components, AIAA Education Series, New
York, 1985.Rolls Royce Jet Engine Third Edition 1983.
M. L. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers &
Distributors, Delhi, 1999.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |115

ELECTIVE I
3 - - 3.0

11A507 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LABORATORY II


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams
To find the location of shear centre, obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photo
elastic techniques, calibration of photo - elastic materials.
To study on vibration of beams.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Analysis the unsymmetrical bending of beams.


Performance analysis of elastic techniques.
Analysis on vibration of beams.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results


Record

15

20

10

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

15

15

50

50

Total

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

What is unsymmetrical bending?


List out the types of shear flow in open section.
What is buckling of plates?
What is crippling stress?
State Bredt Batho formula
What is shear flow?
Define shear flow in single structures under torsion
List out the types of fuselage.
State Wagners beam method.
What is sheet wrinkling failure?
Define Needhams method.
Define Gerards method.
Explain concept of shear centre.
Explain concept of shear flow.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |116

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

What are the effects of unsymmetrical bending in beams?


Why Bredt Batho formula is used?
Write about the shear flow in multi section.
What is constant strength beam?
Explain the shear centre in an open section.
Explain the shear centre in a closed section.
Difference between open and closed sections.
Explain flexibility matrix
Explain vibrations of beams
Explain in detail about Wagner beam tension field beam.

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.

Find the shear center of T section.


Find the shear center of closed O section.
Analyze the vibration of beams.
Draw some results of the cantilever beam.

Analyze
1.
2.
3.

Analyze the flexibility of beams


Analyze the strength of a constant beam
Analyze the thermal effects in an experiment you design.

Create
1.
2.
3.

Create a beam where the vibration is far reduced.


Create a model of wagner beam and find its tension.
Create an experiment to determine the thermal stresses using temperature strain gauges.

List of Experiments
1. Unsymmetrical bending of beams
2. Shear centre location for open sections
3. Shear centre location for closed sections
4. Constant strength beam
5. Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam
6. Beam with combined loading
7. Stress analysis of a circular disc and beam using photo elastic techniques.
8. Vibration of beams
9. Wagner beam Tension field beam
10. Determination of elastic constants for composite materials.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Experiments
Unsymmetrical bending of beams.
Shear centre location for open sections
Shear centre location for closed sections.
Constant strength beam
Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam
Beam with combined loading
Stress analysis of a circular disc and beam using photo elastic techniques.

Hours
6
6
4
4
4
4
4

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |117

8
9
10

Vibration of beams
Wagner beam Tension field beam
Determination of elastic constants for composite materials.

5
4
4

11A508 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES REPAIR LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
To train the students on-hand experience in riveting, patchwork, welding and carpentry
To understand the basic concepts of fabrication procedure of an aircraft.
Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Improve the practical knowledge for Aircraft repair tools.
2. Good performance in structure repair.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results


Record

15
10
15

20
15

50

50

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce


Total
Remember
1. Define welding process.
2. Write the properties of oxygen used in the welding.
3. Write the properties of transparent plastics.
4. What is carbon fiber?
5. What is the function of throttle control?
6. What is blade tracking?
7. What is the purpose of retraction test?
8. Define EGT.
9. Define Physical hazards.
10. What is the special protection for special equipment?

Understand
1. What is welding nomenclature? Explain the oxy-acetylene welding equipment.
2. Write the brief notes about various flames used in the welding.
3. Write the steps of composite repair.
4. Write the notes about repair to glass fiber laminates.
5. Explain the aircraft rigging and its components.
6. Describe the maintenance required for APU.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Explain the biological hazards and write basic requirements of a hazard communication program?
2. Briefly explain the troubleshooting process

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |118

3.

Briefly explain the structural alignment of aircraft structural component.

Create
1. Describe the routine inspection of pneumatic system.
List of experiments
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Aircraft wood gluing


Welded patch repair by TIG, MIG, PLASMA ARC.
Welded patch repair by MIG
Welded patch repair by plasma Arc
Fabric patch repair
Riveted patch repairs.
Preparation of composite and sandwich structure using vacuum bagging
Repairing of composites and sandwich panels
Sheet metal forming.
Control cable inspection and repair.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Aircraft wood gluing
2
Welded patch repair by TIG, MIG, PLASMA ARC
3
Welded patch repair by MIG
4
Welded patch repair by plasma Arc
5
Fabric patch repair
6
Riveted patch repairs.
7
Preparation of composite and sandwich structure using vacuum bagging
8
Repairing of composites and sandwich panels
9
Sheet metal forming.
10
Control cable inspection and repair.

Hours
6
6
3
6
6
3
3
3
3
6

11A509 MODELING AND SIMULATION LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

To teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aero components.
To teach the modeling and grid generation on simple components for structural and cfd analysis.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and
components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Basics knowledge on computer system and software.


Knowledge of engineering graphics.
Knowledge of fundamental subjects like structure, fluid mechanics and aerodynamics.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |119

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results

15
10
15

20
15

50

50

Record
Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce
Total

Remember
1. Explain any three important factors in the selection of simulation software.
2. Discuss significant features of a simulation language.
3. Discuss validation of input output transformation.
4. What do you mean by face validity?
5. Describe the components of a simulation system.
Understand
1. What is process model?
2. Define simulation, simulation model, entities, measures-of-performance.
3. Explain in brief a simple queuing model.
4. Define the concepts used in discrete event simulation.
5. Explain the need for input 119ehaviour and histogram method of identifying the input distribution.
Analyze
1. The stress the deflection of a cantilever beam of rectangular cross 10 cm x10 cm using ansys
software.
2. Analyse the Lift and Drag force developed by NACA0012 airfoil for M=0.3 incompressible invicid
flow using Fluent software.
3. Simulate a single item inventory system for 10 days. Suppose that the demands are 12, 23, 17, 34,
28, 31, 27, 18, 11, 25. Reorder size = 50. Reorder point = 25. Lead time = 2 days. Only one
outstanding order allowed. Initial inventory = 40. Calculate the average shortage.
Create
1. Construct a flow chart to perform simulation of single server queue to collect statistics of wave
length, wait times.
2. Design and model the wing of the aircraft using the Catia software
3. Generate the structure and unstructured mesh around the airfoil.
List of experiments
1. Scaling, rotation, translation, editing, dimensioning Typical CAD command structure.
2. Wire frame modeling surface modeling
3. Solid Modeling
4. Analysis of Trusses
5. Stress analysis of a plate with different cutouts.
6. Stress analysis of L bracket
7. Stress analysis of an Axi-symmetric component
8. Stress analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, fixed ends)
9. Conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D and 3D components
10. CFD simulation of flow over an aerofoil
Mini Project

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |120

Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Scaling, rotation, translation, editing, dimensioning Typical CAD
command structure
2
Wire frame modeling surface modeling
3
Solid modeling
4
Analysis of trusses
5
Stress analysis of a plate with different cutouts.
6
Stress analysis of L bracket
7
Stress analysis of an Axi-symmetric component
8
Stress analysis of beams (Cantilever, Simply supported, fixed ends)
9
Conductive heat transfer analysis of a 2D and 3D component
10
CFD simulation of flow over an aerofoil

Hours
6
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3

11A510 TECHNICAL SEMINAR I


0 0 2 1.0
Technical seminar by group of students on latest developments in the field of aeronautical engineering.
Objective(s)
To learn the latest developments in their domain.
To improve the art preparing and presentation of the topics.
To improve the communications skills.

Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
11A601 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To understand the concept of numerical analysis of structural components
To understand the basic knowledge of Isoparametric Element Formulation
To impart knowledge on both ANSYS, NASTRAN.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(d)
(e)

An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.


An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.

Course Outcome(s)

Making of different boundary conditions.


Improve the strength of Finite element 120ehaviour.
Performance analysis of various One-Dimensional Problems and Two-Dimensional Problems.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |121

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Test II

10
20
30
20
20
100

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

10
20
30
20
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100

Remember
Define flexibility and stiffness co-efficient.
Write down the flexibility matrix of a cantilever beam with nodal co-ordinates of your choice.
Define area co-ordinates for triangular element.
Distinguish between CST and LST element.
Evaluate the integral ( 3x2-x-8)dx using Gaussian integration.
What are isoparametric elements?
What is meant by transformation matrix and how is it used in FEM.
What is lumped mass matrix and consistent mass matrix?
Derive the D matrix for a plane strain problem.
What is Rayleigh-Ritz method? In what why it is better than Rayleighs method.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Understand
1. What are objectives of FEM.?
2. Write down the stiffness matrix of one dimensional bar element.
3. Write down the stiffness matrix of one dimensional beam element
4. Distinguish between finite element method and finite difference method.
5. What is stiffness matrix of a cantilever beam of length L and uniform EI when it is subjected to a
load P at the free end?
6. Define flexibility and Stiffness co-efficient.
7. Write down the flexibility matrix of a cantilever beam with nodal co-ordinates of your choice.
8. Distinguish between Galerkins method and finite difference method.
9. Write any eight FEM software packages.
10. What are steps involved in FEM.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.

Find the expression for the maximum deflection and Maximum bending moment using RaleighRitz Method for simply supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q .
Find the expression for the maximum deflection using Finite Difference Method of simply
supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
Derive the Governing Equation in Finite element Method.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |122

4.
5.
6.
7.

Derive the stiffness matrix for a bar element of lenth L with constant width b thickness varying
from t1 to t2.
Derive the stiffness 122ehavi for a constant strain triangular element.
Derive the expression for the stiffness matrix for a plate bending element. Indicate the nodel
degrees of freedom.
Using Factorization solution scheme find the value of x,y,z of following equation
a. 3x + 2y + z = 10, 2x + 3y + 2z = 14,x + 2y +3z = 14.

Create
1. Find the expression for the maximum deflection using Finite Difference Method for simply
supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
2.
Derive the governing equation in finite element method.
3. Find the expression for the maximum deflection and maximum bending moment using Raleigh-Ritz
Method for simply supported beam of length L subjected to uniformly distributed load q.
Unit I
Introduction
Basic concepts of FEM step by step procedure. Stresses and equilibrium boundary conditions. Strain Vs
displacement relations potential energy and equilibrium general procedure of FEM-solution of
equilibrium problems- Gaussian elimination method- Rayleigh Ritz method- Galerkin method. FEA
applications
Study of approximate methods.
9 Hours
Unit II
One Dimensional Problems
Discretisation of domain-element shapes, types, size, location & numbers. Co ordinate types, 1 D bar
element shape function using natural co-ordinates finite element formulation of stiffness matrix and
finite element equation. Assembly of global equations and load vector example problems. Truss element
stiffness matrix & finite element equation example problems.
Simple problems on bars.
9 Hours
Unit III
Two Dimensional Problems
Finite element modeling CST shape function using natural co ordinates, strain displacement matrix,
stress strain relationship matrix plane stress plane strain example problems. LST elements.
Derivation of global stiffness matrix of triangular plane.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Isoparametric Element Formulation
Iso, Sub & Super parametric element, shape functions of 1- D & 2-D Isoparametric elements Gaussian
quadrature examples.
Study of wing structure and simple problems using 2D isoparametric element.
9 Hours
Unit V
Heat Transfer
Basic equations of heat transfer Finite element formulation example problems. Higher order elements.
Selection of the order of the polynomial, convergence requirements, linear, simplex, complex, multiplex,
serendipity element.
Application of FEM in various fields.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Chandrupatla T. R., and Belegundu A.D, Introduction to Finite Elements Engineering, Pearson
Education 2002, 3rd Edition.
2. S.S.Rao, Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pergamon press.1989

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |123

References
1. David V Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, TATA McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, 2005.
2. Robert D.Cook., David.S, Malkucs Michael E Plesha, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element
Analysis, 4 Ed. Wiley, 2003.
3. Reddy J.N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill International Student Edition,
1985.
4. Zienkiewicz and R.L.Taylor, The Finite Element Methods, Vol.1, The basic formulation and linear
problems, Vol.1, Butterworth Heineman, 5th Edition, 2000.
5. S.S.Bhavikati, Finite Element Analysis authored, New Age International Publishers, latest edition.
6. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-KANPUR/FiniteElementMethod
7. http://www.me.mtu.edu/~bettig/MEEM4405
11A602 PROPULSION II
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the Aircraft and Rocket
propulsion systems
To understand the application of various propellant systems and their properties
To learn the propulsion system performance information at various condition
To understand the basic concepts of nozzle design.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well
as design aircraft systems and
components.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Analysis of different types of turbines


Improve the work extraction of different turbines
Performance analysis of propulsion system of Rockets
Analysis of different types of propellants
Estimate the range and velocity of single-stage rockets

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10

10
20
60
10

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |124

Total
Assessment Pattern
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

100

100

100

100

Draw T-S diagram of Ramjet engine.


Name the components in Pulsejet engine.
Define specific propellant consumption.
What are the types of propellant injector?
Name any two properties of liquid propellant
Define thrust coefficient.
Define match point.
Name any two oxidizer-fuel combinations used for hybrid rockets.
Define specific impulse.
Define temperature sensitivity coefficient of a solid propellant.
Define characteristic velocity.
What is the basic concept in using advanced propulsion technique?
Define (a) Impulse stage (b) Reaction stage.
Define total-to-total efficiency and state when it is appropriate to use this efficiency
Define characteristic exhaust velocity.
Define specific impulse.

Understand
1. Explain the difference between impulse and reaction blade
2. How will you classify turbine blade cooling?
3. Describe briefly three important application of rocket propulsion
4. Explain the principles of Nuclear propulsion?
5. Write down the merits and demerits of integral ram-rocket.
6. What do you mean by supercritical mode of operation of ramjet?
7. Compare air breathing engine and rocket engine.
8. How do you classify ramjets based on combustion process?
9. What are the limitations of hybrid rockets?
10. Define discharge correction factor. Can it be more than one? Justify your answer.
11. Why electrical rockets are called essentially power limited?
12. Explain the working of an axial flow turbine stage with a neat sketch. Draw the T-S diagram and
velocity triangles.
13. Describe the working of a ramjet engine.
14. Explain the working of liquid propellant rocket engine with a gas pressure feed system. Write down
its merits and demerits.
15. What are the important factors that influence the burning rate of a solid propellant? Explain them
with appropriate sketches.
16. How do you classify solid propellant rockets? Name any four solid propellant ingredients function
with two examples for each function.
17. Mention the various methods of cooling of thrust chamber assemblies and briefly explain anyone
cooling method.
18. Mention the various methods of cooling of thrust chamber assemblies and briefly explain anyone
cooling method.
19. With the aid of neat sketches explain various techniques for thrust vector control.
20. Draw a neat sketch and explain the working of ion propulsion rocket.
21. How does the shape of the nozzle affect performance? How do you overcome the thrust loss
associated with over expansion?
Apply / Evaluate
1.
An ideal ramjet engine operates at M = 1.5 at an altitude of 6500 m. Find its cycle efficiency.
2.
A ramjet is 124ehaviour124 at Mach 3 at an altitude of 4572 m, the external static temperature is
258.4K, and the external static pressure is 57.1 kPa. The heating value of the fuel is 46,520 kJ/kg.
Air flows through the engine at 45.35 kg/s. The burner exit total temperature is 1944 K. Find the
thrust, fuel ratio, and TSFC. The specific heat ratio can be assumed to be 14.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |125

3.

A chemical rocket is used for launch into earth orbit. At the end of the combustion chamber the
stagnation temperature is 3000 K, The molecular weight of the combustion products is 26. The gases
expand isentropically as an ideal gas mixture with specific heat ratio 1.2, the area ratio Ae / A of
the nozzle is 20, and the throat is 0.1 m. At sea level determine:
(i)
The stagnation pressure if the expansion is correct,
(ii)
The rocket thrust.
4.
A rocket is to be designed to produce 5 MN of thrust at sea level. The pressure in the combustion
chamber is 7 Mpa and the temperature is 2800 K. If the working fluid is assumed to be a perfect gas
with the properties of air at room temperature, determine the following:
(i)
Specific impulse
(ii)
Mass flow rate
(iii)
Throat diameter
(iv)
Exit diameter and
(v)
Thrust at 30 km altitude.
5. A jet engine is to propel an aircraft at Mach 3 at high altitude where ambient pressure is 8.5 kPa and
the ambient temperature is 220 K. The turbine inlet temperature is 2540 K. If all components of the
engine are frictionless determine
(i) The thermal efficiency
(ii) The propulsion efficiency
(iii) The overall efficiency
Let the specific heat ratio be r = 1.4 and make the approximation of f 1.
Create
1.
Design a nozzle to optimum expansion at 10,000 feet altitude.
2.
Design the liquid propellant system with maximum performance.
Unit I
Nozzles
Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles convergent nozzles and nozzle choking nozzle throat conditions
nozzle efficiency losses in nozzles over expanded and under expanded nozzles ejector and variable
area nozzles interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces thrust reversal.
Principle of Newtons second and third laws.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ramjet Propulsion
Operating principle sub critical, critical and supercritical operation combustion in ramjet engine ramjet
performance sample ramjet design calculations introduction to scramjet preliminary concepts in
supersonic combustion integral ram- rocket- numerical problems.
Study of normal shock, oblique shock and expansion waves..
9 Hours
Unit III
Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion
Operating principle specific impulse of a rocket internal ballistics- rocket nozzle classification rocket
performance considerations numerical problems.
Study of Indian launch vehicles and missiles.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Chemical Rockets
Solid propellant rockets selection criteria of solid propellants important hardware components of solid
rockets propellant grain design considerations liquid propellant rockets selection of liquid propellants
thrust control in liquid rockets cooling in liquid rockets limitations of hybrid rockets relative
advantages of liquid rockets over solid rockets- numerical problems, Liquid engine cycles, thrust vector
control.
Study of solid and liquid propellants used and their properties.
13 Hours
Unit V
Advanced Propulsion Techniques

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |126

Electric rocket propulsion ion propulsion techniques nuclear rocket types solar sail- preliminary
concepts in nozzless propulsion.
Space vehicles.
5 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. G. P. Sutton, Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2008.
2. P. G. Hill, and C. R. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison Wesley
Longman INC, 1999.
References
1

H. Cohen, G. F. C, Rogers, and H. I. H. Saravanamuttoo, Gas Turbine Theory, Longman Co.,


ELBS
Ed., 1989.
2
C. V. Gorden, Aero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion, AIAA Education
Series,
New York, 1989.
3
M. Mathur and R. P. Sharma, Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi, 2005.

11A603 VIBRATIONS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
various vibrations.
To understand the basic concepts of vibrations.
To study the dynamic behavior of different aircraft components.
To understand the interaction among the aerodynamic, elastic and inertia forces.

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(f)
An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques,
tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different types motions


Analysis of single and multi degrees of freedom systems
Understanding the procedure and concept of Rayleighs and Holzer methods
Understanding the basic principles of elements of aero elasticity

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |127

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10
100

10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What is vibration?
Define degree of freedom.
What is SHM?
Define D Alemberts Principle.
State the energy methods
What is forced vibrations?
What is meant by aeroelasticity?
What is damped vibration?
What is a free vibration?
What is single degree of freedom system?
What is meant multi degree of freedom system?
What is lateral vibration?
What is longitudinal vibration?
What is torsional vibration?
Define Hamiltons principle.
What is meant by coupling?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Discuss about the various energy methods


Write in detail about the vibration measuring instrument.
Difference between forced vibration with and without damping.
Derive the Lagrangean equation.
Write in detail about Rayleighs method.
Write in detail about Holzer method.
Explain in detail Basic ideas on wing divergence.
Why study of vibrations is required?
Why reversal of aileron control used?
Explain in detail the support excitation.
Explain in detail about aero elastic instabilities.
Explain the various concepts in vibrations.

Apply/ Evaluate

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |128

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Calculate the whirling speed of a shaft 20mm diameter and 0.6m long carrying a mass of 1 kg at its
midpoint. The density of the shaft material is 40 Mg/m3. Youngs modulus is 200GN/m2.Assume
the shaft is freely supported.
A vibrating system consists of mass of 200kg. A spring of stiffness 80N/mm. A damper with a
damping coefficient of 800N/m/s. Determine the frequency of vibrations.
The following data is given for a vibrating system with a viscous damping. Mass = 2.5kg
Spring constant= 3N/mm
The amplitude decreases to 0.25 of initial value after 5 cycles. Determine the damping coefficient.
An instrument vibrates with a frequency of 1 Hz when there is no damping, damping is provided,
the frequency of damped vibration was observed to be 0.9 Hz. Find
a. Damping factor
b. Logarithmic decrement
A shaft of 100mm diameter and 1m long is fixed at one end and the other end carries a flywheel of
mass 1 ton. Taking youngs modulus of the shaft material as 200 GN/m2. Find natural frequency of
longitudinal and transverse vibrations.

Create
1. Design an instrument to minimize vibrations.
2. Create a method to provide the mechanism of aileron reversal.
3. Design an instrument to reduce aero elastic instabilities.
Unit I
Basic Notions
Simple harmonic motion terminologies D Alemberts principle energy Methods.
Newtons Laws.
6 Hours

Unit II
Single Degree of Freedom Systems
Free vibrations damped vibrations forced vibrations, with and without damping support excitation.
Vibration measuring instruments.
12 Hours
Unit III
Multi Degrees of Freedom Systems
Two degrees of freedom systems static and dynamic couplings vibration absorber- principal co- ordinates,
principal modes and orthogonal condition eigen value problems.
Hamiltons principle- Lagranges equation and application vibration of elastic bodies- vibration of strings.
Longitudinal, lateral and torsional vibrations.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Approximate Methods
Rayleighs Rayleigh Ritz, Matrix nitration and Holzer methods to find natural frequencies.
Study of numerical methods.
9 Hours
Unit V
Elements of Aero Elasticity
Concepts coupling aero elastic instabilities and their prevention basic ideas on wing divergence, loss
and reversal of aileron control flutter and its prevention.
Study of aerodynamics characteristics.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. S. Timoshenko, Vibration Problems in Engineering, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1993.
2. Meirovitch Elements of Vibration Analysis

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |129

References
1.R. L. Bisplinghoff, H. Ashely and R. L.Hogman, Aeroelasticity , Addision Wesley Publication, New
York, 1983.
2. F. S.Tse, I. F. Morse and R. T. Hunke, Mechanical Vibrations, Prentice Hall, New York, 1984.
3. R. H. Scanlan and R. Rosenbaum, Introduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration & Flutter, John
Wiley and Sons. New York, 1982.
4.Benson H. Tongue, Principles of Vibration, Oxford University Press, 2000.

11A604 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE PRACTICES


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aero engines and
the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines.
To study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair for performing all kinds of tests and
repairs by strictly complying service bulletins and manufacturers manual.
To updating inventory management system and maintaining aircraft components for alignment,
cleanliness, wear and tear, and clearance.

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Improve the safety precaution for different maneuvers.


Performance analysis for handling the tools
Analysis of different sub system for proper servicing

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
50
20
100

30
50
20
100

Model
Examination
30
50
20
100

Semester End
Examination
30
50
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.

What is leveling of aircraft?


What do you mean by unsatisfactory turbine engine start?
What is purging?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |130

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What are the precautions to be taken while handling compressed air?


Define special inspection.
What is the purpose of check list?
What are aircraft logs?
What are bulletins?
Discuss the airworthiness directive.
What are the advantages of swaging over splicing?
What is rigging of aircraft?
Why environmental cleanliness is required?
Define inspection technique.
What is swaging?
What is shop safety?
Enumerate the various manuals in aircraft maintenance.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

What is towing of an aircraft?


What is the procedure for parking?
What is rigging of an aircraft?
Why jacking is required?
What is mooring?
What is precaution to be taken while parking an aircraft?
What are the fire extinguishing agents used ?
What are the inspections in a fire extinguisher?
What are the requirements of lubrication system?
What are the precautions while handling compressed air?
What are the classifications of fire extinguishers?
What is APU?
What is the purpose of jacking?
What type of equipment is used for towing the aircraft?
Enumerate the various ground power units used in aircraft maintenance.
What are the factors to make the cabin air contaminated with fumes?
What is splicing?

Create
1.
2.
3.
4.

Design a new type of tools for handling the sub system.


Create the procedure for maintenance and servicing the aircraft for easy handling
Introduce the new step for inspection with low cost.
Create the idea to reduce the weight due to the material changes over the frames.

Unit I
Aircraft Ground Handling and Support Equipment
Mooring, jacking, levelling and towing operations preparation equipment precautions engine starting
procedures piston engine, turboprops and turbojets engine fire extinguishing.
Ground power units.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ground Servicing of Various Sub Systems
Air conditioning and pressurization oxygen and oil systems ground units and their maintenance.
Various methods of ground servicing.
9 Hours
Unit III
Maintenance of Safety
Shop safety environmental cleanliness precautions.
Environmental hazards.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |131

9 Hours

Unit IV
Inspection
Process purpose types inspection intervals techniques checklist special inspection publications,
bulletins, various manuals far air worthiness directives type certificate data sheets ata specifications.
Study of inspection techniques.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aircraft Hardware, Materials, Systems and Processes
Hand tools precision instruments special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop
identification terminology specification and correct use of various aircraft hardware (i.e. Nuts, bolts, rivets,
screws etc.) American and British systems of specifications threads, gears, bearings, etc. drills, tapes &
reamers. Identification of all types of fluid line fittings. Materials, metallic and non-metallic.
Plumbing connectors cables swaging procedures, tests, advantages of swaging over splicing.
9 Hours
TOTAL: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.Kroes Watkins Delp, Aircraft Maintenance and Repair , McGraw-Hill, New York 2006.
References
1. A & P Mechanics, Aircraft hand Book, F. A. A. Himalayan Book House, New Delhi, 2008.
2. A & P Mechanics, General hand Book, F. A. A. Himalayan Book House, New Delhi, 2008.

ELECTIVE II
3 - - 3.0

11A606 FLIGHT DYNAMICS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intentional to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior
of during maneuvers, like, pitching, rolling, yawing, bank and steep turns.
To understand the application of various aircraft components towards the stability and control
To understand the basic concepts of special maneuvers, like spin, dutch roll, auto rotation and spiral
divergence.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.

Analysis of different maneuvers of an aircraft


Improve the stability and control of an Aircraft

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |132

3.
4.

Performance analysis of aircraft


Analysis of special phenomena aircraft and recovery from that

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
60
10
100

10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Define skin friction drag and pressure drag.


What is ISA?
What are the conditions required for maximum drag and minimum power?
Define angle of yaw and angle of sideslip.
Explain the aerofoil nomenclature NACA 630-210?
What is the cause of downwash in an infinite wing?
Define parasite drag.
State the conditions for static dynamic stability and indicate them with a plot.
Define elevator power.
What is aerodynamic balancing? Explain.

Understand
1. Explain the significance of load factor.
2. What is meant by degree of freedom and how much required for airplane?
3. State two conditions for static longitudinal stability and indicate them with a plot.
4. What causes induced drag
5. What is the use of winglets?
6. Derive an expression for variation of pressure in the Stratosphere region.
7. Derive the expression for drag polar and explain it with a neat plot.
8. Explain the significance of V-n diagram.
9. Obtain the expression for turn radius and turn rate for pull up and pushover maneuver.
10. Derive the expression for wing contribution to static longitudinal stability, and write your comments
on this expression.
11. What do you mean by stick fixed and stick free longitudinal static stability?
12. Explain about stick force gradients.
13. Describe Dihedral effect and aileron reversal.
14. Write short notes on :
i. One Engine inoperative condition
ii. Spin recovery
iii. Rudder locks
iv. Slip stream rotation of nose mounted propellers
15. Derive an expression for Aileron control power by using strip theory
16. Derive an expression for maximum propeller load factor and minimum turn radius

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |133

17. A jet aircraft with a wing loading 2.4 kN/m2 and mass of 4500 kg has a maximum thrust of 30 kN
at sea level. If the drag coefficient at a speed of 450 km/hr is 0.04. What will be the maximum
possible climb and the greatest climb angle.

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.

3.

4.
5.
6.

Obtain the values of pressure, density and temperature at 5 km in ISA.


An aircraft weighing 25 kN has a wing area of 80 m2 and its drag coefficient is CD = 0.016 + 0.04
CL2, calculate the minimum thrust required for straight and level flight, and the corresponding true
air speed. At sea level and at 10 km (= 0.58kg/m3). Calculate also the minimum power required
and the
corresponding true air speeds at the above conditions.
A wing body model is tested in a subsonic wind tunnel. The lift is found to be zero at a geometric
angle of attack = -1.5 . At = 5 the C L is measured as 0.52, the moment coefficient about the
CG are measured as -0.01 and 0.05 for = 1 and 7.88 respectively. The C.G. is located at 0.35 C.
Calculate the location of the aerodynamic centre and the value CM.
The statically stable aircraft may be dynamically stable or unstable. Similarly dynamically stable
aircraft may be statically stable or unstable. Are both statement true? Justify.
A jet aircraft with a wing loading 2.4 kN/m2 and mass of 4500 kg has a maximum thrust of 30 kN
at sea level. If the drag coefficient at a speed of 450 km/hr is 0.04. What will be the maximum
possible climb and the greatest climb angle
Sketch an airplane in landing phase and obtain expressions for the approach distance, flare distance
and ground roll.

Create
1. Why do airplanes require vertical tail?
2. Design the aircraft without tail assembly with stability

Unit I
Aerodynamics Characteristics of Airplane
International Standard Atmosphere Forces and moments acting on a flight vehicle Equation of motion of
a rigid flight vehicle Different types of drag Drag polars of vehicles from low speed to high speeds
Variation of thrust, power and SFC with velocity and altitudes for air breathing engines and rockets Power
available and power required curves.
Lift and pitching moment of basic airplane and control characteristics.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aircraft Performance
Performance of airplane in level flight Maximum speed in level flight Conditions for minimum drag and
power required Range and endurance Climbing and gliding flight (Maximum rate of climb and steepest
angle of climb, minimum rate of sink and shallowest angle of glide) Turning performance (Turning rate
turn radius). Bank angle and load factor . V-n diagram and load factor.
Limitations of pull up and push over.
9 Hours
Unit III
Static Longitudinal Stability
Degree of freedom of rigid bodies in space Static and dynamic stability Purpose of controls in airplanes
Inherently stable and marginal stable airplanes Static, Longitudinal stability Stick fixed stability Basic
equilibrium equation Stability criterion Effects of fuselage and nacelle Influence of CG location
Power effects Stick fixed neutral point Stick free stability-Hinge moment coefficient Stick free neutral
points-Symmetric maneuvers Stick force gradients Stick- force per g - Aerodynamic balancing.
Determination of neutral points and maneuver points from flight test.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Lateral and Directional Stability

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |134

Dihedral effect Lateral control Coupling between rolling and yawing moments Adverse yaw effects
Aileron reversal Static directional stability Weather cocking effect Rudder requirements One engine
inoperative condition Rudder lock.
Comparison of various lateral and directional stability components.
9 Hours
Unit V
Dynamic Stability
Dynamic longitudinal stability: Equations of motion Stability derivatives Characteristic equation of stick
fixed case Modes and stability criterion Effect of freeing-the stick Brief description of lateral and
directional. Dynamic stability Spiral, divergence, dutch roll, auto rotation and spin.
Comparison between dyanamic and static stability
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
4
C.D. Perkins and R. E. Hage, Airplane Performance stability and Control, John Wiley & Son, Inc,
New York, 1988.
References
1. B. Etkin, Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control, Edn. 2, John Wiley, New York, 1982.
2. A. W. Babister, Aircraft Dynamic Stability and Response, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1980.
3. D. O. Dommasch, S. S. Shelby and T. F. Connolly, Aeroplane Aero dynamics, Third Edition, Issac
Pitman, London, 1981.
4. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill BookCo.1998.

11A607 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT I


1 0 2 2.0
Objective(s)
To introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft design.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different types of aircraft and other flight vehicles.


Analysis of various aircraft structural components parameters.
Understanding the procedure and concept of each component design and analysis.
Analysis of different types of loads.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation
Observation and Results

Semester End
Examination

10
15

15
20

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |135

Record
Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce

10
15
Total

15

50

50

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Define the term hovercraft.


Explain what is mean by gliding angle?
State and explain different types of aircraft.
Define takeoff roll.
Define angle of attack.
Different types of engines used in aircraft
Define the term angle of incidence.
Define primer.
How to do tracking in helicopter blades?
Define C.G.
State different types of inspection methods.
What is mean by load factor?
Explain what is mean by fixed wing aircraft?
What are the different types of drag?
Define Mach number.
Define gravity feed fuel system.
Define jacking.
Define pitot static instruments.
Define weighting of aircraft.

Understand
1. Differentiate high wing and low wing aircraft.
2. Explain the use of tracking in helicopter.
3. Explain what ignition means.
4. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear.
5. What are the advantages of winglets?
6. What are the disadvantages of spoilers?
7. Differentiate the term flaps and trim tabs.
8. Compare the advantages of airfoils used in aircraft.
9. Give the procedure for jacking.
10. What is mean by throttle?
11. What are the factors affect the aircraft in straight and level flight?
12. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear system.
13. What are the limitations of aircraft pressurization?
14. Advantages of composite materials over Al.
15. What are the uses of pneumatic systems?
16. Write the limitations of APU systems.
17. Write the limitations of Al materials.
18. Differentiate the term service and absolute ceiling.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Differentiate different control surfaces used in B777 aircraft.


Comment on classication of shock absorbers.
With the help of a neat sketch explain the function of Landing gear system.
With a neat sketch, explain coefficient of lift versus AOA.
Write short notes on pressure feed fuel system with neat sketch
List the function of slat and slot.
Write short notes a working principle of hydraulic system with neat sketch

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |136

8. With a neat illustration, explain APU systems used in aircraft.


9. Explain about gravity feed & pressure feed fuel system.
10. Describe aircraft lubrication system with neat sketch.
List of Experiments
1. Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes.
2. Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft.
3. Preparation of comparative data sheets.
4. Work sheet layout procedures.
5. Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design.
6. Preliminary weight estimations, selection of main parameters,
7. Power plant selection, aerofoil selection, wing tail and control surfaces.
8. Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings.
9. Drag estimation.
10. Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates
Mini project
TOTAL: 45 Hours
References
1.
2.

Book by Reymer
Janes All World aircraft.

Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes
2
Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft
3
Preparation of comparative data sheets
4
Work sheet layout procedures
5
Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the
design
6
Preliminary weight estimations, selection of main parameters,
7
Power plant selection, aerofoil selection, wing tail and control surfaces
8
Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings
9
Drag estimation
10
Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

Hours
3
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
3
3

11A608 PROPULSION LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior of
Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations in engineering
calculations especially in heat transfer area
To learn fundamental calculations in heat transfer applicable to propulsion.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |137

Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2. Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3. Performance analysis equipments
4. Analysis of different forms of fluids.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation

10

15

Observation and Results

15

20

Record

10
15

15

50

50

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce


Total
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Define propulsion.
Sketch the schematic arrangement of open cycle gas turbine plant and name the components.
Define convection.
Write down the basic principle of propeller.
What is known as cascade testing of a model?
Mention the difference between a model and a prototype.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Differentiate the free and forced convection.


Compare the reciprocating and rotary compressor.
What is the difference between pyrometers and total temperature probes?
Mention the significance of free convection.
Compare free and forced convection.
What are the main significant differences between free and forced convection?
What is the purpose of the manometer in convection apparatus?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Find out the free convection effectiveness of the given plate under the following load conditions:
20W, 25W, 30W and 40W.
Evaluate the heat of combustion of the given fuel by using bomb calorimeter.
Study free wall jet under the various operating conditions.
Study the performance of a propeller by keeping the blade angle as 2, 4, 6.
Evaluate the flow per minute by using rotometer.

Create
1.
2.

Change the speed of the propeller to 900rpm, 1100rpm, 1400rpm and find out the efficiency of the
propeller.
Find out the pressure change in wall jet apparatus by keeping the plate at 5cm, 10cm.15cm..

List of Experiments

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |138

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft piston engine


Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft jet engine
Measurement of forced convective heat transfer over a flat plate
Measurement of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate
Cascade testing of a model of axial compressor blade row
Study of performance of a propeller
Combustion performance studies in a ramjet combustion chamber
Study of free jet
Study of wall jet
Determination of calorific value and moisture content of an aviation fuel.
Mini Project
TOTAL: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft piston engine
2
Dismantling and reassembling of an aircraft jet engine
3
Measurement of forced convective heat transfer over a flat plate.
4
Measurement of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate
5
Cascade testing of a model of axial compressor blade row.
6
Study of performance of a propeller.
7
Combustion performance studies in a ramjet combustion chamber
8
Study of free jet.
9
Study of wall jet.
10
Determination of calorific value and moisture content of an aviation fuel.

11A609 TECHNICAL SEMINAR II

Hours
6
6
3
3
6
3
6
3
3
6

0 0 2 1.0

Technical seminar by group of students on latest developments in the field of aeronautical engineering.
Objective(s)

To learn the latest developments in their domain.


To improve the art preparing and presentation of the topics.
To improve the communications skills.

Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
11O701 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
(Common to all branches)
3 0 0 3
Objective(s)

To understand the basics of Micro and Macro Economics.


To understand the methods by which Demand Forecasting, Cost Analysis, Pricing and Financial
Accounting are done in the Industry.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |139

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.

Costing of products and services.


Market Analysis.

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

20
30
20
20
10
100

20
30
20
20
10
100

20
30
20
20
10
100

20
30
20
20
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

Define economics
Define managerial economics
What are the branches of economics?
What are the two methodologies used for investigation in economics?
Name the other disciplines which are linked to managerial economics.
List the theories that explain the basic objectives of a firm.
What are the basic concepts in decision making?
What are the types of decisions a manager is expected to make?
What are the techniques used in the process of decision making?
What is opportunity cost?
What is Demand?
What are the types of Demand?
What are the variations in the nature of Demand?
State the law of Demand.
What are the factors determining Demand?
Define Elasticity of Demand.
State the different degrees of elasticity of Demand?
What are the factors determining Elasticity of Demand?
State the Law Of Diminishing Marginal Utility.
What is Consumer Equilibrium?
List the factors effecting Demand Forecasting.
What methods will you use for forecasting demand for a new product?
Define Cost.
What is a semi variable cost?
What are fixed costs?
Define Short Run and Long Run costs.
Define Optimum Size of a Firm.
Define Replacement Cost and Historic Cost.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |140

29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.

What is a Monopoly?
What is an Oligopoly?
What is Price Discrimination?
What are the reasons for Price Discrimination?
What are the advantages of Price Discrimination?
Define Oligopoly in terms of market share.
Name the two types of Oligopoly.
What are the objectives of Pricing?
What are the two basic methods of Pricing?
What is Market Skimming?
What is sealed bid pricing?
Define Accounting.
What are the uses of accounting?
What is a Balance Sheet?
Definitions of key words used in Financial Statements.
What is inflation?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.

Explain the nature and scope of Economics.


Differentiate between Macro and Micro economics
List and explain the focus areas of Managerial economics.
Give reasons why Mangers aim to Maximize Sales even at the cost of a lower profit.
Explain the steps in the decision making process.
Differentiate between Mechanistic and Analytical Decision making with examples.
Explain Giffens Paradox.
Explain with examples, exceptions to the Law of Demand.
Explain the nature of Demand.
Differentiate between Extension and Increase in Demand.
What is the significance of Elasticity of Demand?
Differentiate between Point and Arc Elasticity of Demand.
What are the assumptions made when talking about the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility?
Explain the characteristics of the Indifference Curve with examples.
Explain the concepts of consumers equilibrium and consumers surplus with examples.
Can Demand Forecasting principles be applied to Services? Substantiate your answer with an
example.
What is the difference between Accounting Cost and Economic Cost? Explain with an example.
Match the following type of question between Cost Concepts and their Basis of Distinction
Why is a study of Cost-Output Relationship necessary for a good Manager?
How is Incremental cost different from Sunk Cost?
Differentiate between Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition.
Explain the concept of a Perfect Market and its features.
Explain Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue.
Distinguish between Cost and Price.
Explain with an appropriate diagram, the mechanism of pricing in a Perfectly Competitive Market.
Explain the role of Time in price determination.
Under what conditions can a firm charge different prices for the same products?
What are the characteristic features of an oligopoly industry ?
What causes Oligopoly?
Why does a firm need to have a Pricing Policy?
Explain the types and features of Cost Based Pricing.
Explain the types and features of Demand Based Pricing.
Explain the types and features of Strategy Based Pricing.
Under what conditions does a company go in for Cross Subsidization pricing?
Explain the Business Entity concept.
What are the advantages of Double-entry Book-keeping?
What is the role of the Central bank in controlling inflation?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |141

Apply
1.

Compare the merits and demerits of the Deductive Method and the Inductive Method of
Investigation.
2. Explain decisions based on the degree of certainty of the outcome with examples.
3. Problems involving Marginal and Incremental Costs.
4. Problems concerning Elasticity of Demand.
5. Problems using statistical methods for Demand Forecasting.
6. Problem Calculate and plot Average Variable Cost, Average Total Cost, Marginal Cost and find
the optimal production volume.
7. Give examples of products falling under the various kinds of Competition, and the reasons they are
able to survive in the market.
8. Give six examples of products that fall under Monopolistic Competitive pricing.
9. Give six examples of products that fall under Oligopolistic pricing.
10. Pick any six Consumer Items and based on your knowledge of the markets, explain the pricing
method that you think is most likely to have been followed for each of these items.
11. Compare the types of information that one can derive from a Balance Sheet and a P&L Statement.

Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

The per-capita income of farmers in the country has to be raised by 20% this year to prevent their
migration to cities. Analyze this statement from the point of view of Positive and Normative
Economics.
Decision making improves with age and experience. Discuss.
Do a survey of the automotive (only cars) industry and analyze the reasons and timing for discounts
offered from the point of view of elasticity of demand.
What are the methods you would adopt to forecast demand for an industrial product? Assuming that
the actual demand versus forecast is very high, what would the most likely reason be for failure of
the forecast?
Most of the cost concepts are overlapping and repetitive. Yes or No? Substantiate your answer
with reasons.
How would you modify a sealed bid pricing system to take care of different technical approaches
by different bidders for a project for which bids are called for, given that the cost varies depending
on the technical approach?
What are the steps you would take to control inflation?

Create
1.
2.
3.

4.

Create a matrix consolidating the definitions of the word Economics as defined by the leading
Economists in the prescribed textbook. Using this define economics the way you understand it, in
less than 50 words.
Study the price of a commodity over a period of one year and explain the possible reasons for the
fluctuations from an economists point of view.
You are in a job which is paying you adequately. You are called for an interview for a job that
double your salary. Unfortunately you miss the only train that will take you in time for the
interview. How will you justify the cost of taking a flight considering the cost concepts you have
learnt.
Due to cancellation of an export order, you are stuck with a huge stock of jeans of international
quality. Device a pricing strategy for disposing this stock without incurring a loss, considering that
it is a very competitive market.
(Question paper will contain at least 50% marks on numerical problems)

Unit I
Introduction
Introduction to Economics, Kinds of Economic Systems, Production Possibility Frontier, Opportunity Cost,
Objective of Organizations, Kinds of Organizations, Business Decision Making,
Legal rights and responsibilities of types of Organizations.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |142

9 Hours
Unit II
Demand and Supply
Functions of Demand & Supply, Law of Demand and Supply, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting
Methods, Price Equilibrium
Role of logistics in managing supply and demand.
9 Hours
Unit III
Production and Cost
Production Function, Returns to Scale, Economies & Diseconomies of scale, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost,
Average Costs, Cost Curves, Break Even point, Law of diminishing Marginal Utility
Costing of a product during the stages of its life cycle
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pricing & Market Structure
Components of Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Return on Investment, Payback Period, Market Structure and
Pricing, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic, Non price competition, E-commerce.
The secure payment process in e-commerce.
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Macro Economics & Financial Accounting,
National Income GDP, Per Capita Income, Inflation, Stagflation, Deflation, Business Cycle, Stabilization
Policies, Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes, Balance of Payment. Accounting Terminology, Book Keeping,
P&L, Balance Sheet.
Role of Central Excise and Customs
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.

A. Ramachandra Aryasri and V V Ramana Murthy, Engineering Economics and Financial


Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited , New Delhi, 2006.

References
1.

V L Samuel Paul and G S Gupta, Managerial Economics Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1981.
S N Maheswari, Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand.
R Kesavan, C Elanchezhian and T Sunder Selwyn, Engineering Economics and Financial
Accounting, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd , New Delhi, 2005.

2.
3.

11A702 AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL AND AVIONIC SYSTEMS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical
behaviour of various modes of microprocessor architectures for the purpose of the operations
that is taking place in the circuit assemblies.
To understand the basic concepts of avionics systems.
To learn the Signal and operational flow controls taking place in those systems

Programme Outcome(s)
(e)
(f)

An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |143

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Analysis of different concepts of avionics systems.


Performance analysis of the control flow signals
Performance of memories in micro-controllers.

ASSESSMENT PATTERN
S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
20
40
20
20
100

Test II
20
40
20
20
100

Model
Examination
20
40
20
20
100

Semester End
Examination
20
40
20
20
100

Remember
1. Name at least five Air data sensor.
2. What is HOTAS and what is the need for it?
3. What is the need for two different speeds in ARICNC 429?
4. Explain the relation between reliability and maintainability?
5. What is a flight management system (FMS)?
6. What is a volatile memory and give example?
7. Name a few types of CRT.
8. What are the major drivers for AVIONICS system in a typical civil transport aircraft?
9. Distinguish between pave pace and pave pillar architecture?
10. What is HOTAS?
11. Define glass cockpit.
12. What is MFD and what is special about it?
13. Give some examples of DVI.
14. What is sampling frequency?
15. What is meant by LRU? List out the advantages of LRU concept.
16. Name at least four air data sensors and what do they sense?
17. What are the changes brought out by solid state devices in avionic systems?
18. How is federated architecture different from centralized architecture?
Understand
1. Explain the salient features that enhances the need for avionics in civil and military aircraft and also in
space systems
2. Explain the DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGIES of avionics system?
3. Compare the following display technologies: CRT, LED, LED and EL.
4. Explain the interface of a seven segment LED with the microprocessor to display binary data.
5. With a neat sketch explain 8085 microprocessor architecture in detail.
6. What operations can be performed with the following instructions, (1) SHLD (2) DAD (3)DAA
(4)LDAX
(5) RLC .
7. Compare the memory mapped I/O and peripheral mapped I/O in Microprocessor.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |144

8. Explain the coupling method used in MIL STD 1553B


9. Explain the role of timing in the ARINC 629 transmitter with relevant sketches
10. Explain the ARINC 429 data bus in detail
11. Discuss the types of color CRTs used in cockpit display
12. Describe the working of LED, LCD and plasma display and give their characteristics
13. Explain DVI concept in a cockpit.
14. Describe the various illities in avionics systems.
15. Discuss the various classification of navigation system.
16. List the evolution of avionics architecture starting from first generation to fourth generation.
17. Compare the different avionics system architectures and bring out their merits and demerits
Evaluate
1.

Derive
(7A4DF) 16 = (?) 8
(010101101110) 2 = (?) 16

2.

Derive
(22222) 8 = (?) 2
(54A6C) 16 = (?) 8

Create
1.
2.
3.

Design heat block diagram using different avionics system?


What is HUD and explain its principal of operation with a neat diagram.
Explain MIL STD 1553 B data bus in detail bringing out clearly the bus architecture Protocol word
and message formats and coupling method.

Unit I
Introduction to Avionics
Need for avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems integrated avionics and weapon system
typical avionics sub systems design and technologies.
Study of other subsystems of an aircraft.
9 Hours
Unit II
Principles of Digital Systems
Digital computers microprocessors memories .
Application of digital computers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Digital Avionics Architecture
Avionics system architectureData buses MILSTD 1553 BARINC 429ARINC 629.
Study of other data buses and their properties.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flight Deck and Cockpits
Control and display technologies CRT, LED, LCD, EL and plasma panel Touch screen Direct voice
input (DVI) Civil cockpit and military cockpit : MFDS, HUD, MFK, HOTAS
Study of advanced cockpit display systems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Introduction to Avionics Systems
Communication systems - navigation systems - flight control systems - radar electronic warfare - utility
systems reliability and maintainability - certification.
Study of illities of avionics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |145

Text Books
1. Malcrno A.P. and Leach, D.P., Digital Principles and Application, Tata McGraw- Hill, 1990.
2. Gaonkar, R.S., Microprocessors Architecture Programming and Application, Wiley and Sons Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1990.
References
1. Middleton, D.H., Ed., Avionics Systems, Longman Scientific and Technical, Longman Group UK
Ltd., England, 1989.
2. Spitzer, C.R., Digital Avionic Systems, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., USA., 1987.
3. Brain Kendal, Manual of Avionics, the English Book House, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 1993.

11A703 COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to introduce the various composite materials and structures used in aircraft
applications and their test methods.
To understand the effect sandwich construction in the aircraft materials and its prevention
methods.
To learn the various open and closed mould processes
To understand the fabrication process.
Programme Outcome(s)

(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences, and engineering.


(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of composite by various testing
2. Improve the properties Sandwich Constructions methods
Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
20
40
10
100

10
20
20
40
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Remember
1.

Define composite material.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |146

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

What is the need for composite material?


Mention important characteristics of composite material.
Give examples for fiber material
Mention important matrix materials
Define lamina
Write the generalized Hooks law for composite materials
What are composite materials?
Classify composite material.
What is the role of matrix is a composite material?
What is the role reinforcement in composite materials?
What are the advantages of composite materials?
Give examples use of composite materials.
List types of fibres used in FRP.
What are various types of Matrices used in FRP?
Give relative merits of carbon fibre, glass fibre, aramid fibre and natural fibre.
List the characteristics of matrix material.
What are laminae?
What is laminate and how it is classified?
List components of stress-strain in a 3-D continuum.
What is plane stress condition?
Write the compliance matrix for plane stress.
Write stiffness matrix for plane stress.
What is the relevance of plane stress condition, which is the behaviour of laminae?
What is a cross-ply laminate?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What is an angle-ply laminate?


Write transformation matrix for an angle-ply matrix.
How engineer properties of a laminate are predicted from micromechanics?
Write the laminate stress-strain relation in material coordinate.
Write the laminate stress-strain relation in laminate global coordinate system.
What is classical plate theory? Discuss assumptions.
Discuss classical laminate theory.
Write structural strain relation for laminates.
What are the laminate stress relations?
Discuss significance of A, B, D matrices.
Write laminate strain resultants?
Write A, B, D matrices for symmetric laminate, antisymmetric laminate and unsymmetric laminate
What are various failure theories?
Discuss the design concepts.
Describe various manufacturing techniques.
Write stability laminations of various manufacturing techniques.

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.

A lamina is deemed to have failed when the fibres fracture because the fibres carry the highest stresses.
When predicting the failure of an off-axis lamina it is necessary to calculate the stresses in the principal
directions because these stresses are always greater than the applied stresses.
3. The maximum stress criterion will always predict failure in tension because the longitudinal tensile
strength of a unidirectional ply is greater than the corresponding compressive strength.
4. The Tsai-Hill criterion gives a more accurate prediction for off-axis loading because it does not predict
the mode of failure.
5. Initial failure of a cross-ply laminate can only be predicted by the Tsai-Hill criterion because it
corresponds to transverse ply cracking.
Create

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |147

1. Prediction of laminate failure requires an iterative approach because ply stiff nesses are modified as
failures occur.
2. Classical laminate theory cannot predict failure of finite width laminates because it ignores the existence
of through-thickness stresses.

Unit I
Stress Strain Relation
Introduction- advantages and application of composite materials, reinforcements and matrices introduction
to smart materials and smart structures - generalized hookes law elastic constants for anisotropic,
orthotropic and isotropic materials.
Stress-strain curves.
9 Hours
Unit II
Methods of Analysis
Micro mechanics mechanics of materials approach, elasticity approach to determine material properties
macro mechanics stress-strain relations with respect to natural axis, arbitrary axis determination of
material properties. Experimental characterization of lamina.
Plane stress and plane strain.
9 Hours
Unit III
Laminated Plates
Governing differential equation for a general laminate, angle ply and cross ply laminates. Failure criteria for
composites.
Study about matrix and reinforcements.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Sandwich Constructions
Basic design concepts of sandwich construction -materials used for sandwich construction - failure
modes of sandwich panels.
Application of sandwich composites.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fabrication Process and Repair Scheme
Various open and closed mould processes. Manufacture of fibers types of resins and properties and
applications netting analysis.
Application of composites in aero field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.

Calcote, L R. The Analysis of laminated Composite Structures, Von Noastrand Reinhold


Company, New York 1998.
Jones, R.M., Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw-Hill, Kogakusha Ltd., Tokyo, 1985.

2.

References
1.
Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites, John
Wiley and sons. Inc., New York, 1995.
2.
Lubin, G., Handbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glass, Von Nostrand Reinhold Co., New
York, 1989.

11A704 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT II


1 0 2 2.0
Objective(s)

To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectI.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |148

To provide the knowledge of estimating loads in aircraft components.

Programme Outcome(s)
(f)

An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different types of aircraft and other flight vehicles.


Analysis of various aircraft structural components parameters.
Understanding the procedure and concept of each component design and analysis.
Analysis of different types of loads.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
10
15
10

Observation and Results


Record
Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce
Total
Remember
1. Define lift and drag.
2. Explain various forces acting in gliding flight.
3. State and explain different types of flaps.
4. Define monocoque structure.
5. Define slot.
6. Different types of fuselage constructions.
7. Define the term stall.
8. Define spin and dive.
9. How to do preflight check.
10. Define wing loading.
11. State different types of trouble shooting methods.
12. What is mean by load factor?
13. Explain what Hobbs mean.
14. What are the different fuel systems?
15. Define span
16. Define chord.
17. Define airfoil nomenclature.
18. Define cessna flight components.
19. Define V-n diagram.
Understand
1. Differentiate climbing and gliding.
2. Explain the use of spoilers on roll.
3. Explain what glide slope means.
4. Differentiate PAPI and VASI.
5. What are the advantages of cabin heat systems?
6. What are the disadvantages of stall horn systems?
7. Differentiate the term jacking and rigging.
8. Compare the advantages of composites used in aircraft.

15
20
-

15

Preparation

Semester End
Examination

15

50

50

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |149

9. Give the procedure for performance calculation.


10. What is meant by phugoid motion?
11. What are the factors affect the strength of composites at high temperatures?
12. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear system.
13. What are the limitations of aircraft pressurization system in jumbo jets?
14. Advantages of composite materials over Al.
15. What are the uses of pneumatic systems?
16. Write the limitations of oxygen systems.
17. Write the limitations of plastic materials.
18. Differentiate the term maneuverability and fixed fly control system?
Apply / Evaluate
1. Differentiate between aircraft anti- icing and deicing systems.
2. Comment on classication of landing gear system.
3. With the help of a neat sketch explain the function of fuselage design.
4. With a neat sketch, explain load estimation of wings.
5. Write short notes on critical load on wing structures.
6. List the function of navigation systems and components.
7. Write short notes a working principle of ILS system with neat sketch.
8. With a neat illustration, explain various loads acting in ailerons while aircraft in flight.
9. Explain about gravity feed and pressure feed fuel system.
10. Describe aircraft furnishing practices with neat sketch.
List of experiments
1. V- n diagram for the design study.
2. Gust and maneuverability envelopes.
3. Critical loading performance and final V - n graph calculation.
4. Structural design study - Theory approach.
5. Load estimation of wings.
6. Load estimation of fuselage.
7. Balancing and maneuvering loads on tail plane, aileron and rudder loads.
8. Detailed structural layouts.
9. Design of some components of wings, fuselage.
10. Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings.
Mini Project
Total: 45 Hours

Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
V-n diagram for the design study
2
Gust and maneuverability envelopes
3
Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation
4
Structural design study Theory approach
5
Load estimation of wings
6
Load estimation of fuselage.
7
Balancing and maneuvering loads on tail plane, aileron and rudder loads.
8
Detailed structural layouts
9
Design of some components of wings, fuselage
10
Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings.
References
1.
2.

Book by Reymer
Janes All World aircraft

Hours
3
3
6
6
6
6
4
3
3
5

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |150

ELECTIVE III
3 - - 3.0

ELECTIVE IV
3 - - 3.0
11A707 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)

To train the students on hand experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft
and rectification of common snags.
To understand the basic concepts of Maintenance procedure.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(h)
(i)

An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.
An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
An ability to recognize the importance of ethics in professional work.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.

Improve the practical knowledge for controls and systems in Aircraft.


Good in maintenance performance.

Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment
Preparation

Semester End
Examination

10

15

Observation and Results

15

20

Record

10

15

15

50

50

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce


Total

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

What are the types of systems used in the aircraft?


What are the precautions while handling the hydraulic system?
What are the precautions while handling the pneumatic system?
What are the types of jacks used for aircraft?
What is the jack used for Cessna 150 aircraft?
Define angle of incidence?
Define angle of attack?
What is overhaul?
What is A check?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |151

10. What is B check?


11. What is C check?
12. What is D check?
13. What is trouble shoot?
14. What is servicing?
15. What are the precautions while handling the gas pressurization system?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What are the safety precautions while handling fueling and refueling the aircraft?
What are the precautions while jacking up the procedure?
What is the aircraft leveling procedure?
What are the advantages of spirit level method?
When do you use Strain gauge to level the aircraft?
When do you use Plumb ball method?
When do you use Engineers steeper method?
What occasion are you going to check wing incidence angle?
Define wing dihedral angle?
What occasion are you going to check wing dihedral angle?
Define wing sweep back angle?
What occasion are you going to check sweep back angle?
What is bleeding?
What are the precautions to be taken while bleeding the Pushpak aircraft?
What is symmetric check?
What are the precautions to be taken while bleeding the PUSHPAK aircraft?

Apply / Evaluate
1. To determine the flow test to assess of filter element clogging, pressure test to assess hydraulic
external/internal leakage, test to adjust operating pressure, pressure test procedure on fuel system
components and brake torque load test on wheel brake units.

Create
1. According to the maintenance manual, the procedure can be followed to the various types of airplane and
get the new result of servicing, jacking, leveling etc..
List of experiments
1. Aircraft jacking up procedure.
2. Aircraft leveling procedure.
3. Control system rigging check procedure.
4. Aircraft symmetry check procedure.
5. Flow test to assess of filter element clogging.
6. Pressure test to assess hydraulic external/internal leakage.
7. Functional test to adjust operating pressure.
8. Pressure test procedure on fuel system components.
9. Brake torque load test on wheel brake units.
10. Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems.
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |152

Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
1
Aircraft jacking up procedure
2
Aircraft leveling procedure
3
Control system rigging check procedure
4
Aircraft symmetry check procedure
5
Flow test to assess of filter element clogging
6
Pressure test to assess hydraulic external/internal leakage
7
Functional test to adjust operating pressure
8
Pressure test procedure on fuel system components
9
Brake torque load test on wheel brake units
10
Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems.

Hours
3
3
6
6
6
6
4
3
3
5

11A708 AVIONICS LABORATORY


0 0 3 1.5
Objective(s)
This laboratory is divided into three parts to train the students to learn about basic digital electronics
circuits, programming with microprocessors, design and implementation of data buses in avionics with
MIL Std. 1553B and remote terminal configuration and their importance in different applications in
the field of Avionics.

Programme Outcome(s)
b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different methods of digital electronics.
2.
Performance analysis of 4 digit 7 segment display.
3.
Analysis of different avionics data buses.
Assessment Pattern
Internal
Assessment

Semester End
Examination

Preparation
Observation and Results

10

15

15

20

Record

10

15

15

50

50

Mini-Project / Model Examination/ Viva-Voce


Total

Remember
1. Design of 8 bit data addition using 8085 microprocessor.
2. Design of 8 bit data subtraction using 8085 microprocessor.
3. Design of 8 bit data multiplication using 8085 microprocessor.
4. Design of 8 bit data division using 8085 microprocessor.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |153

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Design of maximum block of data using 8085 microprocessor.


Design of minimum block of data using 8085 microprocessor.
Sorting of data in ascending order using 8085 microprocessor.
Sorting of data in descending order using 8085 microprocessor.
Sum of series of numbers with carry using 8085 microprocessor kit.
Sum of series of numbers without carry using 8085 microprocessor kit.
Design of half adder of numbers using logic gates.
Design of full adder of numbers using logic gates.
Design of half subtractor of numbers using logic gates.
Design of full subtractor of numbers using logic gates.
Design and implementation of multiplexer.
Design and implementation of de multiplexer.

Understand
1.Addition/Subtraction of binary numbers.
2. Multiplexer/ demultiplexer circuits.
3. Encoder/decoder circuits.
4. Timer circuits, shift registers, binary comparator circuits.
5. Addition and Subtraction of 8-bit and 16-bit numbers.
6. Sorting of data in ascending & descending order.
7. Sum of a given series with and without carry.
8. Greatest in a given series & Multi-byte addition in BCD mode.
9. Interface programming with 4 digit 7 segment display & Switches & LEDs.
10. 16 Channel analog to digital converter and generation of ramp, square, triangular wave by digital
to analog converter.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Study of different avionics data buses.
2. MIL - STD 1553 data buses configuration with message transfer.
3. MIL - STD 1553 remote terminal configuration.
Create
1. Configuration of MIL STD 1553 B PCI ADD ON card as BC and RT for checking the
communication in BC to RT mode?
2. Configuration of MIL STD 1553 B PCI ADD ON card as BC and RT for
checking the
communication in RT to BC mode?
List of Experiments
1
Performing 8 - bit and 16 - bit Addition and Subtraction of two numbers using 8085
microprocessor
Sorting of Data in Ascending and Descending order using 8085 microprocessor
2
3
Performing Addition and Subtraction of binary numbers using Digital Interface IC Trainer
4
Implementation of interface Programming with 4 Digit 7 segment display
5
Configuration of Bus Controller and Remote Terminal using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
6
Performing data transfer between BC to RT using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
7
Performing data transfer between RT to BC using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
8
Simulation of open loop and closed longitudinal Auto-Pilot system
9
Simulation of closed loop Lateral Auto-Pilot system
10 Simulation of Command Guidance Missile control system
Mini project
Total: 45 Hours
Practical Schedule
S. No.
Experiments
Hours
1
Performing 8 - bit and 16 - bit Addition and Subtraction of two numbers using 8085
6
microprocessor
2
Sorting of Data in Ascending and Descending order using 8085 microprocessor
3
3
Performing Addition and Subtraction of binary numbers using Digital Interface IC
3
Trainer

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |154

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Implementation of interface Programming with 4 Digit 7 segment display


Configuration of Bus Controller and Remote Terminal using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
Performing data transfer between BC to RT using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
Performing data transfer between RT to BC using MILSTD 1553B Data Bus
Simulation of open loop and closed longitudinal Auto-Pilot system
Simulation of closed loop Lateral Auto-Pilot system
Simulation of Command Guidance Missile control system
11A709 PROJECT WORK - PHASE I

3
6
3
3
6
6
6
0 0 0 3.0

Objective(s)
Students in group carry out the literature survey on the topic of their interest, do the design related
works of the project work.
Presentation on literature survey and definition of project work area and title.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems
andcomponents.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.

11O801 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


(Common to all branches)
2 0 0 2.0
Objective(s)

To study the basic issues in Professional Ethics.


To appreciate the rights of others and to instill moral, social values and loyalty.
To enable the student in their engineering profession who explore the ethical issues in technological
society.

Programme Outcome(s)
(i)

An ability to recognize the importance of ethics in professional work.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Ability to propose possible solutions using articulated ethical theories.
2.
Ability to form opinions based on reasoned ethical positions, supported with facts and evidence.
3.
Increase in awareness of the ethical component of daily engineering decisions.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |155

1
2
3
4
5

Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

Remember
1. Define Human Values.
2. What are Morals and Values?
3. What do you mean by Civic virtue and Respect for others?
4. Write the various meanings of Spirituality?
5. List four different types of Virtues.
6. Mention different Human values.
7. What is meant by moral autonomy?
8. Classify the types of inquiry.
9. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
10. List the levels of moral development suggested by Kohlberg.
11. What do you understand by self-interest and ethical egoism?
12. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas?
13. What are the three virtues of religion?.
14. What are the professional responsibilities?
15. What is meant by Informed consent when bringing an engineering product to market?
16. What is engineering experimentation?
17. What are the different roles and functions of Code of Ethics?
18. What are the Limitations of Code of Ethics?
19. Name some of the engineering societies which published codes of ethics.
20. What is meant by a disaster?
Understand
1. Which are the practical skills that will help to produce effective independent thought about moral
issues?
2. Why does engineering have to be viewed as an experimental process?
3. Why isnt engineering possible to follow a random selection in product design?
4. Why is the code of ethics important for engineers in their profession?
5. What does the Balanced Outlook on Law stress in directing engineering practice?
6. Are the engineers responsible to educate the public for safe operation of the equipment? How?
7. What kind of responsibility should the engineer have to avoid mistakes that may lead to accident due to
the design of their product?
8. What is the use of knowledge of risk acceptance to engineers?
9. Why is Environmental Ethics so important to create environmental awareness to the general public?
10. Why do the engineers refuse to do war works sometimes?

Apply
1. How does the consideration of engineering as a social experimentation help to keep a sense of
autonomous
participation is a persons work?
2. How does the code of ethics provide discipline among the engineers?
3. How would you classify the space shuttle Challenger case accident?
4. How does the manufacturer understand the risk in a product catalog or manual?
5. How does the knowledge of uncertainties in design help the engineers to access the risk of a product?
6.
How can the quantifiable losses in social welfare resulting from a fatality be estimated? Give some
examples.
7. How does the engineer act to safeguard the public from risk?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |156

Unit I
Human Values
Morals, Values and Ethics Integrity Work Ethic Service Learning Civic Virtue Respect for Others
Living Peacefully Caring Sharing Honesty Courage Valuing Time Co-operation Commitment
Empathy Self-Confidence
Character Spirituality in business..
6 Hours
Unit II
Engineering Ethics
Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' Variety of moral issues Types of inquiry Moral autonomy Kohlberg's
theory Gilligan's theory Consensus and controversy Models of Professional Roles Theories about
right action
Self-interest Uses of ethical theories.
6 Hours
Unit III
Engineering as Social Experimentation
Engineering as experimentation Engineers as responsible experimenters Codes of ethics A balanced
outlook on law The Challenger case study Bhopal Gas Tragedy The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl
case studies
Safety aspects in Nuclear Power plants
6 Hours
Unit IV
Responsibilities and Rights
Fundamental Rights, Responsibilities and Duties of Indian Citizens Collegiality and loyalty Respect for
authority Collective bargaining Confidentiality Conflicts of interest Occupational crime
Professional rights Employee rights Discrimination
Right to Information Act.
6 Hours

Unit V
Global Issues
Multinational corporations Environmental ethics and Environmental Protection Act Computer ethics
Engineers as managers Consulting engineers Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors Moral
leadership Sample code of ethics like IETE, ASME, ASCE, IEEE, Institution of Engineers (India), Indian
Institute of Materials Management
Weapons development.
6 Hours
Total: 30 Hours
Text Book
M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan and V. S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics, PHI Learning Private
1.
Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

References
1. Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India , New Jersey,
2004.
2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics Concepts and
Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2005.
4. http://www.slideworld.org/slidestag.aspx/human-values-and- Professional-ethics
5. www.mne.psu.edu/lamancusa/ProdDiss/Misc/ethics.ppt
ELECTIVE V

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |157

3 - - 3.0
ELECTIVE VI
3 - - 3.0

11A804 PROJECT WORK PHASE II


0 0 0 1 2.0
Objective(s)
Students in group carry out the fabrication, analysis, experimentation, and design.
Compilation of the report on their work and submit the same to the university.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.

ELECTIVES
LANGUAGE ELECTIVE I
11O10B BASIC ENGLISH I*
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To offer students the basics of the English Language in a graded manner.
To promote efficiency in English Language by offering extensive opportunities for the
development of four language skills (LSRW) within the classroom.

To give an intense focus on improving and increasing vocabulary.

To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering students rigorous practice and exercises.

Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

An ability to communicate effectively:


Increased self-confidence and winning attitude in students.
Improved fluency in English.
An ability to construct and speak original sentences in English appropriate to the context.
Clarity on the basic sounds of the English language.
A marked progress in understanding the language when read or spoken to.

Course Outcome(s)

The students will be able to converse in English with more confidence.


*

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |158

Unit I
Module
1

2
3
4
5

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Basic words- 12 most used words in
English, usage and pronunciation

Skills Sets
Starting a conversation and
talking about what one does

Basic words- 20 oft used words, usage


and pronunciation
Basic words with a focus on spelling
Basic words- 10 oft used words, usage
and pronunciation
Tutorial

Analysing an action plan

Unit II
Module Vocabulary/ Grammar
6
Basic words + greetings to be used at
different times of the day
7
Last 28 of the 100 most used words

Discriminative listening
Content listening and
Intonation

Skills Sets
Formal conversation
Informal conversation
between equals
Informal dialogues using
contracted forms

Using the 14 target words to form


bigger words

Palindromes, greetings- good luck,


festivals
Tutorial

Placing a word within its


context- culling out meaning

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Homophones

Skills Sets
Formal and informal methods
of self-introduction

Homophone partners, matching words


with their meanings
Briefcase words- finding smaller words
from a big word

Contracted forms of the be


verbs, ve and s
Formal and informal ways of
introducing others

Compound words and pronunciation


pointers
Tutorial

Giving personal details about


oneself

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Proper and common nouns

Skills Sets
Asking for personal
information and details

17

Pronouns

Telephone skills and etiquette

18

Abstract and common nouns

Dealing with a wrong number

19

Group names of animals, adjectives

Taking and leaving messages

10

Skill Sets
Sentence construction
bolstered by mother
tongue
Creating and presenting
ones own action plan
Informal conversation
Reading comprehension

Skill Sets
Intonation to be used in
formal address
Reading practice and peer
learning
Guided speaking- talking
to peers using contracted
forms
Offering congratulations

Unit III
Module
11

12
13

14
15

Skill Sets
Lets Talk is a group
activity that gives them
some important pointers
of speech
Translating English
sentences to Tamil
Team work- speaking
activity involving group
work, soft skills
Using the lexicon

Unit IV
Module
16

Skill Sets
Pronunciation pointers- an
informal introduction to
the IPA
Reading aloud and
comprehension
Reading practice and
comprehension
Pronunciation pointers

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |159

on the telephone
20
Tutorial
Unit V
Module
21

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Determiners

22

Conjugation of the verb to be- positive


and negative forms

23

Am/is/are questions

24

Present continuous tense-form and usage

25

Skills Sets
Interrupting a conversation
politely- formal and informal
Thanking and responding to
thanks

Skill Sets
Pair work reading
comprehension
Comprehension questions
that test scanning,
skimming and deep
reading
Small group activity that
develops dialogue writing
Finishing sentences with
appropriate verbs

Tutorial

Giving instructions and


seeking clarifications
Making inquiries on the
telephone

Unit VI
Module
26
27
28
29
30

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Words with silent b
Present continuous questions
Words with silent c
Simple present tense- form and usage
Simple present tense- rules
Words with silent gQuestions in the
simple present tense
Tutorial

Skills Sets
Calling for help in an
emergency
Making requests and
responding to them politely
Describing people
Describing places

Skill Sets
Dialogue writing
Identifying elements of
grammar in text extract
Guided writing
Filling in the blanks with
correct markers of tense

Total: 45 Hours
Resources
1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.

11O10C COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH*


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To equip students with effective speaking and listening skills in English
To help the students develop speaking skills in Business English
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively
1. The students will be able to communicate in English
2. Students will be familiar with workplace communication
Course Outcome(s)
Students will develop the fluency and language competence of learners of Business English at the
*

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |160

lower intermediate level

Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary
Vocabulary for describing different company structures and company hierarchy Practice using wh
questions; there is / there are, Definitions of Quality, Vocabulary of quality management Using nouns and
adjectives to form group nouns Phrases for offering and accepting help and invitations Telephone terms
Verb tenses Questions and responses Conditionals Gap Filling Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Business Presentation Conversation between old friends; introducing a stranger A Quality Manager talks
about his work Conversation between acquaintances Sales talk at a sports equipment stand Small talk
among colleagues A tour of a factory in Italy Lunch in the factory canteen A meeting to improve the
efficiency of internal communication A phone conversation arranging to meet A credit card salesman
talks to the bank A conversation between business acquaintances - A management meeting about a recent
merger A conversation about a town, a country and its people.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Pronunciation Practice Describing organizations - A company presentation Practicing of conversation
starters and closers with friends and strangers Practice of simple language and step by step procedures
to describe complex ideas Explaining visual information The language of increase and decrease applied
to graphs and bar charts - Presenting a work related graph Making a telephone call A sports equipment
buyer and a manufacturers sales representative talk business Entertaining a visitor in your country A
short marketing meeting Negotiating to meet around a busy schedule Pairs or small groups discuss the
implications of problems at an electronics factory Finding out all you can about a partner Chairing and
holding meetings Pairwork on questions and answers about places and people.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Signalling the structure of a presentation introducing, sequencing and concluding a talk - Explaining
concepts and ideas The pattern of phone call conversations Giving, getting and checking information
Common Business phrases Giving encouragement: phrases for positive feedback; more emphatic
adjectives and adverbs Giving facts and explaining functions and processes Asking for and clarifying
information How to state your point, agree and disagree Practice of frequency, quantity and number - A
short marketing meeting Suggesting and agreeing times and places Phrases for the Chairperson People
at work: their emotions, skills and attitudes.
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Making conditions using the present and future conditional Phrases for stalling for time - Common telephone
phrases and responses - Business Communication Calling for Quotation Letter asking for Clarification
Transcoding Rearranging the sentences Cloze Explaining visual information Explaining concepts and
ideas Giving, getting and checking information Business description Informal negotiations.

9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Jeremy Comfort, Pamela Rogerson, Trish Stott, and Derek Utley, Speaking Effectively
Developing Speaking Skills for Business English, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002.
References

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |161

1.
2.
3.
4.

Brook-Hart Guy, BEC VANTAGE: BUSINESS BENCHMARK Upper-Intermediate Students


Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006.
Aruna Koneru, Professional Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi, 2008.
P. Kiranmai Dutt, Geetha Rajeevan and CLN Prakash, A Course in Communication Skills,
Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008.
Krishna Mohan Balaji, Advanced Communicative English, Tata McGraw-hill Education Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

LANGUAGE ELECTIVE II
11O20B BASIC ENGLISH II*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To promote fluency even downplaying accuracy


To give room for a tacit acquisition of Basic English Grammar through ample listening, reading and
writing inputs with direct theory wherever relevant
To specifically focus on speaking and conversation skills with an aim to increase speaking
confidence
To nurture in students the capacity to express themselves lucidly and articulate their thoughts and
impressions on a wide gamut of topics both through speech and writing
To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering rigorous practice and exercises
To correct common mistakes and to teach self-assessment techniques

Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) A vast improvement in vocabulary
(b) Stronger spelling ability
(c) A good command over Basic English grammar and its direct application
(d) Improved pronunciations and fewer intrusions from the mother tongue
(e) Improved reading competency
(f) Greater appreciation and interest in the language
Course Outcome(s)
The students will be able to communicate better with improved fluency, vocabulary and
pronunciation.
Unit I
Module
31

Vocabulary/ Grammar
Difference between present
continuous and simple present
tense.
Verbs have and have got

Subject to continuous assessment

Skills Sets

Skill Sets

Calling for help in an


emergency

Reporting an eventjournalistic style

Describing animals

Asking for and giving

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |162

32
Simple past tense
33

34

Spelling rules & table of irregular


verbs
Tutorial

Inviting people,
accepting and declining
invitations
Refusing an invitation

directions
Self- enquiry and offering
ones opinion on a given topic.
Reading and practicing prewritten dialogues

35

Unit II
36

37

Questions and the negative form


of the simple past tense
Asking questions in the simple
past tense
Past continuous tense

38
39

Difference between simple past


and past continuous- when and
where to use each
Tutorial

Apologizing and
responding to an
apology
Reading comprehension
Paying compliments and
responding to them
Describing daily
routines

(Reading) conversation
practice
Seeking, granting and refusing
permission
Pair work: writing dialogues
and presenting them
Reading and comprehension
skills

40
Unit III
Simple future tense

Talking about the


weather

Simple future tense- more aspects,


possessive pronouns
Future continuous

Talking about
possessions
Talking about current
activities
Asking for the time and
date

41

42
43
44

Revision of future tense- simple


and continuous forms,
prepositions used with time and
date
Tutorial

Making plans- applying


grammar theory to written
work
Opening up and expressing
ones emotions
Listening comprehension
Discussion- analyzing and
debating a given topic

45
Unit IV
46

Articles a/an

47

Singular- Plural (usage of a/an)

48

Countable and uncountable


nouns- a/an and some
Articles- the

49

50
Unit V

Writing, speaking and


presentation skills
Reading practiceindependent and shared
reading
Listening
comprehension
Sequencing sentences in
a paragraph

Transcribing dictation

Speaking: sharing

Listening: comprehend and

Comprehension logical
analysis, process analysis and
subjective expression
Vocabulary: using context
tools to decipher meaning
Listening to a poem being
recited, answer questions on
it and practice reciting the
same

Tutorial
Articles- the: usage and avoidance

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |163

51

52

Articles- the: usage and avoidance


with like and hate

53

Articles- the: usage and avoidance


with names of places

This/ that/ these and those


54
55

Unit VI
56

stories about family,


village/town, childhood,
etc. 10 students
Speaking: sharing
stories about family,
village/town, childhood,
etc.- 10 students
Speaking: sharing
stories about family,
village/town, childhood,
etc.- 10 students
Writing a noticeannouncement

follow multiple step


instructions read out by the
teacher
Reading: make inferences
from the story about the plot,
setting and characters
Comprehension passage

Speaking: Debate

Tutorial

One and ones

57

Capitalization and punctuation

58
59

Syntax and sentence constructionrearrange jumbled sentences


Cloze

60

Collaborative learningproblem solving


Controlled writing

Writing short answers to


questions based on reading
Listen to a story and respond
to its main elements
Listen to a poem and discuss
its elements
Frame simple yet purposeful
questions about a given
passage

Tutorial

Guided writing
Free writing

Total: 45+15 Hours


Resources
1. Basic English Module, L&L Education Resources, Chennai, 2011.

11O20C ADVANCED COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH*


3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

To take part in a discussion in an effective manner


To listen to an explanation and respond
To write a formal communication
To read company literature or any document

Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate more effectively with:
(a) Complete preparation for the Cambridge Business English Certificate (BEC) Vantage examination
(b) Correct Pronunciation of words
(c) Proper business vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
*

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |164

The Students will be able to clear the BEC Vantage Level Examination conducted by the
Cambridge ESOL

Unit I
Grammar and Vocabulary
Comparison of adjectives and adverbs tenses simple and complex questions countable/ uncountable
nouns, -ing forms and infinitives conditionals comparing and contrasting ideas modal verbs while
and whereas for contrasting ideas passives used to, articles, reported speech, relative pronouns and
expressing cause and result workplace-related vocabulary.
9 Hours

Unit II
Listening
Prediction - the ability to identify information ability to spell and write numbers correctly ability to infer,
understand gist, topic, context, and function, and recognize communicative functions ( complaining,
greeting, apologizing, etc.) ability to follow a longer listening task and interpret what the speakers say.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
The ability to talk about oneself and perform functions such as agreeing and disagreeing ability to express
opinions, agree, disagree, compare and contrast ideas and reach a decision in a discussion appropriate use
of stress, rhythm, intonation and clear individual speech sounds - take an active part in the development of
the discourse - turn-taking and sustain the interaction by initiating and responding appropriately.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
The ability to skim and scan business articles for specific details and information To understand the
meaning and the structure of the text at word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph level ability to read in detail
and interpret opinions and ideas to develop ones understanding and knowledge of collocations ability to
identify and correct errors in texts.
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
The ability to write concisely, communicate the correct content and write using the correct register ability
to write requests, instructions, explanations, and ask for information by using the correct format in business
correspondences like charts, memo, note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal understanding formal and
informal styles responding to written or graphic input.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1.

Brook-Hart, Guy, Business Benchmark: Upper Intermediate Students Book, Cambridge


University Press, New Delhi, 2006.

References
1.
2.

Whitby, Norman, Bulats Edition: Business Benchmark, Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate Students


Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006.
Cambridge Examinations Publishing, Cambridge BEC Vantage Self-study Edition, Cambridge
University Press, UK, 2005.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |165

11O20G GERMAN*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of German language
To teach them how to converse in German in various occasions
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Clarity on the basic sounds of the German language
(b) Improved fluency in German
(c) Proper vocabiulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of German language and start conversing in German.
Unit I
Grammar & Vocabulary
Introduction to German language: Alphabets, Numbers Nouns - Pronouns Verbs and Conjugations definite and indefinite article - Negation - Working with Dictionary Nominative - Accusative and dative
case propositions - adjectives - modal auxiliaries - Imperative case - Possessive articles.
9 Hours
Unit II
Listening
Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special attention to pronunciation: Includes all lessons in
the book Greetings - talking about name country studies nationalities - ordering in restaurants - travel
office - Interaction with correction of pronunciation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Speaking
Speaking about oneself - about family studies - questions and answers - dialogue and group conversation
on topics in textbooks - talks on chosen topics.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Reading
Reading lessons and exercises in the class - pronunciation exercises: Alphabet name country people
profession family shopping travel numbers friends restaurant studies - festivals
9 Hours
Unit V
Writing
Alphabets numbers - words and sentences - Exercises in the books - control exercises - writing on chosen
topics such as one self family studies - country.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Grundkurs DEUTSCH A Short Modern German Grammar Workbook and Glossary, VERLAG FUR
DEUTSCH, Munichen, 2007.
2. Grundkurs, DEUTSCH Lehrbuch Hueber Munichen, 2007.
References
1. Cassel Language Guides German: Christine Eckhard Black & Ruth Whittle, Continuum,
London / New York, 1992.
*

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |166

2.
3.

Kursbuch and Arbeitsbuch, TANGRAM AKTUELL 1 DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE,


NIVEAUSTUFE AI/1, Deutschland, Goyal Publishers & Distributers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
Langenscheidt Eurodictionary German English / English German, Goyal Publishers &
Distributers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

11O20J JAPANESE*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of Japanese language
To teach them how to converse in Japanese in various occasions
To teach the students the Japanese cultural facets and social etiquettes
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Improved fluency in Japanese
(b) Clarity on the basic sounds of the Japanese language
(c) Proper vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of Japanese language and start conversing in
Japanese.
Unit I
Introduction to Japanese - Japanese script - Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana) - Long vowels Pronunciation of in,tsu,ga - Letters combined with ya,yu,yo - Daily Greetings and Expressions - Numerals.
N1 wa N2 des - N1 wa N2 ja arimasen - S ka - N1mo - N1 no N2 - .san - Kanji - Technical Japanese
Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit II
Introduction - Kore - Sore - are - Kono N1 - Sono N1 - ano N1 - so des - so ja arimasen - S1 ka - S2 ka - N1
no N1 - so des ka koko - soko - asoko - kochira - sochira - achira - N1 wa N2 (Place) des dhoko-N1 no
N2 - Kanji-10 - ima.jifun des - Introduction of verb - V mas - V masen - V mashitha - V masen deshitha
- N1(Time) ne V - N1 kara N2 des - N1 tho N2 / S ne Kanji-10 - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25
Numbers) Dictionary Usage.
9 Hours
Unit III
- N1(Place) ye ikimas - ki mas - kayerimasu - Dhoko ye mo ikimasen - ikimasendheshitha - N1(vehicle) de
ikimasu - kimasu - kayerimasu - N1(Personal or Animal) tho V ithsu - S yo. - N1 wo V (Transitive) - N1
wo shimus - Nani wo shimasu ka - Nan & Nani - N1(Place) de V - V masen ka - V masho - Oo. Kanji10 , N1( tool - means ) de V - Word / Sentence wa go nan des ka - N1( Person ) ne agemus - N1(
Person ) ne moraimus - mo V shimashitha - , Kanji-10 Japanese Typewriting using JWPCE Software,
Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit IV
*

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |167

Introduction to Adjectives - N1 wa na adj des. N1 wa ii adj des - na adj na N1 - ii adj ii N1 - Thothemo amari - N1 wa dho des ka - N1 wa dhonna N2 des ka - S1 ka S2 dhore - N1 ga arimasu - wakarimasu - N1
ga suki masu - N1 ga kiraimasu - jozu des - hetha des - dhonna N1 - Usages of yoku - dhaithai - thakusan sukoshi - amari - zenzen - S1 kara S2 - dhoshithe, N1 ga arimasu - imasu - N1(Place) ne N2 ga arimasu iimasu - N1 wa N2(Place) ne arimasu - iimasu - N1(Person,Place,or Thing ) no N2 (Position) - N1 ya N2,
Kanji-10 - Japanese Dictionary usage using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers)
9 Hours
Unit V
Saying Numbers , Counter Suffixes , Usages of Quantifiers -Interrogatives - Dhono kurai - gurai
Quantifier-(Period ) ne .kai V - Quantifier dhake / N1 dhake Kanji - Past tense of Noun sentences and na
Adjective sentences - Past tense of ii-adj sentences - N1 wa N2 yori adj des - N1 tho N2 tho Dhochira ga adj
des ka and its answering method - N1 [ no naka ] de {nani/dhoko/dhare/ithsu} ga ichiban adj des ka answering -N1 ga hoshi des - V1 mas form dhake mas - N1 (Place ) ye V masu form ne iki masu/ki
masu/kayeri masu - N1 ne V/N1 wo V - Dhoko ka - Nani ka gojumo - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25
Numbers)
9Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Books
1. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2007.
2. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook 1-2, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Delhi, 2007.
References
Software
1. Nihongo Shogo-1
2. Nihongo Shogo-2
3. JWPCE Software
Websites
1. www.japaneselifestyle.com
2. www.learn-japanese.info/
3. www.kanjisite.com/
4. www.learn-hiragana-katakana.com/typing-hiragana-characters/

11O20F FRENCH*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of French language
To teach them how to converse in French in various occasions
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively:
1. Improved fluency in French
2. Clarity on the basic sounds of the French language
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of French language and start conversing in
French.

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |168

Unit I
Alphabet Franais (alphabets) - Les accents franais (the accents in French) aigu grave circonflexe
trma - cdille - crire son nom dans le franais (spelling ones name in French)
9 Hours
Unit II
Les noms de jours de la semaine (Days of the week) - Les noms de mois de l'anne (Months) - numro 1
100 (numbers 1 to 100)
9 Hours
Unit III
Moyens de transport (transport) - noms de professions (professions) - noms d'endroits communs (places) nationalits (nationalities)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Pronoms (pronouns) - Noms communs masculins et de femme (common masculine and feminine nouns) Verbes communs (common verbs)
9 Hours
Unit V
Prsentation - mme (Introducing Oneself) - narration de son nom - l'endroit o on vit - son ge - date de
naissance - sa profession - numro de tlphone - adresse (name - where one lives age - date of birth
profession - telephone number and address) - Narration du temps (tellling the time)
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1. Angela Wilkes, French for Beginners, Usborne Language Guides, Usborne Publishing Ltd., Ohio,
1987.
References
1. Ann Topping, Beginners French Reader, Natl Textbook Co, 1975.
2. Stanley Applebaum, First French Reader, Dover Publications, 1998.
3. Max Bellancourt, Cours de Franais, London: Linguaphone, 2000.
Softwares
1. Franais Linguaphone, Linguaphone Institute Ltd., London, 2000.
2. Franais I. Harrisonburg: The Rosetta Stone: Fairfield Language Technologies, 2001.
11O20H HINDI*
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)
To help students acquire the basics of Hindi
To teach them how to converse in Hindi in various occasions
To help learners acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi
Programme Outcome(s)
(g) An ability to make effective presentations, orally and in writing.
An ability to communicate effectively with:
(a) Improved fluency in Hindi
(b) Clarity on the basic sounds of the Hindi language
(c) Proper vocabulary
Course Outcome(s)
The students will become familiar with the basics of Hindi language and start conversing in Hindi.

Subject to continuous assessment

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |169

Unit I
Hindi Alphabet
Introduction - Vowels - Consonants - Plosives - Fricatives - Nasal sounds - Vowel Signs - Chandra Bindu &
Visarg -Table of Alphabet -Vocabulary.
9 Hours
Unit II
Nouns
Genders (Masculine & Feminine Nouns ending in ,,, u, )- Masculine & Feminine Reading Exercises.
9 Hours
Unit III
Pronouns and Tenses
Categories of Pronouns - Personal Pronouns - Second person (you & honorific) - Definite & Indefinite
pronouns - Relative pronouns - Present tense - Past tense - Future tense - Assertive & Negative Sentences Interrogative Sentences.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Classified Vocabulary
Parts of body Relatives Spices Eatables Fruit & Vegetables - Clothes - Directions Seasons Professions.
9 Hours
Unit V
Speaking
Model Sentences Speaking practice for various occasions.
9 Hours
Total: 45+15 Hours
Text Book
1. B. R. Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for Non-Hindi Speaking People, Vee Kumar Publications (P)
Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
References
1. Syed, Prayojan Mulak Hindi, Rahamathullah Vani Prakasan, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Ramdev, Vyakaran Pradeep, Saraswathi Prakasan, Varanasi, 2004.

DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES
11A001 THEORY OF ELASTICITY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To understand the basics and Assumptions In Elasticity
To understand the plane stress and plane strain problems in various beams.
To understand the theoretical concepts of material behavior with particular emphasis on their elastic
property
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical


engineering problems.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Improve the strength of material behavior.
2. Performance analysis of various Stress strain relations

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |170

Assessment Pattern
S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
70
100

Test II
10
20
70
.100

Model
Examination
10
20
70
.100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
.100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

For a material with E=70GPa and =0.3 find G and K.


Explain Saint Venants principle.
What is meant by stress ellipsoid?
x = 4(x2+y2), y = 4y2, xy = 8xy. Check whether this state of strain is possible.
Distinguish between plan stress and plane strain.
What are compatibility equations and what is its significant?
What is Airys stress function?
Determine the stress in a steel tube of internal pressure 770kg/m2, inside radius 9cm outside radius
17cm
9. What are the axis symmetric problem? Give example.
10. Define the terms i) homogenous, and ii) isotropic
Understand
What are the assumptions made in TOE?
Define i) Elasticity ii) Plasticity
Define: Principal stress and principal plane?
What are stress invariants?
What is stress tensor?
Consider a solid bar having an elliptical cross section and subjected to torque T. Derive and obtain
expression for the shear stress components in terms of applied torque.
7. State the uses of mohrss circle.
8. Direct stresses of 160 N/mm2 tension and 120 N/mm2 compression are applied at a particular point
in an elastic matrial along the x and y direction respectively. The maximum normal stress in the

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |171

material is to be limited to 200 N/mm2 tension. Find the allowable value of shear stress at this point.
Determine also the maximum shear stress.

Apply / Evaluate
1. At a point in material under stress, the intensity of the resultant stress on a certain plane is 60 MPa
(tensile) inclined at 30 to normal of that plane. The stress on a plane at right angles to this has a
normal stress of 40 MPa (tensile). Find (i) the resultant stress on the second plane (ii) the principal
planes and stresses and (iii) the plane of maximum shear and its intensity.
2. Derive the compatibility equation for stresses in plain strain condition. Explain the importance of
compatibility equation.
3. A concentrated load acts on the vertex of a wedge at a angle to the vertical. Find the stresses in
the wedge.
4. In polar coordinates, obtain the stress equilibrium equation in radial and tangential directions.
5. Find the stress and displacements in a shaft with elliptical cross section subjected to a torque
using S. venants semi inverse method.
6. Explain Prandtls theory of torsion and what are its limitations.

Unit I
Assumptions in Elasticity
Definitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain, equations of equilibrium.
Study of material properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Basic Equations of Elasticity
Strain displacement relations, stress strain relations, Lames constant cubical dilation, compressibility
of material, bulk modulus, shear modulus, compatibility equations for stresses and strains, principal stresses
and principal strains, Mohrs circle, Saint Venants principle.
Application of Mohrs circle.
9 Hours
Unit III
Plane Stress and Plane Strain Problems
Airys stress function, bi-harmonic equations, polynomial solutions, simple two-dimensional problems in
cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simply supported beams, etc.
Study of plane stress and plane strain and their applications.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Polar Coordinates
Equations of equilibrium, strain displacement relations, stress strain relations, axi symmetric problems,
Kirsch, Mitchells and Boussinesque problems.
Application of Kirsch and Mitchells problems in polar coordinates.
9 Hours
Unit V
Torsion
Naviers theory, St. Venants theory, Prandtls theory on torsion, the semi- inverse method and applications
to shafts of circular, elliptical, equilateral triangular and rectangular sections.
Study of torsional equation.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
Timoshenko, S., and Goodier, T.N., Theory of Elasticity, McGrawHill Ltd., Tokyo, 1990.
1.
References
1.
Enrico Volterra & J.H. Caines, Advanced Strength of Materials, Prentice Hall New Jersey, 1991.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |172

2.
3.

Wing, C.T., Applied Elasticity, McGrawHill Co., New York, 1993.


Sokolnikoff, I.S., Mathematical Theory of Elasticity, McGrawHill New York, 1978

11A002 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To bring awareness on experimental method of finding response of structure to different types of
load
To study about various types of measurements and instruments used for structures.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical


engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different types of instruments
2. Improve the method of non destructive testing skills
3. Performance analysis of instruments
Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
create
Total

Test I
10
40
50
100

Test II
10
20
70
100

Model
Examination
10
30
70
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
70
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What do you mean by experimental stress analysis?


List out the principle of measurements.
What is meant by accuracy?
What is meant by sensitivity of measurements?
What is meant by range of measurements?
What are extensometers?
What are the major types of extensometers?
List out the advantages and disadvantages of extensometers.
What is meant by electrical resistance strain gauges?
Define cross sensitivity.
Define rosette analysis.
What are stain indicators?
Define photo elasticity.
State stress optic law.
What are the techniques used for compensation and separation?
What are photo elastic materials?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |173

17. What is meant by non destructive testing?


18. What are the types of non destructive testing?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

What are principles used for measurements?


Relate accuracy and sensitivity of measurements.
Explain the principle of operation of different types of extensometers.
How the acoustic extensometers works.
Distinguish between mechanical and electrical extensometers.
State advantages and disadvantages of the extensometers
List out the uses of extensometers.
How the electrical resistance strain gauges works?
List out the uses of electrical resistance strain gauges.
Principal of Wheatstone bridge.
How the potentiometer works?
What is concept of light?
What is photo elasticity?
How the fringe pattern occurs?
What is two and three dimensional photo elasticity?
What are the fundamentals of NDT?
What are the fundamentals of brittle coating method?

Apply / Evaluate
1. What are the applications of mechanical extensometers and electrical extensometers over
different fields?
2. Explain the different NDT methods
3. What are the different types of NDT methods performing in the aircrafts?
Unit I
Measurements
Principles of measurements, accuracy, sensitivity and range of measurements.
Measurement techniques.
9 Hours
Unit II
Extensometers
Mechanical, optical, acoustical and electrical extensometers and their uses, advantages and disadvantages.
Principle of operation of extensometers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Electrical Resistance Strain Gauges
Principle of operation and requirements, types and their uses, materials for strain gauge. Calibration and
temperature compensation, cross sensitivity, rosette analysis, potentiometer circuit for static and dynamic
strain measurements, strain indicators.
Study of Wheastone bridge circuit.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Photo Elasticity
Two dimensional photo elasticity, concept of light photoelastic effects, stress optic law, interpretation of
fringe pattern, compensation and separation techniques, photo elastic materials.
Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity.
9 Hours
Unit V
NonDestructive Testing

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |174

Fundamentals of NDT, radiography, ultrasonic, magnetic particle inspection, fluorescent penetrant


technique, eddy current testing, acoustic emission technique, fundamentals of brittle coating methods,
introduction to moir techniques, holography, ultrasonic c- scan, thermograph.
Study of fiber optic sensors.
9 hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Srinath, L.S., Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., and Ramachandra, K.,
Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Dally, J.W., and Riley, W.F., Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1998.

References
1. Hetyenyi, M., Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York,
1972.
2. Pollock A.A., Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress, Ed. Stephens R.W.B., Chapman
and Hall, 1993.
11A003 THEORY OF PLATES AND SHELLS
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To study the behavior of the plates and shells with different geometry under various types
of

loads.
By acquiring the knowledge of plates and shells, students are able to take up works of mechanical,
civil, structural, and aeronautical engineering

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)

An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical


engineering problems.
(c)
An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of the strain, stress of plates and shells.
2. Analysis of different types of plates.
3. Analysis of various approximation methods.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
20
50
20
100

10
20
50
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |175

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Define boundary condition.


What is the necessary for boundary formation over the plates?
Draw simply supported rectangular plate.
Discuss levys method.
What is stability?
State the vibration occurs in plate.
Discuss Ritz method.
What is free vibration?

Understand
1. Discuss about the different plates having the different shapes?
2. Say about forced vibration?
3. What is classical plate theory?
4. Give the points about annular plates?
5. State the Rayleigh method to reshape the rectangular plates.
6. Discuss about basic shell structures.
7. Define static vibration.
8. What is axi-symmetric loading over a plate?
9. Explain about finite difference method?
Apply / Evaluate
1. Derive Rayleigh method for simply supported with central point load.
2. Find the displacements for simply supported rectangular plates by using Naviers methods.
Create
1. Create and design of innovative idea for cylindrical shell.
Unit I
Classical Plate Theory
Classical plate theory assumptions differential equation boundary conditions.
Study of thin and thick shells.
9 Hours
Unit II
Plates of Various Shades
Naviers method of solution for simply supported rectangular plates leavys method of solution for
rectangular plates under different boundary conditions. Governing equation solution for axi-symmetric
loading annular plates plates of other shapes.
Study of longitudinal stresses in plates.
9 Hours
Unit III
Eigen Value Analysis
Stability and free vibration analysis of rectangular plates.
Simple problems on rectangular plates.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Approximate Methods
Rayleigh Ritz, Galerkin Methods Finite Difference Method application to rectangular plates for static,
free vibration and stability analysis.
Study of Finite Element Method.
9 Hours
Unit V
Shells
Basic concepts of shell type of structures membrane and bending theories for circular cylindrical shells.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |176

Study of Hoop stress.


9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.
Timoshenko, S.P. Winowsky. S., and Kreger, Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw-Hill Book
Co.1990.
References
Flugge, W. Stresses in Shells, Springer Verlag, 1985.
1.
2.
Timoshenko, S.P. and Gere, J.M., Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw-Hill Book Co. 1986.

11A004 FATIGUE AND FRACTURE


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism of components
To learn the failure mechanism of components. .
To understand all the failure modes (i.e. fracture, fatigue, creep etc.).

Programme Outcome(s)
e)

An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
Systems and components.
d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Analysis of different modes of fracture


Improve the fatigue life time, fatigue limit and fatigue strength.
Performance analysis of different materials

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
50
20
100

Test II
20
20
.
40
20
100

Model
Examination
20
20
.
40
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
.
40
30
100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |177

.
Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

What is an SN Curve?
What is low cycle and high cycle fatigue behavior?
What are the different phases of a crack with respect to fatigue life?
What is fracture toughness?
Define safe life and fail safe design.
List down the factors that are to be considered, while designing the components to avoid fatigue
failure.
List the counting techniques used in fatigue study.
With neat sketches, explain different modes of crack growth.

Understand
1.
Explain the significant points in the SN curve.
2.
What are the effects of notches and cutouts in the loaded structures?
3.
Differentiate between low cycle and high cycle fatigue behavior of structures.
4.
Explain the methods of reducing stress concentrations.
Explain the dislocation theory.
5.
6.
Explain the fracture failure in terms of energy.
What do you understand by fluctuating stresses, repeated stresses and alternating stresses?
7.
8.
Explain a method, in detail, to increase the fatigue life of a structure.
9. What do you understand by strain hardening? How does that change the mechanical properties of
a material?
10. Explain Miner's theory to estimate the life of a component.
11. Describe any one of counting techniques used in fatigue study.
12. Explain the relevance of coffin - Manson theory in the study of fatigue behavior of materials.
13. Explain in detail the dislocations happening in a material.
14. Explain the linear cumulative damage law for predicting the number of cycles to failure.
15. Explain the effect of thickness on fatigue toughness.
16. Explain the Griffith's theory for obtaining the failure stress.
17. What is stress- intensity factor? Discuss the theoretical and experimental values of the factors for
different geometries.
18. Explain a procedure to predict the fatigue life of an aircraft.

Evaluate
1. What is the need for using for factor of safety in the design, of components?
2. Using Soderberg method,' determine the required diameter of a solid circular rod of a ductile
material having endurance strength has 266 MPa and tensile yield strength has 350 MPa. The rod is
subjected to varying axial load from 800 kN compression to 700 kN tension. The stress
concentration factor is 1.8 and factor of safety is 2.0.
3. Explain the informations you may get about the materials from the fatigue fracture surfaces,
4. What is the need for Fracture Mechanics study in design of aircraft components?
Create
1. Obtain the strain-energy release rate on plate with a crack subjected to a tensile load.
2. Give suitable examples of aircraft structural components of composite materials and
Unit I
Fatigue of Structures
Endurance limits - effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations and diagrams - notches
and stress concentrations - Neubers stress concentration factors - plastic stress concentration factors notched S.N. Curves.
Study of S.N. Curves.
9 Hours
Unit II

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |178

Statistical Aspects of Fatigue Behaviour


Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - coffin - Mansons relation - transition life - cyclic strain hardening and
softening - analysis of load histories - cycle counting techniques -cumulative damage - miners theory.
Other theories related to statistical aspects of fatigue behaviour.
9 Hours
Unit III
Physical Aspects of Fatigue
Phase in fatigue life - crack initiation - crack growth - final fracture - dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces.
Comparison of fatigue of various materials.
9 Hours

Unit IV
Fracture Mechanics
Strength of cracked bodies - potential energy and surface energy - Griffiths theory - Irwin - Orwin
extension of Griffiths theory to ductile materials - stress analysis of cracked bodies - effect of thickness on
fracture toughness.
Stress intensity factors for typical geometries.
9 Hours
Unit V
Fatigue Design and Testing
Safe life and fail-safe design philosophies - importance of fracture mechanics in aerospace structures.
Application to composite materials and structures.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Prasanth Kumar Elements of fracture mechanics Wheeter publication, 1999.
2.
Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., Fatigue of aircraft structure, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
References
1.
Sin, C.G., Mechanics of fracture Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing Co.,
Netherlands, 1989.
2.
Knott, J.F., Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983

11A025 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To introduce vibratory systems vibration of strings, axial vibration of rods, torsional vibration of
shafts, and transverse vibrations of slender beams.

Calculate the mode shapes and frequencies for the free response of continuous vibratory systems and
use modal methods to calculate the forced response of these systems.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |179

(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Course Outcome(s)
An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering by developing the equations
of motion for vibratory systems and solving for the free and forced response.
Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems. This will be accomplished by having
students model, analyze and modify a vibratory structure order to achieve specified requirements.
Understanding professional and ethical responsibilities. This will be accomplished by emphasizing
the importance of understanding how structural vibrations may affect safety and reliability of
engineering systems.
An understanding of space structures by discussing vibration problems unique to large flexible
structures

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
30
60
100

10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.

Define the Generalized Corordinates?


State the Damped and Forced viberations?
What is meant by Rizig Method?

Undersatand
1. Describe DAlembet s Principle?
2. Explain the Effect Of Rotatory Interia?
3. Give the Examples for virtual Work Forces?
Apply
1. Apply the Eigen Values And solve the Given problem?
2. How the Rayleighs principle and Rayleigh Ritz method in the Engergy Equation?
3. Solve the Stifness and Flexibility Methods?
Unit I
Force-deflection Properties of Structures
Constraints and Generalized coordinates Virtual work and generalized forces Force Deflection influence
functions.
Stiffness and flexibility methods.
9 Hours
Unit II
Principles of Dynamics

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |180

Free, Damped and forced vibrations of systems with finite degrees of freedom. DAlemberts principle
Hamiltons principle.
Lagranges equations of motion and its applications.
9 Hours
Unit III
Natural Modes of Vibration
Equations of motion for free vibrations. Solution of Eigen value problems Normal coordinates.
Orthogonality conditions of Eigen vectors.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Energy Methods
Rayleighs principle and Rayleigh Ritz method. Coupled natural modes. Effect of rotary inertia.
Shear on lateral vibrations of beams.
9 Hours
Unit V
Approximate Methods
Approximate methods of evaluating the eigen values and the dynamic response of continuous systems.
Application of Matrix methods for dynamic analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. W.C. Hurty and M.F. Rubinstein, Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.,New
Delhi, 1987.
2. F.S.Tse, I.E. Morse and H.T. Hinkle, Mechanical Vibration, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.,New
Delhi, 1988.
Reference(s)
1. R.K. Vierck, Vibration Analysis, 2nd Edition, Thomas Y. Crowell & Co., Harper & RowPublishers,
New York, U.S.A., 1989.
2. S.P. Timoshenko and D.H. Young, Vibration Problems in Engineering, John Willey & Sons Inc.,
1984.
3. 5. Von. Karman and A.Biot, Mathematical Methods in Engineering, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New
York, 1985.

11A028 FLIGHT VEHICLE DESIGN


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn flight vehicle design process and apply the knowledge of aerodynamics, structures and
propulsion in design.
To learn the framework design, airplane exterior design, airplane performance calculation and
analysis, structure tension analysis, trouble-shooting and maintenance and apply in design
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |181

To understand the process of aircraft design and apply the knowledge of propulsion, structures
and aerodynamics.
For an understanding and experience of design of an aerospace system, mission, or vehicle.
To experience working with others on multidisciplinary team to accomplish an engineering
goal
To experience preparing and delivering Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews, and final
reporting.

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

10
30
60
100

10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember
1. Describe the types of aircraft?
2. Define the Strength and stiffness?
3. What are the methods of analysis in Testing?
Understanding
1. Classify the Level flight, climb, take off and landing calculations?
2. Explain Characteristics of different types of power plants?
3. Estimate the Amount of loads on complete aircraft and components?
Apply
1. Illustarte Layout peculiarities of subsonic and supersonic aircraft?
2. Write the Propeller characteristics and selection with merits?
3. Prepare Structural design of fuselage, wings and undercarriages?
UNIT I
Review of Developments in Aviation
Categories and types of aircrafts various configurations Layouts and their relative merits strength,
stiffness, fail safe and fatigue requirements Maneuvering load factors Gust and maneuverability
envelopes.
Balancing and maneuvering loads on tail planes.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Power Plant Types and Characteristics
Characteristics of different types of power plants Propeller characteristics and selection.
Relative merits of location of power plant.
9 Hours
UNIT III

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |182

Preliminary Design
Selection of geometric and aerodynamic parameters Weight estimation and balance diagram Drag
estimation of complete aircraft Level flight, climb, take off and landing calculations range and
endurance.
Static and dynamic stability estimates, control requirements.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Special Problems
Layout peculiarities of subsonic and supersonic aircraft optimization of wing loading to achieve desired
performance.
Loads on undercarriages and design requirements.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Structural Design
Estimation of loads on complete aircraft and components Structural design of fuselage, wings and
undercarriages, controls, connections and joints.
Materials for modern aircraft, Methods of analysis, testing and fabrication.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. D.P. Raymer, Aircraft Design: A conceptual Approach, AIAA Series, 2012.
2. G. Corning, Supersonic & Subsonic Airplane Design, II Edition, Edwards Brothers Inc., Michigan,
1953.
3. E.F. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures, Tristate Offset Co., U.S.A., 1980.
Reference(s)
1. E. Torenbeek, Synthesis of Subsonic Airplane Design, Delft University Press, London, 1976.
2. H.N.Kota, Integrated design approach to Design fly by wire Lecture notes Interline Pub. Bangalore,
1992.
3. A.A. Lebedenski, Notes on airplane design, Part-I, I.I.Sc., Bangalore, 1971.

AERODYNAMICS AND PROPULSION ELECTIVES


11A005

WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES


3 0 0 3.0

Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding basic concepts of
measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing.
To understand the application of various types of wind tunnels.
To learn the basic measurement procedure involving wind tunnel testing.
To understand nature flow over the various components.

Programme Outcome(s)
(f) An ability to use the internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages.
Necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(e)
An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |183

Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different components in wind tunnel.
2. Improve the accuracy of results by using various methods.
3. Calibration of wind tunnels
4. To visualize the flow over the component by using various techniques.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
20
10
30
100

Test II
10
20
20
40
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
40
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

What is critical Mach number?


What is Reynolds number?
Define Mach number.
Name any two equipment used in the calibration of wind tunnels.
Name any two equipment, which is used for the measurement of force?
What are the techniques adopted to visualize Shock waves.
Define laminar and turbulent flow.
What are the classifications of wind tunnel?
Define horizontal buoyancy.
Name any two equipment used for the measurements of velocity.
Write notes on:
(a) Setting Mach number in a transonic wind tunnel
(b) Measurements of turbulence level in a transonic wind tunnel. Explain the
techniques used for turbulence measurements in a wind tunnel.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

What is meant by subsonic and transonic speed regime?


What is meant by LDA?
What is meant by PIV?
How the surfaces are streamlines and turbulence measured in wind tunnels?
Explain the Buckinghams Theorem.
Discuss the classification of wind tunnels in detail.
Explain with a neat diagram the layout of a subsonic wind tunnel.
Explain the techniques used for turbulence measurements in a wind tunnel.
Explain in detail the calibration of a supersonic tunnel.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |184

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Explain with a neat sketch the working of a hot wire anemometer.


Discuss the smoke and tuft grid techniques used for flow visualization.
Briefly explain the optical methods used for flow visualization.
Explain the term dynamic similarity.
Explain in detail the calibration of a supersonic wind tunnel.
Explain with a neat sketch the working of a hot wire anemometer.
Briefly explain the optical methods used for flow visualization.

Analyze
1. Briefly discuss the scale effects of similarities.
2. What is understood by the term low speed wind tunnel in aerodynamic testing? Describe with
brief details through sketches and plots, various types of low speed wind tunnels based upon the
details of the flow in test section.
3. Explain the phenomenon of separation of flow over a 2D wing with the help of liquid paraffin
generated smoke wire technique with good sketches. What are its merits over kerosene generated
smoke?
4. Bring out the essential features of a strain gauge based six component internal wind balance.
Explain how the six components are measured using the balance.
Evaluate
1. Briefly explain the measurement of pressure, velocity and force in a wind tunnel.
2. Explain the dynamic similarity between a wind tunnel model and the prototype to be flight-tested.
What are the essential conditions to be satisfied for the results to be carried from the model to the
prototype? Are there any limitations or preconditions involved?
3. Describe the basis for the measurement of pressure and instruments used for the purpose. What are
its advantages and applications? Illustrate with theory and an example. It is desired to obtain
pressure distribution of a rotating circular cylinder kept in the test section of a wind tunnel.
4. What types of wind tunnel balances are used to ascertain forces and moments on an airplane model
in a low speed wind tunnel? Hence describe the underlying principles of an external type wind
tunnel balance for measuring lift, drag and pitching moments over a finite span wing.
Create
1. Design the subsonic wind tunnel.
2. Design the test section for supersonic speed.
Unit I
Principles of Model Testing
Buckingham theorem non-dimensional numbers scale effect and types of similarities.
Study of different types testing models.
9 Hours
Unit II
Wind Tunnels
Classification special problems of testing in subsonic, transonic, supersonic and hypersonic speed regions
layouts sizing and design parameters.
Study of boundary layer wind tunnel.
9 Hours
Unit III
Calibration of Wind Tunnels
Test section speed horizontal buoyancy flow angularities turbulence measurements associated
instrumentation calibration of supersonic tunnels.
Importance of calibration and calibration methods.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Wind Tunnel Measurements
Pressure and velocity measurements force measurements three component and six component balances
internal balances.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |185

Pressure transducers.
9 Hours
Unit V
Flow Visualization
Smoke and tuft grid techniques dye injection special techniques optical methods of flow visualization.
Water flow visualization method.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Rae, W.H. and Pope, A. Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley Publication, 1984.
References
1. Pope, A., and Goin, L., High Speed wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley, 1985.

11A006 SPACE MECHANICS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis on interplanetary
trajectories

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages,
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Knowledge of atmosphere or space layers.
2.
Knowledge of earth orbits.
3.
Different types space vehicles and satellite.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
60
10
100

Test II
10
20
40
30
100

Model
Examination
10
20
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
40
30
100

Remember
1. What is turning angle?
2. Discuss the various assumptions considered in two body mechanics.
3. Explain the various orbital elements required to describe a satellite with respect to the earth.
4. Explain solar radiation perturbation and Luni-solar perturbation.
5. Describe in detail Cowells and Enckes methods as applicable to orbital perturbations.
6. Discuss two dimensional and three dimensional interplanetary trajectory analyses.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |186

7. Discuss about solar electron and solar proton events.


8. Explain about meteoroids and micrometeoroids.
9. What are the factors in space environment that affect spacecraft material?
10. What does a geostationary orbit mean for data transfer?
Understand
1.
Discuss the spacecraft subsystems and their functions.
2. Which are the essential elements in the mission need analysis for a new space system?
3. Where does aerodynamic disturbance torques come from?
4. Explain the Jacobian identity.
5. What is the principle used for position determination in the GPS system?
6. Explain the spacecraft mission parts.
7. What are the four main areas of space application?
8. What are important parameters for spacecraft?
9.
Discuss the means to control the attitude of a spacecraft.
10. What is synodic period?
Analyze
1.
How does the Reaction Control System (RCS) affect the perturbations caused to spacecraft in
orbit?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
Calculate the period of Halleys Comet and predict the year of next return. Where, Halleys
Comet last passed perihelion in 1986. It has a semi-major axis(a) = 17.9564 AU and eccentricity
(e) = 0.967298. [One astronomical unit (AU) is the distance between the earth and the sun].
2.
Calculate the theoretical final velocity of the V2 with Tsiolkovski, assuming that the exhaust
velocity of the rocket engine is 2250 m/s (ethanol + 25% water, liquid oxygen). Is this sufficient
to bring a satellite in a low earth orbit with 90 minutes orbital period?
3.
Calculate the velocity loss (gravity loss) Vg during the launch, assuming a rocket engine
burning time of 5 minutes.

Unit I
Basic Concepts
The solar system references frames and coordinate systems the celestial sphere the ecliptic motion of
vernal equinox sidereal time solar time standard time.
Study of the earths atmosphere.
9 Hours
Unit II
The General N-Body Problem
The many body Problem Lagrange Jacobian Identity The Circular Restricted Three Body Problem
Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem Two Body Problem Satellite Orbits
Relations Between Position and Time.
Study of orbital Elements.
9 Hours
Unit III
Satellite Injection and Satellite Orbit Perturbations
General aspects of satellite injections satellite orbit transfer various cases orbit deviations due to
injection errors special and general perturbations Cowells method Enckes method General
perturbations approach.
Method of vibrations of orbital elements.
9 Hours
Unit IV

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |187

Interplanetary Trajectories
Two dimensional interplanetary trajectories fast interplanetary trajectories three dimensional
interplanetary trajectories launch if interplanetary spacecraft trajectory about the target planet.
Trajectory paths of launch vehicles for polar orbit and geosynchronous orbit.
9 Hours
Unit V
Ballistic Missile Trajectories and Materials
The boost phase the ballistic phase trajectory geometry- optimal flights time of flight re entry phase
the position of the impact point influence coefficients. Space environment peculiarities effect of
space environment on the selection of spacecraft material.
Spacecraft and missile materials.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1.
Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1984.
References
1.
Sutton, G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, 1993.
2.
Van de Kamp, P., Elements of Astromechanics, Pitman, 1979.
3.
Parker E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., 1982.

11A007 INTRODUCTION TO V/STOL AND GROUND EFFECT MACHINES


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To understand the principles of operation of Helicopters, Rotorcraft and Hovercraft.


Programme Outcome(s)
d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.

Knowledge of aerodynamics and flight dynamics.


Application of ground machines.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
50
10
100

Test II
10
30
50
10
100

Model
Examination
10
30
50
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
50
10
100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |188

Remember
1.
What is advancing blade concept?
2.
Define the blade twist?
3.
What is the fail safe concept?
4.
What are the forces acting on the main rotor blades in rotation?
5.
Explain lift symmetry.
6.
Explain take-off and landing performance.
7.
Discuss the limiting height - speed envelope.
8.
Determine the stability characteristics of helicopter.
9.
Explain the parameters which influence the main rotor design.
10. Explain the procedure for weighing helicopter.

Understand
1.
Discuss on the variables affecting aerodynamic coefficients.
2.
What is an auxiliary rotor?
3.
Explain the effects of flapping.
4.
Explain the total power required for helicopter performance.
5.
Define the auto rotative and anti-auto rotative areas.
6.
Elaborate the Retreating blade stall concept.
7.
Explain the flight envelope diagram and maneuvering loads.
8.
What are the limitation of rotor RPM?
9.
Define the stability augmentation system.
10. Discuss the working mechanism of hovercraft.
Apply / Evaluate
1.
State the effects that increased density altitude has on power available and power required.
2.
State the effect the tail rotor will have on power available to the main rotor.
3.
Interpret how a vortex is formed and how it affects the efficiency of the rotor system.

Create
1.

Draw and label a blade element diagram for powered flight.

Unit I
Elements of Helicopter Aerodynamics
Configurations Based On Torque Reaction-Jet Rotors and Compound Helicopters-Methods of Control
Collective and Cyclic Pitch Changes Lead Lag and Flapping Hinges.
Study of different existing rotor dynamic helicopter and their specifications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ideal Rotor Theory
Hovering performance momentum and simple blade element theories figure of merit profile and
induced power estimation constant chord and ideal twist rotors.
Blade element theory and momentum theory.
9 Hours
Unit III
Power Estimates
Induced, profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight curves with effects of altitude preliminary
ideas on helicopter stability.
Hovering and stability of helicopter.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Lift, Propulsion and Control of V/STOL Aircraft

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |189

Various configurations propeller, rotor, ducted fan and jet lift tilt wing and vectored thrust performance
of VTOL and stol aircraft in hover, transition and forward motion.
Performance and thrust calculations of VSTOL.
9 Hours
Ground Effect Machines
Types hover height, lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet
machine drag of hovercraft on land and water.
Applications of hovercraft.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Gessow, and Myers, G.C., Aerodynamics of Helicopter, Macmillan & Co., N.Y., 1987.
2. Gupta, L., Helicopter Engineering, Himalayan Books, 1996.
References
1. McCormick, B.W., Aerodynamics of V/STOL Flight, Academic Press, 1987.
2. Johnson, W., Helicopter Theory, Princeton University Press, 1980.
3. McCormick, B.W., Aerodynamics, Aeronautics & Flight Mechanics, John Wiley, 1995.

11A008 ROCKETS AND MISSILES


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles.
To describe the principles and working of vehicle-performance, vehicle stability and control, 2body orbit theory, propulsion systems and computational methods to solve beginning level
problems in rocket and missiles

Programme Outcome(S)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of Thrust vector control
2. Improve the design for igniters
3. Performance analysis of stage separations
4. Development in cooling method for heat protection.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4

Analyze

Test I
10
20
50

Test II
10
20
50

Model
Examination
10
20
50

Semester End
Examination
10
20
50

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |190

Create
Total

20
100

20
100

20
100

20
100

Remember
1. What are called pyrogen igniters?
2. What is the role of caviations in propellant tank outlet design?
3. List out the various types of liquid rocket engine injectors.
4. How are missiles classified?
5. Mention the aerodynamic characteristics of air to surface missiles.
6. What are the different types of drag produced in missiles?
7. What is zero lift trajectory?
8. What is kick angle?
9. How thrust control is achieved by jetevator control for rockets?
10. What is thrust vector control?
11. What is the wing control of supersonic guided missiles?
12. Suggest the materials for wing leading edges and nozzle throat?
13. What is the need for ceramic materials in missiles?
14. What is an adaptive nozzle?
15. How cooling is necessary for re-entry bodies?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

How do you characterize the pyrotechnic igniter from its performance point of view?
What is tank collapse?
Under what design requirements a turbo pump feed system is preferred over a pressure feed
system for a liquid rocket engine.
What is chugging in solid propellant burning?
What is missile dispersion?
What are the important component of airframe of rocket and missiles?
Suggest the fins in rocket, is it necessary?
What is radio fuse in missiles?
Write a phase of missile guidance.
What is gravity turn trajectory?
Discuss about thrust misalignment force.
Why SITVS is important for multistage rockets?
What are the techniques that are used for stage separation of a space launch vehicle in space?
Give details about canard control of guided missiles.
What materials are used for rear bodies of short range tactile missiles?

Apply / Evaluate
1.

3.

A solid propellant rocket burns at a rate of 8.3 mm/sec and the burning surface temperature is
1073 K. At a depth of micron from the burning surface, the solid phase temperature is 354 k.
Estimate thermal efficiency of the propellant.
The mass ratio and specific impulse of a rocket are 5.6 and 286seconds respectively. The
rocket is tracing and inclined trajectory with a constant pitch angle of 38degree.The burnout
time is 128 seconds. Estimate the angle of attack at a time of 12 seconds after burnout.
Determine the mass ratio for vehicle optimization in the multistage rockets?

1.
2.
3.

Design a cooling chamber over the nozzle.


Design a Jet tabs and jet vanes for TVC.
Design the rocket using various stage for long range missiles.

2.

Create

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |191

Unit I
Classification of Missiles and Launch Vehicles
Ignition system in rockets types of igniters igniter design considerations design consideration of liquid
rocket combustion chamber, injector propellant feed lines, valves, propellant tanks outlet and helium
pressurized and turbine feed systems propellant slash and propellant hammer elimination of geysering
effect in missiles.
Combustion system of solid rockets.
9 Hours
Unit II
Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles
Airframe components of rockets and missiles forces acting on a missile while passing through atmosphere
classification of missiles methods of describing aerodynamic forces and moments lateral aerodynamic
moment lateral damping moment and longitudinal moment of a rocket lift and drag forces drag
estimation body upwash and downwash in missiles rocket dispersion numerical problems.
Aerodynamic heating of rockets.
9 Hours
Unit III
Rocket Motion in Free Space and Gravitational Field
One dimensional and two dimensional rocket motions in free space and homogeneous gravitational fields
description of vertical, inclined and gravity turn trajectories determination of range and altitude simple
approximations to burnout velocity.
Thrust vector controls.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Staging and Control of Rockets and Missiles
Rocket vector control methods thrust determination SITVC multistaging of rockets vehicle
optimization stage separation dynamics separation techniques.
Ejection of various stages of rockets.
9 Hours
Unit V
Aero Thermo Heating and Materials
Heat flux and heat transfer, selection of materials special requirements of materials to perform under
adverse conditions.
Ablative materials used in rockets and missiles.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Sutton, G.P., et al., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1993.
References
1. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi 1998.
2. Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamics, J.W., Freeman & Co. Ltd., London, 1982.
3. Parket, E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., 1982.
4. Vinayak and Srinivasan, Aircraft materials, 2008.

11A009 INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understand the aerodynamic aspects
of wind generators, automobiles, buildings etc.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |192

To understand the application of various aerodynamic aspects in vehicles and buildings etc.,
To learn the aerodynamics important in recent industries.

Programme Outcome(s)
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
Systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

Analysis of aerodynamics in automobiles.


Performance analysis buildings and building ventilation.
Analyze wind effects and flow induced vibrations.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
30
20
20
100

Test II
10
20
30
20
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
30
20
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.
9.

What is meant by terrain?


Define:
(a) Boundary layer.
(b) Atmospheric boundary layer.
What is the effect of atmospheric boundary layer on the car?
Define galloping and discuss various types of galloping.
What is a flume rise and discuss the different types of flume rise.
Write short notes on:
(a) Applications of wind energy
(b) Savonius rotor
(c) Darrius rotor
(d) Wind energy storage.
What is down force? What is the importance of it in a racing car? What are the design changes
that are required to increase the down force?
What is a bluff body? Discuss about the effects of Reynolds number on wake formation of bluff
bodies?
Define:
(a) Structure of wind
(b) Terrain and the dynamics of wind over the terrain
(c) Variation of wind speed with height in an open terrain

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |193

10.

(d) Gust.
What is the basic principle of wind energy conversion?

Understand
1. How is the wind affected by the terrain?
2. Compare and contrast the effects of atmospheric boundary layer and boundary layer on a low speed
car and on a high speed car.
3. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of wind energy conversion systems.
4. What are the forces acting on a moving car? Derive the expression for power required to move the
car?
5. Why is wind energy classified as secondary? Explain and justify or give your reasons against.
6. Derive the expression for the available (total) wind power for a wind speed of V, and diameter D of a
horizontal axis wind machine.
7. Discuss about separation and reattachment and what are the four variables that affect it discuss.
8. Discuss in brief about the various design parameters of a chimney with neat sketches.
9. Prove that in case of horizontal axis wind turbine maximum power can be obtained when The exit
velocity is = ( 1/3 ) wind velocity and Pmax = (8/27) ? A V3 Explain all the parameters clearly.
10. Discuss about the pressure distribution on low rise building in brief.
11. Explain about the importance of the height of the chimney and velocity ratio in the study of
diffusion of effluents in brief.
12. Describe the external shape of a racing car using sketches for the three views. What is pressure?
How is pressure of wind affected by the shape of the car? How is it affected by the speed of the car?
Draw good sketches.
13. Describe the aerodynamic forces on a wind turbine (wind mill) blade. Explain all the variables used.
14. Explain the effects of environmental winds in city blocks in brief.
Analyze
A wind of 10 m/s is blowing over a level ground at the foot of a hill. Draw the variation of the wind
speed over the hill starting from the top of the hill to a height of 50 ft. State your assumptions very
clearly.
1. What is the shape you recommend for the blade and why?
Evaluate
1. Is the terrain affected by the wind? Explain.
2. Calculate the total wind power for wind velocities of 5, 10 and 15 m/s and rotor diameters of 20 and
40 m. Show the results graphically.
3. Describe the principle by which the wind speed is converted into useful energy by a wind mill.
Derive the expression for total power (available power), maximum obtainable power density and
total power obtained.
i. Discuss about the various design parameters that have to be considered for a tail building.
Illustrate.
4. Wind at 1 standard atmospheric pressure and 15 degree Celsius temperature has a velocity of 15
m/s. The turbine has a diameter of 20 m and its operating speed is 30 rpm at maximum
efficiency. Calculate
i. The total power density in the wind stream
ii. The maximum obtainable power density assuming ? = 35%
iii. The total power produced in kilo Watts
iv. The torque and axial thrust.
5. From the following parameters
i. r = 0.015
ii. Mass of the car = 1251Kg
iii. Silhouette area of the car A=1.77m2
iv. Cd of a car = 0.38.
(a) Calculate the resistant force of rolling friction?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |194

6.

Create
1.
2.

(b) Calculate air resistance force for different speeds and calculate the power required.
i. V1 = 36kmph
ii. V2 = 54kmph
iii. V3 = 110kmph.
Design the various parameters of a chimney with neat sketches.
Show conclusively whether you would invest over wind energy in India or not. What are the
factors to be considered if you would proceed with harnessing wind energy? Discuss whether any
additional sources of energy those have to be utilized simultaneously.

Unit I
Wind Energy Collectors
Types of winds, causes of variation of winds, atmospheric boundary layer, effect of terrain on gradient
height. Horizontal axis and vertical axis machines, power coefficient, betz coefficient by momentum theory.
Application of industrial aerodynamics.
9 Hours
Unit II
Ground Vehicle Aerodynamics
Power requirement and drag coefficients of automobiles, effects of cut back angle, aerodynamics of trains
and hovercraft.
Study of car and trainaerodynamics.
9 Hours
Unit III
Building Aerodynamics
Pressure distribution on low rise buildings, wind forces on buildings, environmental winds in city blocks,
special problems of tall buildings, building codes, building ventilation and architectural aerodynamics.
Flow over the building model.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flow Induced Vibrations
Effect of Reynolds number on wake formation of bluff shapes, vortex induced vibrations, galloping and stall
flutter.
Study of wake formation.
9 Hours
Unit V
Industrial Gas Turbines
Special features of industrial and stationary gas turbines as compared to aircraft gas turbines.
Study of wind mills.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Scorer, R.S., Environmental Aerodynamics, Ellis Harwood Ltd., England, 1998.
2.
Sachs. P., Wind Forces in Engineering, Pergamon Press, 1988.
References
1. Sovran M., Aerodynamics Drag Mechanisms of Bluff Bodies and road vehicles, Plenum Press,
N.Y., 1978.
2.
Blevins, R.D., Flow Induced vibrations, Charles Griffin & Co., London, 1979.
11A023 INTRODUCTION TO COMBUSTION
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To know the composition of various types of fuels and their properties
To understand the thermodynamic of combustion
To understand the pollution from combustion of fuels and controlling them.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |195

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
To explain the thermodynamics of combustion and analyse the composition of various types of fuels
and their properties.
To discuss the fundamental physical and chemical principles of various combustion phenomena
independent of an application
To address various combustion problems by extending the earlier-gained knowledge of
thermodynamics, fluid mechanics and heat/mass transfer.
To make quantitative and qualitative estimates of characteristics of various combustion processes.
Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
20
20
30
30
100

Test II
20
20
30
30
100

Model
Examination
20
20
30
30
100

Semester End
Examination
20
20
30
30
100

Remember:
1. Define Combustion?
2. What is equivalence ratio?
3. Outline the combustion in gas turbine combustion chamber.
Understand:
1. Give examples for Chemical Equilibrium.
2. Classify the types of combustion.
3. Describe combustion stability briefly.
Apply
1. Write the equations for Hydrocarbon oxidation.
2. Sketch combustion chamber.
3. Illustrate the CO emission and control.
UNIT I
Introduction and Overview of Concepts in Combustion
A Roadmap to Various Combustion Phenomena, Thermo - Chemical equations - Hydrocarbon oxidation:
Equivalence ratio, heats of formation, heats of reaction, and heats of combustion, premixed flames. Diffusion
flames, Adiabatic flame temperature.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |196

9 Hours
UNIT II
Chemical Kinetics and Flames
Thermodynamics, Thermo chemistry and Chemical Equilibrium, Measurement of burning velocity - Various
methods - Effect of various parameters on burning velocity - Flame stability - Detonation - Deflagration Rankine Hugoniot curve. Radiation by flames.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Combustion in Gas Turbine Engines
Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - Re-circulation Combustion efficiency - Factors affecting
combustion efficiency - Fuels used for gas turbine combustion chambers - Combustion stability. Flame holder
types and Flame stabilization Aerodynamics Numerical problems.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Combustion Phenomena and Applications
Combustion of gases: NOx emissions and control, Combustion of liquids: CO emissions and control,
Combustion of solids: Coal and biomass paralysis, Combustion of solids: char oxidation.
Combustion of solids: SOx emissions and control.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Supersonic Combustion
Introduction - Supersonic combustion controlled by mixing, diffusion and heat convection - Analysis of
reaction and mixing processes. Supersonic burning with detonation shocks.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Arthur Henry Lefebvre, Dilip R. Ballal, Gas Turbine Combustion: Alternative Fuels and Emissions,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2012
2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion Concepts and Applications, 2nd Edition. McGraw Hill
International Editions, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Sharma, S.P., and Chandra Mohan, Fuels and Combustion, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.,
New Delhi 1987.
4. Loh, W.H.T., Jet Rocket, Nuclear, Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Design, Springer Verlag,
New York 1982.
Reference(s)
1. Beer, J.M. and Chigier, N.A., Combustion Aerodynamics, Applied Science Publishers Ltd., London,
1981.
2. Chowdhury, R., Applied Engineering Thermodynamics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1986.
3. Sutton, G.P., and Biblarz, Rocket Propulsion Elements, 7th Edition John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New
York, 2001.
4. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
New Delhi, 1988.
11A024 CRYOGENICS
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To understand the behavior of materials at low temperatures
To develop skills for designing cryogenic systems including refrigeration, storage and transfer of
cryogens, and instrumentation.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |197

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
Engineering problems.
(d) An ability to analyze aircraft systems and components.
Course Outcome(s)
To get introductory knowledge of cryogenic Engineering.
To get detailed knowledge of cryo-coolers, on which research is going on worldwide.
To get interest to embark on a research career in Cryogenic Engineering.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
60
100

Test II
10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember
1. Outline the Historical background of Cryogenics.
2. Name the Cyogenic propellants.
3. Define zero gravity.
Understand:
1. Describe Cascade process.
2. Give examples for cryogenic propellants.
3. Predict the Magnetic effect.
Apply:
1. Write the throttle expansion cycle.
2. How does the reactions take place in expander cycle.
3. Write the importance of Joule Thomson Effect.
UNIT I
Introduction
Historical Background - Introduction to cryogenic propellants Liquid hydrogen, liquid helium, liquid
nitrogen and liquid oxygen.
Properties of the cryogenic propellants.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Production of Low Temperature

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |198

Theory behind the production of low temperature - Expansion engine heat exchangers - Cascade processJoule Thompson Effect - Magnetic effect - Ortho and H2 .
Helium 4 and Helium 3
9 Hours
UNIT III
Efficiency of Cryogenic Systems
Types of losses and efficiency of cycles - specific amount of cooling - The fraction liquefied - Cooling
coefficient of performance - Thermodynamic efficiency.
The energy balance Method
9 Hours

UNIT IV
Cycles of Cryogenic Plants
Classification of cryogenic cycles - The structure of cycles Throttle expansion cycles - Expander cycles.
Thermodynamic analysis - Numerical problems
9 Hours
UNIT V
Cryogenic in Aerospace Applications
Cryogenic liquids in Rocket launching and space simulation Storage of cryogenic liquids - Effect of cryogenic
liquids on properties of aerospace materials Cryogenic loading problems - Zero gravity problems associated
with cryogenic propellants - Phenomenon of tank collapse.
Elimination of Geysering effect in rockets.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Haseldom, G., Cryogenic Fundamentals, Academic Press, 1971.
2. Barron, R. F., Cryogenic Systems, Oxford University, 1985.
Reference(s)
1. Timmerhaus, Flynn, Cryogenics Process Engineering, Plenum Press, New York, 1997.
2. G.M Walker. Cryocooler Part - 1 Fundamentals, Plenum Press, New York and London, 1983.
3. G.M Walker. Cryocooler Part 2, Plenum Press, New York and London, 1983.

11A026 HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To understand inviscid hypersonic flows, viscous hypersonic flows and high temperature effects as
they apply to hypersonic aerodynamics.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)
To know basics of hypersonic flow, shock wave -boundary layer interaction and hypersonic
aerodynamic heating.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |199

To solve problems involving inviscid hypersonic flows and hypersonic flows.


To understand high temperature effects in hypersonic aerodynamics.
To understand the design issues for hypersonic wings.
To apply the knowledge of recent developments in hypersonic aerodynamics with application to
aerospace systems.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
60
100

Test II
10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember:
1. Define entropy layers.
2. What is Newtonian theory?
3. List out the parameters of Hypersonic flight.
Understand:
1. Explain Thin shock layers.
2. Give examples for low and high density fluid.
3. Describe ocal surface inclination method.
Apply:
1. Write the boundary layer equations.
2. How the blast waves produced?
3. Sketch the boundary layer concepts.
UNIT I
Basics of Hypersonic Aerodynamics
Thin shock layers entropy layers low density and high density flows hypersonic flight paths hypersonic
flight similarity parameters.
Shock wave and expansion wave relations of inviscid hypersonic flows.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Surface Inclination Methods for Hypersonic Inviscid Flows
Local surface inclination methods modified Newtonian Law Newtonian theory tangent wedge or tangent
cone and shock expansion methods.
Calculation of surface flow properties.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Approximate Methods for Inviscid Hypersonic Flows

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |200

Approximate methods hypersonic small disturbance equation and theory thin shock layer theory blast wave
theory - entropy effects - rotational method of characteristics.
Hypersonic shockwave shapes and correlations.
9 Hours

UNIT IV
Viscous Hypersonic Flow Theory
NavierStokes equations boundary layer equations for hypersonic flow hypersonic boundary layer
hypersonic boundary layer theory and non similar hypersonic boundary layers hypersonic aerodynamic
heating and entropy layers effects on aerodynamic heating.
Heat flux estimation.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Viscous Interactions in Hypersonic Flows
Strong and weak viscous interactions hypersonic shockwaves and boundary layer interactions Estimation
of hypersonic boundary layer transition.
Role of similarity parameter for laminar viscous interactions in hypersonic viscous flow.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Test Book(s)
1. John D. Anderson, Jr, Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics, McGraw-Hill Series,New
York, 1996.
2. John.D.Anderson, Jr., Modern Compressible Flow with Historical perspective, McGraw-Hill
Series,New York, 2003.
Reference(s)
1. William H. Heiser and David T. Pratt, Hypersonic Air Breathing propulsion, AIAA Education
Series,1991
2. John T. Bertin, Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics, AIAA Inc., Washington D, 1994
11A027 WIND POWER ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn how wind is generated and possible ways of extracting the same.
To estimate the resource potential.
To learn the operation of a wind electric generator and wind turbine.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(e)An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solution
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
Understand the aerodynamics, design and control of wind turbines.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |201

Estimate wind power potential of a particular area


Prepare and evaluate detailed project reports for establishing a wind farm.
Understand the operation of a wind farm and economics of power generation.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
60
100

Test II
10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember:
1. What is wind energy?
2. Define Wind data.
3. List out the atmospheric boundary layer characteristics.
Understand:
1. Classify the modern wind turbine.
2. Describe the aerodynamics concepts in aerofoils.
3. Explain Wind turbine control system.
Apply
1. Write the one dimensional momentum theory.
2. Sketch the aerofoil.
3. Prdict the blade element theory.
UNIT I
Introduction to Wind Energy
Background, Motivations, and Constraints, Historical perspective, Modern wind turbines, Components and
geometry.
Power characteristics.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Wind Characteristics and Resources
General characteristics of the wind resource, Atmospheric boundary layer characteristics, Wind data analysis
and resource estimation.
Wind turbine energy production estimates using statistical techniques.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines
Overview,1-D Momentum theory, Ideal horizontal axis wind turbine with wake rotation, Airfoils and
aerodynamic concepts -Momentum theory and blade element theory General rotor blade shape performance
prediction.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |202

Wind turbine rotor dynamics


9 Hours
UNIT IV
Wind Turbine Design and Control
Brief design overview Introduction -Wind turbine control systems -Typical grid-connected turbine operation
-Basic concepts of electric power- Power transformers.
Electrical machines.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Environmental and Site Aspects
Overview- Wind turbine siting - Installation and operation- Wind farms- Overview of wind energy
economics-Electromagnetic interference-noise.
Land use impacts, Safety.
9 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Emil Simiu & Robert H Scanlan, Wind effects on structures - Fundamentals and Applications to
Design, John Wiley & Sons Inc New York, 1996.
Reference(s)
1. Tom Lawson, Building Aerodynamics, Imperial College Press London, 2001
2. N J Cook, Design Guides to wind loading of buildings structures, Part I & II, Butterworths, London,
1985
3. IS: 875 (1987) Part III Wind loads, Indian Standards for Building codes,1987.
11A029 EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS
3 1 0 3.5
Objective(s)

Introduce the students to the practical elements of experimental aerodynamics and to develop an
appreciation for how aerodynamic data are acquired.
Provide the students with an opportunity to apply modern instrumentation and measurement
techniques to the acquisition of aerodynamic data and understand the inherent limitations of each
technique.
To develop a working knowledge of experimental test facilities, techniques and equipment
commonly used in the field of experimental aerodynamics.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
Course Outcome(s)

To operate different types of wind tunnels and calibration of the instruments associated with them.
To operate various instruments used in wind tunnel.
To analyze the uncertainty situations by using instruments.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |203

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
60
100

Test II
10
30
60
100

Model
Examination
10
30
60
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
60
100

Remember:
1. Define Fluid.
2. What is the principle of Wind Tunnel.
3. Sketch Pitot static tube.
Understanding:
1. Describe supersonic and special tunnels.
2. Give examples for turbulent and laminar flow.
3. Discuss the importance of Taylor-Proudman theorem and Ekman layer.
Apply:
1. Write the imporatance of Flow visualization.
2. How the Background Oriented Schliren (BOS) System working.
3. Illustate the examples for signal conditioning.
UNIT I
Basic Measurements in Fluid Mechanics
Objective of experimental studies Fluid mechanics measurements Properties of fluids Measuring
instruments Performance terms associated with measurement systems Direct measurements - Analogue
methods Flow visualization Components of measuring systems Importance of model studies Experiments on Taylor-Proudman theorem and Ekman layer.
Measurements in boundary layers.
9 Hours
UNIT II
Wind Tunnel Measurements
Characteristic features, operation and performance of low speed, transonic, supersonic and special tunnels Power losses in a wind tunnel Instrumentation and calibration of wind tunnels Turbulence- Wind tunnel
balance Principle and application and uses
Balance calibration.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Flow Visualization and Analogue Methods

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |204

Visualization techniques Smoke tunnel Hele-Shaw apparatus - Interferometer Fringe-Displacement


method Shadowgraph - Schlieren system Background Oriented Schliren (BOS) System.
Hydraulic analogy, Hydraulic jumps, Electrolytic tank.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Pressure, Velocity and Temperature Measurements
Pitot-Static tube characteristics - Velocity measurements - Hot-wire anemometry Constant current and
Constant temperature Hot-Wire anemometer Hot-film anemometry Laser Doppler Velocimetry (LDV)
Particle Image Velocimetry (PIV) Pressure Sensitive Paints Pressure measurement techniques.
Pressure transducers, Temperature measurements.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Data Acquisition Systems and Uncertainty Analysis
Data acquisition and processing Signal conditioning - Estimation of measurement errors Uncertainty
calculation
Uses of uncertainty analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Rathakrishnan, E., Instrumentation, Measurements, and Experiments in Fluids, CRC Press Taylor
& Francis, 2007.
Reference
1. Robert B Northrop, Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurements, Second Edition, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis, 2006.
MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION ELECTIVES
11A010 AERO ENGINE MAINTANANCE AND REPAIR
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aero engines and
the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines.
To get the knowledge of the inspection and overhaul of both piston and jet engines.

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of heat transfer over the engine due to spark plug.
2.
Improve the efficiency of the engine operation condition at various altitude
3.
Performance analysis of both piston and jet engines
4.
Analysis of symptom failure in different engine system.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |205

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
30
40
30
100

Test II
30
40
30
100

Model
Examination
30
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

What is the operating principle of piston and jet engine?


List out the types of piston engine.
What is the purpose of dynamic dampers?
What is the necessary to use the piston pins in engines?
What is the trouble shooting?
What is the purpose of using the supercharger?
Is scheduled maintenance is necessary for the engines? Why?
What is online maintenance?
Define counter weights.
What is power check?
Define propulsive, thermal and overall efficiency of the engines.
What is film cooling?
Discuss about thrust reversal.
What is mean by periodic system?
How the automatic fuel dump valve is used?
Define overhaul engine.
What is rebuilt engine?
Can a propeller be drive by a turbine engine?
What is the temperature of air entering the combustion chamber?
What are interconnectors?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

How does the turbine transmit the power to the compressor?


Discuss the purpose of hopper in the oil tank.
What is valve overlap?
Define trend analysis.
What is TBO?
List out the types of jet fuels.
How the electronic imaging is useful for inspection?
What is certified repair station?
What are the engine overhaul tools?
Define pre-oiling.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |206

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

What is back firing and after firing?


Engine preheating is necessary or not?
List the types of compress tester.
What is mean by carburettor?
What are the materials used in crankshaft?
List out the major parts of piston engine?
How is turbine blade attached to the disk?
What is the maximum RPM of a turbine engine?

Create
1.
2.

Design a turbojet engine with reducing the noise.


Design and analysis of the nozzle by using the jet vanes.

Unit I
Classification of Piston Engine Components
Types of piston engines principles of operation function of components materials used details of
starting the engines details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ignition
system components spark plug details engine operation conditions at various altitudes maintenance and
inspection check to be carried out.
Various piston engines used in aircraft industry with specifications.
9 Hours
Unit II
Inspection of Piston Engines
Inspection and maintenance and troubleshooting inspection of all engine components daily and routine
checks overhaul procedures compression testing of cylinders special inspection schedules engine
fuel, control and exhaust systems engine mount and super charger checks and inspection procedures.
Difference between inspection and maintenance.
9 Hours
Unit III
Tools and Instruments for Inspection of Piston Engines
Symptoms of failure fault diagnostics case studies of different engine systems 1: tools and equipment
requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling tools for inspection tools for safety
and for visual inspection methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques equipments for
replacement of part and their repair. Engine testing: engine testing procedures and schedule preparation
online maintenance.
Types of tools and instruments used for piston engine.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Classification of Jet Engine Components
12 types of jet engines principles of operation materials used details of starting and operation
procedures gas turbine engine inspection & checks use of instruments for online maintenance special
inspection procedures: foreign object damage -blade damage etc.
Maintenance procedure of gas turbine engines trouble shooting and rectification procedures component
maintenance procedures systems maintenance procedures.
Gas turbine testing procedures test schedule preparation storage of engines preservation and depreservation procedures.
Various jet engines used in aircraft industry with specifications.
9 Hours
Unit V
Overhaul Procedures
Engine overhaul procedures inspection and cleaning of components repairs schedules for overhaul
balancing of gas turbine components.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |207

Trouble shooting procedures for rectification condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at
altitude engine health monitoring and corrective methods.
Different types of maintenance.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Text Books
1. Krores and Wild, Aircraft Power plants, 7th edition TATA McGraw Hill,New Delhi, 2010.
References
1. Turbomeca, Gas Turbine Engines, The English Book Store, New Delhi, 1993.
2. United Technologies Pratt and Whitney, The Aircraft Gas turbine engine and its Operation, (latest
edition) The English Store, New Delhi, 2005.

11A011 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the maintenance aspect of airframe systems and rectification of snags

Programme Outcome(sS)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Analysis of different types of welding techniques.


Analysis of various aircraft structural components.
Understanding the procedure and concept of jacking, rigging, etc
Analysis of different safety practices.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
60
10
100

Test II
10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.

Define soldering and brazing.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |208

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

Explain what welding jigs means?


State and explain different types of welding.
Define reverse technology.
Define composites.
Different types of plastics used in aircraft.
Define the term MRO.
Define autoclave.
How to do tracking in helicopter blades.
Define C.G.
State different types of trouble shooting methods.
What is mean by load factor?
Explain what troubleshooting means?
What are the different cases of fires?
Define APU.
Define rain removal system.
Define jacking.
Define composite components.
Define weighting of aircraft.

Understand
1. Differentiate repair and maintenance.
2. Explain the use of tracking in helicopter?
3. Explain what rigging means?
4. Differentiate anti icing and deicing.
5. What are the advantages of rain removal systems?
6. What are the disadvantages of fire protection systems?
7. Differentiate the term jacking and rigging.
8. Compare the advantages of composites used in aircraft.
9. Give the procedure for jacking.
10. What is mean by inspection?
11. What are the factors affect the strength of composites at high temperatures?
12. Differentiate fixed landing gear and retractable landing gear system.
13. What are the limitations of aircraft pressurization system?
14. Advantages of composite materials over Al.
15. What are the uses of pneumatic systems?
16. Write the limitations of water and waste water systems.
17. Write the limitations of plastic materials.
18. Differentiate the term hydraulic and pneumatic system.
Apply / Evaluate
1. Differentiate between aircraft pneumatic and hydraulic systems.
2. Comment on classication of shock absorbers.
3. With the help of a neat sketch explain the function of landing gear system.
4. With a neat sketch, explain position and warning system.
5. Write short notes on rain removal system with neat sketch
6. List the function of NDT systems and components.
7. Write short notes a working principle of fire protection system with neat sketch
8. With a neat illustration, explain APU systems used in aircraft.
9. Explain about gravity feed & pressure feed fuel system.
10. Describe aircraft furnishing practices with neat sketch.

Unit I
Welding in Aircraft Structural Components
Equipments used in welding shop and their maintenance ensuring quality welds welding jigs and fixtures
soldering and brazing.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |209

Sheet Metal Repair and Maintenance


Inspection of damage classification repair or replacement sheet metal inspection N.D.T. Testing
riveted repair design, damage investigation reverse technology.
Study about different types of welding joints and their symbols.
9 Hours
Unit II
Plastics and Composites in Aircraft
Review of types of plastics used in airplanes maintenance and repair of plastic components repair of
cracks, holes etc., various repair schemes scopes. Inspection and repair of composite components special
precautions autoclaves.
Composites used in aviation industries.
9 Hours
Unit III
Aircraft Jacking, Assembly and Rigging
Airplane jacking and weighing and C.G. Location. Balancing of control surfaces inspection maintenance.
Helicopter flight controls. Tracking and balancing of main rotor.
Significance of centre of gravity and its location.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Review of Hydraulic and Pneumatic System
Trouble shooting and maintenance practices service and inspection. inspection and maintenance of
landing gear systems. inspection and maintenance of air-conditioning and pressurisation system, water and
waste system. Installation and maintenance of instruments handling testing inspection. Inspection and
maintenance of auxiliary systems fire protection systems ice protection system rain removal system
position and warning system auxiliary power units (APUs).
Comparison between hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
9 Hours
Unit V
Safety Practices
Hazardous materials storage and handling, aircraft furnishing practices equipments. Trouble shooting theory and practices.
Importance of safety practices.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Kroes, Watkins, Delp, Aircraft Maintenance and Repair, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
References
1. Larry Reithmeir, Aircraft Repair Manual, Palamar Books, Marquette, 1992.
2. Brim D.J.and Bogges H.E., Aircraft Maintenance, Pitman Publishing corp. New York.

11A012 AIR TRANSPORTAION AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the aircraft
transportation and maintenances.

To understand the procedure for issue of civil aviation requirements.

To learn the objective and target of aircraft transport and aircraft maintenances.

Programme Outcome(s)
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |210

(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
Scope of preparation and use of ICAO,DGCA,BCAS,AAL,AGO
2.
To understand the issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including
instruments
3.
Improve the defect Airline Revenue, Airline Cost, recording, reporting, investigation,
rectification and analysis.
Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
60
10

Test II
10
20
60
10

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10

100

100

100

100

Remember
1. What does Annex.18 and Annex.13 of ICAO stand for?
2. What do you mean by SARP?
3. Draw the structural diagram of ICAO.
4. What do you mean by Open skies agreement?
5. What do you mean by Cambotage?
6. What do you mean by On demand Air transportation?
7. What does DGCA, BCAS and AAI stands for?
8. Define Airworthiness.
9. What is the concept of international multi-media transport?
10. Differentiate between amortization and depreciation.
11. What is the role of Civil Aviation authorities? Name any five.
12. What do you mean by Bottom up and Top down approach for maintenance?
13. What is AOG?
14. Define Down time.
15. What do you mean by MRO?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Write a brief note on line personnel.


What do you mean by span of control in level of management?
What do you mean by yield management?
Differentiate between macro and micro economics.
What do you mean by code sharing agreements?
What is fleet assignment and A/C routing?
Differentiate between Airline Revenue and Airline Cost.
What is utilization?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |211

9. Explain different types of international tariffs.


10. Who should have control of material maintenance or finance?

Apply & Evaluate:


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Define Human Factor.


What costs are involved in flight operations?
Differentiate between flight crew and ground crew. How do they assist each other?
Differentiate between visual and transit checks.
What is MCC? Also define PIREPS.

Create
1. Differentiate between scheduled and unscheduled maintenance.
2. Differentiate between MSI and SSI.
3. What is Back shops?
4. Define BITE? What is EBU?
5. What is line maintenance? How is it different from maintenance done in hanger?
Unit I
Introduction
Development of air transportation, comparison with other modes of transport Role of IATA, ICAO The
general aviation industry airline Factors affecting general aviation, use of aircraft, airport: airline
management and organization levels of management, functions of management, Principles of organization
planning the organization chart, staff departments & line departments.
Comparison of air transportation with other transportation systems.
9 Hours
Unit II
Airline Economics
Forecasting fleet size, fleet planning, the aircraft selection process, operating cost, passenger capacity, load
factor etc. passenger fare and tariffs influence of geographical, economic & political factors on routes
and route selection.
Fleet Planning
The aircraft selection process fleet commonality, factors affecting choice of fleet, route selection and
capital acquisition valuation & depreciation budgeting, cost planning aircrew evaluation route
analysis aircraft evaluation.
Study about airline management.
9 Hours
Unit III
Principles of Airlines Scheduling
Equipment maintenance, flight operations and crew scheduling, ground operations and facility limitations,
equipments and types of schedule hub & spoke scheduling, advantages / disadvantages & preparing flight
plans aircraft scheduling in line with aircraft maintenance practices.
Study of commercial airline schedule.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Aircraft Reliability
Aircraft reliability The maintenance schedule & its determinations Condition monitoring maintenance
Extended range operations (EROPS) & ETOPS
Ageing aircraft maintenance production.
9 Hours
Unit V
Technology in Aircraft Maintenance
Airlines scheduling (with reference to engineering) product support and spares maintenance sharing
equipments and tools for aircraft maintenance aircraft weight control budgetary control.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |212

On board maintenance systems engine monitoring turbine engine oil maintenance turbine engine
vibration monitoring in aircraft life usage monitoring current capabilities of NDT helicopter
maintenance.
Future of aircraft maintenance.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
Fedric J.H., Airport Management, 2000.
2.
C.H. Friend, Aircraft Maintenance Management, 2000.
References
1. Gene Kropf, Airline Procedures.
2. Wilson & Bryon, Air Transportation.
3. Philip Locklin D, Economics of Transportation.
4. Indian Aircraft manual DGCA Pub.
5. Alexander T Wells, Air Transportation, Wadsworth Publishing Company, California, 1993.
11A013 HELICOPTER MAINTENANCE
3 0 0 3.0

Objective(s)
To provide the Applicant with a strong focus on the practical skills required to ensure safe
performance of maintenance, inspections and routine work on the Helicopter according to the
Maintenance Manual.

Programme Outcome(s)
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
Analysis of different modes of rotor blade alignment
2.
Improve the practice by handling the special purpose equipment
3.
Analysis of different modes of Main Rotor Transmissions
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
30
40
30
100

Test II
30
40
30
100

Model
Examination
30
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100

Remember

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |213

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

What are all the different types of gears?


Discuss about the direction control.
How vibration occurs?
What is the effect of blade sweeping?
What is the purpose of dampers?
Is maintenance and inspection is necessary for control rigging?
How to develop the mounting system?
Say about counterweight adjustment.
What is need of tail rotor system?
How to design the fuselage?
What types of arrangement is need to develop the skid gear?
Discuss the control system in helicopter.
Under what mechanism the bell crank will operate?
Define rotor brake.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Discuss about ground handling system.


When the tracking occurs in helicopter?
What is push pull tubes?
Say about electronic balancing.
What is mixer box?
Discuss about drive shaft.
How to reduce the vibrations?
What is span wise dynamic balance?
Discuss about power transmission over the rotors.
List out the procedure for installation.
What is auto rotation adjustment?

Create
1.
2.
3.

Design the advance type of gears and bearing.


Design a power frame systems over the turbo shaft engine.
Design and evaluate the different angle for tail rotors.

Unit I
Helicopter Fundamentals
Basic directions ground handling, bearing gears.
Different methods of ground handling of helicopters.
9 Hours
Unit II
Main Rotor System
Head maintenance blade alignment static main rotor balance vibration tracking span wise dynamic
balance blade sweeping electronic balancing dampener maintenance counter weight adjustment auto
rotation adjustments mast & flight control rotor - mast stabilizer, dampeners swash plate flight control
systems collective cyclic push pull tubes torque tubes bell cranks mixer box gradient unit control
boosts maintenance & inspection control rigging.
Types of rotor system.
9 Hours
Unit III
Main Rotor Transmissions
Engine transmission coupling drive shaft maintenance clutch freewheeling units spray clutch roller
unit torque meter rotor brake maintenance of these components vibrations mounting systems
transmissions.
Study about design of transmission.
9 Hours
Unit IV

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |214

Power Plants and Tail Rotors


Fixed wing power plant modifications installation different type of power plant maintenance. Tail rotor
system servicing tail rotor track system rigging.
Study of helicopter engines.
9 Hours
Unit V
Airframes and Related Systems
Fuselage maintenance airframe systems special purpose equipment.
Structural analysis of airframe.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Jeppesen, Helicopter Maintenance, Jeppesons and Sons Inc., 2000.
References
1. Civil Aircraft Inspection Procedures, Part I and II, CAA, English Book House, New Delhi, 1986.
2. Larry Reithmier, Aircraft Repair Manual, Palamar Books Marquette, 1992.
11A014 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL AND AERODROME DESIGN
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To study the procedure of the formation of aerodrome and its design.

To study and understand about the air traffic control, procedure and air traffic service.

To learn about various instruments used for air traffic control

Programme Outcome(s)
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge about aerodrome design and its functions.
2. Analyze about various air traffic data.
3. Analyze about various air traffic service.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S.No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
50
50
100

Test II
50
50
100

Model
Examination
50
50
100

Semester End
Examination
50
50
100

Remember
1. What are the parts of ATC service?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |215

2. What is the scope and Provision of ATCs?


3. What is meant by RNAV and RNP?
4. What is position report?
5. List the identification procedures using primary / secondary radar.
6. What is meant by obstacles restriction?
7. Explain aerodrome reference point.
8. What are the visual aids for navigation?
9. Explain VASI & PAPI.
10. What are the visual aids for denoting obstacles?

Understand
1. Explain in detail about altimeter setting procedures.
2. Explain Establishment, designation and identification of units providing ATS
3. Compare RNAV and RNP.
4. Explain vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance.
5. Explain the use of radar in area and approach control services.
6. Write in detail about identification procedures using primary/secondary radar
7. Explain about physical characteristics and obstacle restriction.
8. List and explain the different visual aids for navigation.
9. Compare VASI and PAPI.
10. Explain in detail the simple approach lighting system and various lighting systems.

Unit I
Basic Concepts
Objectives of ATS - parts of ATC service scope and provision of ATCS VFR & IFR operations
classification of ATS air spaces varies kinds of separation altimeter setting procedures establishment,
designation and identification of units providing ATS division of responsibility of control.
Study about ATC.
9 Hours
Unit II
Air Traffic Services
Area control service, assignment of cruising levels minimum flight altitude ATS routes And significant
Points RNAV And RNP Vertical, lateral and longitudinal separations based on time / distance ATC
Clearances flight plans position report.
Comparison of various ATC services.
9 Hours
Unit III
Flight Information, Alerting Services, Coordination, Emergency Procedures and Rules of the Air
Radar service, basic radar terminology identification procedures using primary / secondary radar
performance checks use of radar in area and approach control services assurance control and coordination between radar / non radar control emergencies flight information and advisory service
alerting service co-ordination and emergency procedures rules of the air.
Study about communication between aircraft and ATC.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Aerodrome Data, Physical Characteristics and Obstacle Restriction
Aerodrome data - basic terminology aerodrome reference code aerodrome reference point aerodrome
elevation aerodrome reference temperature instrument runway, physical characteristics; length of
primary / secondary runway width of runways minimum distance between parallel runways etc.
obstacles restriction. Comparison between domestic and international airports.
9 Hours
Unit V
Visual Aids for Navigation, Visual Aids for Denoting Obstacles Emergency and Other Services

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |216

Visual aids for navigation wind direction indicator landing direction indicator location and
characteristics of signal area markings, general requirements various markings lights, general
requirements aerodrome beacon, identification beacon simple approach lighting system and various
lighting systems VASI & PAPI - visual aids for denoting obstacles; object to be marked and lighter
emergency and other services.
Types of navigation systems.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. AIP (India) Vol. I & II, the English book store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New Delhi.
References
1. Aircraft Manual (India) Volume I, latest Edition The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New
Delhi.
2. PANS RAC ICAO DOC 4444, Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New
Delhi.

11A015 AIRWORTHINESS REQUIREMENTS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the civil air
rules and regulations which are being followed by Directorate General of Civil Aviation.
To understand the procedure for Issue of Civil Aviation Requirements
To learn the Objective and target of airworthiness directorate of CAR

Programme Outcome(s)
(i) An ability to recognize the importance of ethics in professional work.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Scope of preparation and use of MEL
2. To understand the issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including
instruments.
3. Improve the defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis
Assessment Pattern

S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create

Test I
50
50
-

Test II
50
50
-

Model
Examination
50
50
-

Semester End
Examination
50
50
-

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |217

Total

100

100

100

100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

What is meant by MEL?


Define hard time maintenance.
What is meant by condition monitoring?
What is meant by reliability method?
Define reporting and rectification.
What is the procedure relating to registration of aircraft?
What are deficiency list in the aircraft?
What is meant by flight report?
What are the objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate?
List out the provision of first aid kits and physicians kits in an aircraft.
List out the documents to be carried on board on Indian registered aircraft.
What are the furnishing materials in an aircraft?
Explain the term CDL.
What are the series in C.A.R?

Understand
1. What are the preparation and use of cockpit and emergency check list?
2. What are the responsibilities of reporting, recording and investigation?
3. What are the responsibilities of reporting, and what are the Investigation and analysis of defects
for scheduled operators?
4. List out the procedure for change of owner ship of the aircraft.
5. What are the procedures for issue / revalidation of type certificate of aircraft and its engines/
propeller?
6. Explain about the general requirement for grant of approval in Category G training school.
7. Compare different types of organization in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, and G.
8. Explain the procedure for renewal of C of A of Indian register aircraft abroad.
9. Explain the design aspects of procedure for issue of type approval of aircraft and equipment?
Apply
1. Apply the TBO revision programme?
2. Write The AME License, its classification and experience requirements ?
3. Prepare reporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft?

Unit I
C.A.R. Series A Procedure for Civil Air Worthiness Requirements and Responsibility Operators
Vis--vis Air Worthiness Directorate
Responsibilities of operators / owners- procedure of CAR issue, amendments etc., objectives and targets of
airworthiness directorate; airworthiness
regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of
operators.
C.A.R. Series B Issue Approval of Cockpit Check List, MEL, CDL: Deficiency list (MEL & CDL).
Preparation and use of cockpit checklist and emergency list.
9 Hours
Unit II
C.A.R. Series C Defect Recording, Monitoring, Investigation and Reporting
Defect recording, reporting, investigation, rectification and analysis; flight report; reporting and rectification
of defects observed on aircraft; analytical study of in-flight readings & recordings; maintenance control by
reliability method.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |218

C.A.R. Series D Reliability and Aircraft Maintenance Programmes


Reliability programmes (engines); aircraft maintenance programme & their approval; on condition
maintenance of reciprocating engines; TBO revision programme; maintenance of fuel and oil uplift and
consumption records light aircraft engines; fixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs
initial & revisions.
Comparison between C.A.R. C and C.A.R. D
9 Hours
Unit III
C.A.R. Series E Approval of Organisations
Approval of organizations in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, & G Requirements of infrastructure at stations
other than parent base.
C.A.R. Series F Air Worthiness and Continued Air Worthiness
Procedure relating to registration of aircraft; Procedure for issue / revalidation of Type Certificate of aircraft
and its engines / propeller; Issue / revalidation of Certificate of Airworthiness; Requirements for renewal of
Certificate of Airworthiness.
Comparison between C.A.R. E and C.A.R. F
9 Hours
Unit IV
C.A.R. Series L&M
Issue of AME License, its classification and experience requirements, Mandatory Modifications /
Inspections.
Comparison between C.A.R. L and C.A.R. M
9 Hours
Unit V
C.A.R. Series T&X
Flight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A; Flight testing of aircraft for which C of A had been
previously issued. Registration Markings of aircraft; Weight and balance control of an aircraft; Provision of
first aid kits & Physicians kit in an aircraft; Use furnishing materials in an aircraft; Concessions; Aircraft
log books; Document to be carried on board on Indian registered aircraft; Procedure for issue of tax permit;
Procedure for issue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments.
Comparison between C.A.R. T and C.A.R. X.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA,
The English Book Store,17- 1,Connaught Circus, New Delhi 2000.
2. Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA 2000.

References
1. Aircraft Manual (India) Volume Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus,
New Delhi.
2. Advisory Circulars from DGCA 2003.
11A022 NAVIGATION GUIDANCE AND CONTROL
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn the concept of navigation and guidance system.
To learn the concept of control system and its analysis.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |219

Programme Outcome(s)
(a)An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(e)An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems and
components.

Course Outcome(s)
To understand advanced concepts of navigation, missile guidance, control and stability of the
aircraft.
To learn the necessary mathematical knowledge that is needed in design of Communication and
Navigation system of aircraft.
Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply
4
Analyze
5
Evaluate
6
Create
Total

Test I
20
30
50
100

Test II
20
30
50
100

Model
Examination
20
30
50
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
50
100

Remember:
1. Define Navigation?
2. What are the types of Navigation?
3. Identify the difference between autorotation and spin?
Understand:
1. Identify the applications of RADAR?
2. Classify the navigation system.
3. Explain Microwave landing system.
Apply:
1. Write about the Radar frequencies.
2. How does the GPRS based navigation system working.
3. Demonstrate transfer function representation.
Unit I
Navigation Systems
Introduction to types of Navigation - Position fixing and Dead Reckoning system - Very high frequency Omni
directional Range - Radar - operation - Radar frequencies.
Application of Radars
9 Hours
Unit II
Advanced Navigation Systems

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |220

Inertial Navigation system - GPS based Navigation - Microwave landing system LORAN, DECCA.
OMEGA navigation systems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Missile Guidance
Introduction to guidance and control - Guided missiles - Classifications, description of tactical missiles Guidance phase during flight.
Categories of homing and command guidance.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Flight Control and Stability
Concepts of static and dynamic stability - Control yaw and sideslip - Dihedral effect - Rudder requirements Directional and spiral divergence - Dutch roll.
Autorotation and spin.
9 Hours
Unit V
Control System for Space Vehicle
Classical linear time variant control systems - Transfer functions representation.
PID controller design for Aerospace systems.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. John H Blakelock, Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1991.
2. Myron Kyton, Walfred Fried, Avionics Navigation System, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 1993.
Reference(s)
1. Albert D. Helfrick, Modern Aviation Electronics, Second Edition, Prentice Hall Career &
Technology, 1994.
2. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill Book Co.1998
11A030 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To learn about the computers in the area of manufacturing to reduce manual processing and linking
computers to all the manufacturing machines and increase the productivity, reduce the unnecessary
costs.
To study about group technology, computer aided process planning, material requirement planning
(MRP) Enterprise resource planning (ERP), Computer aided quality control and Flexible
manufacturing systems, Artificial intelligence and Expert systems.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a)An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
problems.
(f)An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
Able to know about the aid of computers in Aircraft manufacturing process.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |221

Able to identify the snag in a particular area of mass manufacturing.


To integrate systems using appropriate analytical, computational and experimental practices

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
30
30
40
100

Test II
30
30
40
100

Model
Examination
30
30
40
100

Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100

Remember:
1. Define MAP?
2. List out the various approaches CAPP?
3. Identify the drawbacks of FDCS?
Understand:
1. Distinguish between CIM Software and Hardware?
2. Summarize the various components of FMS?
3. Predict the changes in manufacturing and management Scene?
Apply:
1. Write in detail about Factory Data Collection system?
2. Explain in detail about DBMS?
3. Prepare a process planning chart with suitable example?
Unit I
Introduction
The meaning and origin of CIM- the changing manufacturing and management scene - External
communication - islands of automation and software-dedicated and open systems-manufacturing automation
protocol - product related activities of a company- marketing engineering - production planning - plant
operations - physical distribution
Business and financial management.
9 Hours
Unit II
Group Technology and Computer Aided Process Planning

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |222

History of group technology- role of G.T. in CAD/CAM integration - part families - classification and coding
- DCLASS and MICLASS and OPITZ coding systems-facility design using G.T. - benefits of G.T. - cellular
manufacturing. Process planning - role of process planning in CAD/CAM integration - approaches to
computer aided process planning - variant approach and generative approaches.
CAPP and CMPP process planning systems.
9 Hours
Unit III
Shop Floor Control and Introduction of FMS
Shop floor control-phases -factory data collection system -automatic identification methods- Bar code
technology-automated data collection system.FMS-components of FMS - types -FMS workstation -material
handling and storage systems.
FMS layout -computer control systems-application and benefits.
9 Hours
Unit IV
CIM Implementation and Data Communication
CIM and company strategy - system modeling tools -IDEF models - activity cycle diagram CIM open system
architecture (CIMOSA)- manufacturing enterprise wheel-CIM architecture- Product data management-CIM
implementation software.
Communication fundamentals- local area networks -topology -LAN implementations - network management
and installations.
9 Hours
Unit V
Open system and Database for CIM
Open systems-open system inter connection - manufacturing automations protocol and technical office
protocol (MAP /TOP) Development of databases -database terminology- architecture of database systemsdata modeling and data associations -relational data bases.
Database operators - advantages of data base and relational database
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Text Book(s)
1. Mikell.P.Groover Automation, Production Systems and computer integrated manufacturing, Pearson
Education 2001.
Reference(s)
1. Ranky, Paul G., Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall International, 1986.
2. Roger Hanman Computer Intergrated Manufacturing, Addison Wesley, 1997.
3. Mikell.P.Groover and Emory Zimmers Jr., CAD/CAM, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi1, 1998.
4. Kant Vajpayee S, Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Prentice Hall India, 2003.
5. Radhakrishnan P, Subramanyan S.and Raju V., CAD/CAM/CIM, 2nd Edition New Age International
(P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.

ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES
11O001 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |223

Study of this subject provides an understanding of the scope of an entrepreneur, key areas of
development, financial assistance by the institutions, methods of taxation and tax benefits, etc.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions in
a global and social context.

Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.

Knowledge about entrepreneurship, motivation and business.


Ability to develop small scale industries in different field.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total

Test I
10
30
50
30
100

Test II
10
30
50
30
100

Model
Examination
10
30
50
30
100

Semester End
Examination
10
30
50
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Define entrepreneurship.
Give any two differences between entrepreneurs and Intrapreneur.
What is small-scale incurred?
Define a project.
What are the types of Network Analysis?
What do you mean by long term capital?
Define joint venture.
Write some of the policies which are given by Government of India to small scale industries.
List out some successful entrepreneurs in our country.
Write any three facilitating factors which motivate a person to become an Entrepreneur.

Understand
1. Explain the different types of entrepreneur.
2. Explain the different functions of an entrepreneur.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |224

3.
4.
5.

Write some factors that is needed for achievement to become an entrepreneurs


What are the steps involved in setting up a new business?
What is meant by CPM? What are its reliant features?

Apply/Evaluate
1. Write some factors that are needed to become an entrepreneur.
2. How will you decide, as an entrepreneur, the most editable agency or project finance?
3. What are the various incentives offered by the central and state government for the promotion
and growth of small business in India?
4. Give the difference between entrepreneur and intrapreneur.
5. How will you choose the appropriate form of entrepreneurial origination for your business?
Create
1. You plan to start a small enterprise. How would you choose the appropriate form of ownership
proton for your enterprise?
2. One man control is the best is the man is big enough to control everything. Do you agree? Give
reason.
Unit I
Basics of Entrepreneurship
Entrepreneurship competence, entrepreneurship as a career, intrapreneurship, social entrepreneurship, serial
entrepreneurship (cases), technopreneurship.
9 Hours
Unit II
Generation of Ideas
Creativity and Innovation (Cases), Lateral Thinking, Generation of Alternatives (Cases), Fractionation,
Reversal Method, Brain Storming
9 Hours
Unit III
Legal Aspects of Business
Contract act, sale of goods act, negotiable instruments promissory note, bills and cheques, partnership,
limited liability partnership (LLP), companies act kinds, formation, memorandum of association, articles
of association (cases).
9 Hours
Unit IV
Business Finance
Project evaluation and investment criteria (cases), sources of finance, financial statements, break even
analysis, cash flow analysis.
9 Hours
Unit V
Operations Management
Importance functions deciding on the production system facility decisions: plant location, plant layout
(cases), capacity requirement planning inventory management (cases) lean manufacturing.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
References
1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2005.
2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi: 2000.
3. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill: 2006.
4. Norman Gaither, and Greg Frazier, Operations Management, Thomson Learning Inc, Ninth Edition:
2007.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |225

5.

Edward de Bono, Lateral Thinking, Penguin books:1990

Websites
1.
2.
3.

http://www.enterweb.org
http://www.internationalentrepreneurship.com/asia_entrepreneur/India_entrepreneur.asp
http://indiakellogg.wordpress.com

11O002 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT II


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
The students on completion of the course will be able to
Evolve the marketing mix for promoting the product / services
Handle the human resources and taxation

Understand Government industrial policies / support provided and prepare a business plan.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.

Increase in awareness of the entrepreneurship Development for engineering decisions.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
60
10
100

Test II
10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1. Who are Fabian entrepreneur?
2. Explain the views on Schumpeter on entrepreneurship?
3. Mention the three functions of NSIC?
4. Narrate the role of IDBI in the development of entrepreneurship?
5. What are project objectives?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |226

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

What are the stages in a project lifecycle?


Give the meaning of feasibility report?
Explain the objective of entrepreneurial training?
What is motivating training?
Who is a small scale entrepreneur?
How to develop rural entrepreneur?
What are the social problems of women entrepreneur?
Differentiate between entrepreneur and entrepreneurship.
What are the types of entrepreneurs?
Explain the various qualities of entrepreneur.
Briefly explain the different merchant castes in India.
What is entrepreneurship training?
Discuss any three programmes supporting women entrepreneurs.
Write a note on the role of NISIET.
What are the challenges and opportunities available in SSI's?

Understand
1. Narrate any six differences between a manager and an entrepreneur?
2. Explain briefly various types of entrepreneur?
3. What are the elements of EDP?
4. What is the role played the commercial banks in the development of Entrepreneur?
5. How would you classify projects?
6. What are the stages in project formulation?
7. What are the target groups of EDP?
8. What are the major problems faced by small entrepreneur?
9. What are the problems & prospects for women entrepreneur in India?
Apply/Evaluate
1. Describe the various functions performed by entrepreneurs?
2. Explain the role of different agencies in the development of entrepreneur?
3. Discuss the criteria for selecting a particular project?
4. Describe the role of entrepreneur in the development of country?
5. Define business idea. elaborate the problems and opportunities for an entrepreneur.
6. Elaborate the schemes offered by commercial banks for development of entrepreneurship.
7. Explain the significant role played by DIC and SISI for the development of entrepreneurship.
8. Design a short entrepreneurship development programme for farmer.
9. Discuss the role and importance of the following institutions in promoting, training and developing
entrepreneurs in India.
Create
1. All economy is the effect for which entrepreneurship is the cause"- Discuss.
2. Review the entrepreneurial growth by the communities of south India.
3. What are the problems of Women entrepreneurs and discuss the ways to overcome these
barriers?
4. Discuss the importance of small scale industries in India.
5. Critically examine the growth and development of ancillarisation in India.
6. Discuss the various sources and collection of credit information of entrepreneurs.
7. Briefly explain the recommendation and policy implication for survival of SME's.
8. Discuss the role of the Government both at the central and state level in motivating and developing
entrepreneurship in India.
9. Developing countries like India need imitative entrepreneurs rather than innovative
entrepreneurs. Do you agree? Justify your answer with examples.
10. What are the reasons of very few women becoming entrepreneurs in a developing country like
India? Whether Indian women entrepreneurs have now made an impact and shown that they too can
contribute in economic development of the country? Discuss with examples.
11. Discuss the Culture of Entrepreneurship and its role in economic development of a nation. What
factors contribute to nurturing such a culture?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |227

Unit I
Marketing Management
Formulating marketing strategies, the marketing plan, deciding on the marketing mix (cases), interactive
marketing, marketing through social networks, below the line marketing, international marketing - modes of
entry, strategies (cases).
9 Hours
Unit II
Human Resource Management
Human Resource Planning (Cases), Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, HRIS, Factories Act
1948 (an over view)
9 Hours
Unit III
Business Taxation
Direct taxation Income tax, Corporate tax, MAT, Tax holidays, Wealth tax, Professional tax (Cases).
Indirect taxation Excise duty, Customs, Sales and Service tax, VAT, Octroi, GST (Cases)
9 Hours
Unit IV
Government Support
Industrial policy of Central and State Government, National Institute and Agencies, State Level Institutions,
Financial Institutions
9 Hours
Unit V
Business Plan Preparation
Purpose of writing a business plan, Capital outlay, Technical feasibility, Production plan, HR plan, Market
survey and Marketing plan, Financial plan and Viability, Government approvals, SWOT analysis.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
References
1.
Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi: 2005.
2.
Philip Kotler., Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi: 2003.
3.
Aswathappa K, Human Resource and Personnel Management Text and Cases, Tata McGraw
Hill: 2007.
4.
Jain P C., Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, EDII, Oxford University Press, New Delhi: 2002.
5.
Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill: 2006.
Websites
1.
http://niesbud.nic.in/agencies.htm
2.
http://www.planware.org/businessplan.htm
3.
http://www.nenonline.org

MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
11A018 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To enable the students to understand the perspectives of management.
To give an insight about the functions of management like planning, organizing, staffing, leading,
controlling.
To familiarize the students with organizational culture and help them to manage change.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |228

Programme Outcome(s)
(b) An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h) An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Select the best alternative by proper decision making.
2. Influence and moderate the work behavior of different personalities.
3. Solving complex issues by adopting proper conflict management styles.
4. Develop a conducive organizational culture.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/ Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
60
10
100

Test II
10
20
60
10
100

Model
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
60
10
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Define management.
List the functions of managers.
What do you mean by policy?
What is staffing?
State the functions of attitude.
What is group dynamics?
Differentiate strong from weak cultures.
What is the role of change agent?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Describe the evaluation of management.


Explain patterns of management Analysis.
Discuss the planning process.
Explain the process of formulating career strategy of an employee.
Compare and contrast Maslows and Herzbergs motivation theory.
Describe the personality attributes influencing organizational behaviour.
Predict the problems involved in creating and sustaining an organizational culture.
Explain organization development intervention strategies.

Apply / Evaluate
1. If you were the chief executive officer of a large corporation, how would you institutionalize ethics in
the organization?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |229

2. Formal organization is the intentional structure of roles and informal organization is a network of
personal and social relations. Comment.
3. Design a performance appraisal matrix for a production engineer.
4. Many other disciplines have contributed to the discipline of organizational behaviour. Justify.
5. Validate why values are important in understanding behaviour of people.
6. High cohesiveness in a group leads to higher group productivity. Comment.
7. Construct a proforma for studying the satisfaction level of employees as influenced by the culture of the
organization.
8. Illustrate with an example, why change is an ongoing activity in an organization.

Create
1. Develop an advertisement for The Hindu opportunity column inviting application from potential
candidates for the post of Director Information Technology.
2. Your boss has got the impression that satisfied workers are productive workers and has asked you to
study this out. In this regard.
a. Prepare a short report with your recommendations for your boss, based on your study.
Unit I
Introduction of organizational Behavior
Organizations as work settings Purpose, Mission & Strategy, Environments and Stakeholders,
Organizational cultures, Diversity and Multiculturalism. Research foundation of organization behavior
Theory in OB Research design, Data gathering and Analysis, Ethical considerations in research
9 Hours
Unit II
Micro Perspective of Organizational Behavior
The perception process and impression management nature and importance of perception, perceptual
selectivity, perceptual organization, social perception, personality and attitudes meaning of personality,
development of personality and socialization, nature of attitudes-job satisfaction, organizational
commitment, motivation: needs, content and processes.
9 Hours
Unit III
Dynamic of organizational Behavior
Group dynamic and team nature of groups, formal and informal groups - effective communication - group
decision making interactive conflict and negotiation skills: intraindividual conflict, interpersonal conflict,
organizational conflict, cause and effect of occupational stress, power and politics, leadership: classic studies
on leadership, established theories of leadership.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Macro Perspective of Organizational behavior
Historical Background Communication Technology Interpersonal Communication Upward And Down
Ward Communication, Decision Making, Organization Theory And Design Classical And Modern Theory,
Organizational Culture.
9 Hours

Unit V
Management Concepts
Nature and purpose of planning- objectives nature of organizing organizational strucutures. Corporate
models business management games electronic commerce/business, newer concepts business process
reengineering (BPR) enterprise resource planning (ERP) supply chain management (SCM) activity
based management (ABM).
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Textbook

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |230

1.

John W. Newstrom, Organizational behavior; Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

References
1. Richard Pettinger, Mastering Organizational Behavior, Macmillan Publishers Ltd., 2002.
2. Ernest Dale, Management Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill Books, 2004.
3. O.Jeff Harris, Sandraj J.Hartmen, Organization Behavior, Jaico Publishing Home,2006.
4. Pierce, Gardner, Dunham, Management and Organizational Behavior Cengage Publisher,2010.
5. Mullins, Management and Organizational Behavior, Pearson, 2008.
6. www.2dix.com/.../organizational-behavior-and-management-eleventh-pdf.php

11A019 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To understand the Total Quality Management concept and principles and the various tools
available to achieve Total Quality Management.
To understand the application of statistical approach for quality control.
To create an awareness about the ISO and QS certification process and its need for the industries.
Students will be able to apply the quality concepts in product design, manufacturing etc in order to
maximize customer satisfaction.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(h)An ability to work with others and to lead the team.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.

To learn and understand the management philosophies.


To understand the uses of SPC and applying in the shop floor.
To learn the tools available for converting the customers need into usable product.

Assessment Pattern

S. No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(new version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I
20
30
40
10
100

Test II
20
30
40
10
100

Model
Examination
20
30
40
10
100

Semester End
Examination
20
30
40
10
100

Remember

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |231

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.

Define the term total quality management.


Enlist the basic concepts of total quality management.
Write the names of any four gurus of total quality management.
Define the term quality.
How the quality can be quantified?
List the obstacles for TQM implementation.
Mention few benefits of TQM.
Define the term leadership.
List the characteristics of quality leaders.
Mention some concepts of leadership.
Write the functions of quality council.
What is meant by quality policy?
What meaning is conveyed through vision statement?
What is meant by mission statement?
Draw customer satisfaction organization diagram.
Who is a customer?
What is the customer perception to quality?
Name the elements of customer service.
What is the meaning of customer retention?
What is meant by motivation?
What are the concepts used to achieve motivated workforce?
What is meant by empowerment?
Mention few benefits of empowerment.
What is a team?
What are the different types of teams?
Give one example' for cross functional team and natural work team.
List any four characteristics of successful team.
What is meant by gain sharing? " .
What is meant by profit sharing?
State the meaning of performance appraisal.
What is meant by employee involvement?
Write few benefits of employee involvement
What is continuous process Improvement?
State Juran's Trilogy.
List the objectives of performance measures.
Write the meaning of quality cost.
Write the meaning of vital few and useful many with respect to Pareto diagram.
What are the functions of a check sheet?
What is a histogram?
What is the difference between histogram and check sheet?
How the central tendency is calculated?
What is the objective of measuring central tendency?
Write an equation for sample standard deviation.
What is a non conforming unit?
What is meant by nonconformity?
State the meaning of attributes related to quality.
How the subgroup is sized?
What is a scatter diagram?
What is an np chart?
Name the benefits of quality management tools
What is an affinity diagram?
What is a tree diagram?
What is a matrix diagram?
State the benefits of matrix diagram.
What is meant by PDPC?
What is an activity network diagram?
What are the reasons for benchmarking?
Mention few benefits of benchmarking.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |232

59. Mention the pitfalls of benchmarking.


60. Initiated the quality function deployment.
61. What is quality function deployment?
62. List the benefits of QFD.
63. Draw the structure of the house of quality.
64. What is meant by house of quality?
65. List the steps for building house of quality.
66. What are the technical descriptors?
67. What is the need for competitive assessment?
68. How QFD is carried out?
69. What is the value of Cp and Cpk?
70. State the meaning of Total Productive Maintenance.
71. List the goals of TPM.
72. Mention the planned downtimes in an organization.
73. List the unplanned downtimes in an organization.
74. How the down time loss is measured?
75. How the loss of reduced speed is measured?
76. Name the losses due to poor quality as per Taguchi.
77. What is average loss? How it is estimated?
78. Write Taguchi's quadratic loss function.
79. What is meant by FMEA?
80. Enlist the important types of FMEA.
81. What is meant by reliability?
82. How the failure rate is predicted?
83. State the benefits of FMEA.
84. Name the stages of FMEA.
85. How RPN is calculated?
86. How the central tendency is calculated?
87. What is the objective of measuring central tendency?
88. Write an equation for sample standard deviation
89. What is meant by population?
90. What is a sample?
91. What is a control chart?
92. What is the meaning of upper and lower control limits?
93. Mention the control charts used for variables.
94. What is meant by process capability?
95. Define process capability index.
96. What is the significance of Cp and Cpk?
97. What is the difference between mean and median?
98. What is meant by mode?
99. Abbreviate ISO and ASQ.
100. List the benefits of ISO certification.
101. What is ISO 9000 standard and series?
102. Write the applications of ISO/TSI 16949.
103. List out the ISO 9000 requirements.
104. What are the customer related processes in ISO.
105. What are the important steps required to implement a quality management system?
106. List the objectives of internal quality audits.
107. Mention the environmental management systems.
108. What are the requirements of ISO 140001?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

How the suppliers are rated?


How a process flow diagram can be used as a quality improvement tool?
How an interrelationship diagram can be used for the quality improvement?
How the loss of poor quality is measured?
What is the difference between a document and a record?

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |233

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.

Differentiate between the chance causes and assignable causes of variations giving suitable
examples
When a process is in control or stable? What type of variations is present in the process?
Compare X Bar & R charts.
How do recognition and reward affect employee involvement?
When do you use the scatter diagram?
Why poission distribution curve is used for preparing c-chart?
How the service quality affects companys performance?
Why the implementation of TQM is necessary?
How control charts helps in finding poor quality?
Why do we invest more on prevention cost than appraisal cost?
How the dispersion of the data is measured?
Why motivation is necessary?
Why team works?
How the benchmarking is done?
How customer requirements are converted into product specifications?
How environmental management systems are benefit to industries?
What is the difference between histogram and check sheet?
Differentiate defect and defective.
When are c-charts used?
Is customer complaint necessary for an organization? If yes, list the various tools used for
collecting customer complaints.
Differentiate control limit and specification limit
Why np chart is not recommended when the sub group size is variable?
Under what situation, one can use cause and effect diagram.
How should control charts be used by shop-floor personnel?
Differentiate discrete and variable data, with suitable example?
When do you use the affinity diagrams?
Under what situation, one can use matrix diagram?
Differentiate the term failure mode and failure effect
Why aero diagrams are called PERT diagrams?
Differentiate recognition and reward.

Apply
1. Assuming that the life in hours of an electric bulb is a random variable following normal
distribution with a mean of 2000 hrs and standard deviation of 840 hrs. Find the expected number
of bulbs from a random sample of 2000 bulbs having life
i) More than 3000 hrs
ii) Between 2600 and 2800 hrs.
2. Consider a company involved in testing the strengths of components. Currently 50 engineers are
working in the company. Explain briefly the steps that the company should take to implement ISO
9000:2000 based quality system and obtain the certificate from a certifying agency.
3. The inspection results of copper bushes in a machine shop based on samples size 50 are as given
below. Construct a suitable control chart and offer r inference about the process.
Sample no
No of
rejections
Sample no
No of
rejections

10

11

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

10

16

14

4.A machine shop produces steel pins. The width of 100 pins was checked after machining and data
was recorded as follows
9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51 9.50-9.51
Width in
mm

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |234

Frequency

(1) Find the arithmetic mean, standard deviation and variance.


(2) What percentage of the pins manufactured has width of 9.52 to 9.63?
5. A certain product has been statistically controlled al a process average of 36.0 and a S:D. of 1.00.
The product IS presently being sold to two users who have different specification requirements. User
A has established a specification of 38.0 4.0 for the product, and user R has specification of
36.04.0.
(i) Based on the present process set up, what percent of the product produced will not meet the
specifications set up by user A?
(ii) What percent of the product will not match the specifications of user B?
(iii) Assuming that the two users needs are equal, a suggestion is made to shift the process target to
37.0. At this suggested value, what percent of the product will not meet the specifications of user A?
(iv) At the suggested process target, what percent or the product will not meet the specifications of
user B?
(v) Do you think .that this shift to a process target of 37.0 would be desirable? Explain your answer.
6.In the manufacture of connecting rod assemble; the numbers of defectives found in the inspection of
15 samples of 50 Items in each sample are given in the following table
Sample
no:
No of
defectives:

10

11

12

13

14

15

21

12

10

16

15

17

(i) Determine the trial control limits, construct the np chart and state whether the process is in control.
(ii) If any point goes outside the control limits, determine the revised control limits eliminating that
point.
7. (i) An industrial product was subjected to inspection with a batch size of 500 for consecutive
days The number of defective pieces found are 33, 42, 44, 56, 60, 43, 55, 42, 28 and 70. Draw a
p-chart and discuss.
(ii) How is process Decision Program Chart (PDPC) used? Give an example.
8. The mean weight of 500 male students at a certain college is 65.6 kg and tile standard deviation is
10 kg.
Assuming tl1at the weights are normally distributed, find how many students, weigh (i) more than
75.5 kg, and (ii) between 55.5 and 75.5 kg.
9. At a certain examination 10% of the students who appeared for the paper in statistics got less than
30 marks and 97% of the students got less than 62 marks. Assuming tire distribution is normal, find
the mean and tile standard deviation of the distribution.
Create
1. Create an environment using 5S concept for the administrative office to keep things in clean, so
that it improves productivity.
2. Working individually or in a team, list four or more primary customer requirements for one or
more of the following production items or service industries. Also, refine the primary customer
requirements to a second level.

Mountain bike

Automatic Teller Machine

Coffee maker

University academic department


3. Working individually or in a team, list six or more primary technical descriptors for one or more
of the selections used in Exercise 2. Make an attempt to address all the customer requirements
from Exercise 2 and refine the secondary technical descriptors to a second level.
4. Working individually or in a team, forms an L-shaped matrix and completes the relationship
matrix including weights, for one or more of the selections used in Exercises 2 and 3.
5. Working individually or in a team, complete the interrelationship matrix for one or more of the
selections used in Exercise 3.
6. Working individually or in a team, compare two similar products or service industries based on

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |235

the customer assessment of the customer requirements used in Exercise 2. Choose one of the
products to be your organizations product.
Unit I
Introduction
Definition of quality dimensions of quality quality planning quality costs analysis techniques for
quality costs basic concepts of total quality management historical review quality statements
strategic planning, Deming philosophy Juran trilogy Crosby philosophy, PDSA cycle, 5S, Kaizen
obstacles to TQM implementation.
9 Hours
Unit II
TQM Principles
Principles of TQM, leadership concepts role of senior management quality council, customer
satisfaction customer perception of quality, customer complaints, service quality, customer retention,
employee involvement motivation, empowerment, teams, recognition and reward, performance appraisal,
benefits, continuous process improvement supplier partnership partnering, sourcing, supplier selection,
supplier rating, relationship development, performance measures basic concepts, strategy, performance
measure.
9 Hours
Unit III
Statistical Process Control (SPC)
The seven tools of quality Statistical fundamentals Measures of central tendency and dispersion,
Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables X bar and R chart and attributes P, nP,
C, and u charts, Process capability, Concept of six sigma New seven management tools.
9 Hours
Unit IV
TQM Tools
Benchmarking Reasons to benchmark Benchmarking process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD)
House of quality, QFD process, and benefits Taguchi quality loss function Total Productive Maintenance
(TPM) Concept, improvement needs, and FMEA Stages of FMEA.
9 Hours
Unit V
Quality Systems
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems ISO 9000:2000 Quality System Elements,
Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, TS 16949, ISO 14000 Concept,
Requirements and Benefits.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Book
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., Total Quality Management, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003 (Indian reprint
2004).
References
1. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, The Management and Control of Quality, (5th Edition), SouthWestern (Thomson Learning), 2002.
2. Feigenbaum A.V., Total Quality Management, McGraw Hill, 1991.
3. Oakland J.S., Total Quality Management, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford. 1989.
4. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S., Quality Management Concepts and Tasks, New Age
International, 1996.
5. Zeiri, Total Quality Management for Engineers, Wood Head Publishers, 1991.

11A020 CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION


3 0 0 3.0

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |236

Objective(s)

An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering principles to solve


aeronautical engineering problems.To secure skills in using various tools to create, innovate and
implement new ideas to improve the technology in which they work.
To make them skilled in protecting their ideas through various available intellectual property rights.

Programme Outcome(s)
(b)
An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Procedural approach to make and implement creative ideas.


Working as a team to the organisational and new product development.
Applying TRIZ to improve the product and process.
Filing their ideas under intellectual property rights protection.

Assessment Pattern
Blooms Taxonomy
S. No
(new version)
1
Remember
2
Understand
3
Apply/Evaluate
4
Analyze
5
Create
Total

Test I
10
20
50
20
100

Test II
10
20
50
20
100

Model
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Semester End
Examination
10
20
50
20
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

What are all the four inputs to innovation?


Define innovation continuum.
What are all the steps to convert an idea into a concept?
What are all the types of innovation?
What is top down innovation?
What is bottom up innovation?
What are all the stages of system approach to the innovation process?
What is ICI stage?
Define concept.
What are all the characteristics of an innovator?
What are all the expectation of creative people?
What are all the characteristics of a leader to encourage creativity?
What is brainstorming?
Define psychological inertia.
What is TRIZ?
What is input and output of a technique?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |237

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Define contradiction for a technical problem.


What is idealization?
Write any four contradictions of a TRIZ matrix.
What are all Intellectual properties?
What is the life period of a patent?

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

Differentiate invention and innovation.


How important is an idea?
How concept is differentiated from an idea?
How innovations are differentiated?
Why improvement of product platform is necessary?
Why bottom up innovation is challenging than top down?
What are all the considerations for an innovation process?
Why process models are required?
When is the ICI stage ends? and Why?
Why is knockout analysis important?
How do you measure success of an Innovation?
How important is the brainstorming?
What are all the advantages of young people in creative environment?
How to identify a creative innovator?
What do you expect from management as an innovator?
What are all the characteristics you have to prove as a creative leader?
How can team creativity be promoted in a group or an organization?
How important is the criticism in the life of an innovation?
Suggest a few areas in which quality circle can be formed in your environment.
How contradictions are identified?
How each type of contradictions is differentiated?
How to find ideality?
How standard solutions are found out?
Why is IPR protection important?
What are all the steps of filing a patent application?
What is patent infringement?
How copyright is different from other IPRs?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Propose an idea to make an innovation around you.


Identify the type under which your innovation is falling.
How are you going to convert your innovation as a group creativity?
Give your strategic planning to complete ICI stage.
Suggest one topic for conducting brainstorming to improve your innovation.
How are you going to form your team and what are all your expectations to select teammates?
Can you use TRIZ for creating an idea for your innovation? if so write contradictions and given standard
solution in the matrix.
Under which IPR category your innovation is falling?

Create
1. Write a brief report on your innovation.
2. Apply TRIZ for your innovation and propose at least two solutions.
3. Conduct an IPR search and provide a search report.
4. Write a patent document for filing your invention for patenting.

Unit I
Creativity

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |238

Concept and history of creativity, need for creativity, creative environment, stages of creativity process,
creativity and intelligence, creativity in various contexts, economic view of creativity, measuring creativity,
fostering creativity, creative problem solving brain storming and various techniques, lateral thinking.
9 Hours
Unit II
Innovation
Definition, creativity vis--vis innovation, conceptualizing innovation, types of innovation, sources of
innovation, goals of innovation, process of technological innovation, diffusion of innovation, factors
Contributing to successful technological innovation, failure of innovations, innovation management,
Measures of innovation.
9 Hours
Unit III
Project Planning and Evaluation
Definition and purpose of project, collection of ideas, screening ideas, selection criteria for new projects,
development of project plan, project evaluation purpose, kinds of evaluation, stages of evaluation process,
techniques of project evaluation, project analysis, benefits and risks of new projects.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Product Development and Evaluation
Research and new product development process and types of new products, creative design, design of
prototype purpose, process, and types, model preparation, testing and quality evaluation; marketing
research purpose and process, types and methods; introducing new products, cost evaluation.
9 Hours
Unit V
Protection of Innovation
Intellectual property (IP), classes of IP industrial property and copyrights; Intellectual Property Rights
(IPR); Patents, patentability, patent acts, governing laws, history of patent laws and acts, patent
administration; patenting process patent application, patent search, prosecution, publication, examination,
pposition, grant, renewal, patent rights; international code for patents, patents vis--vis economics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

Tom Kelly, The Art of Innovation, Doubleday, Random House Inc. USA, 2001.
Managing Creativity and Innovation (Harvard Business Essentials), Harvard Business School, 2003.

References
1.
2.

Brain Twiss, Managing Technological Innovation, Pitman Publishing Ltd., 1992.


Harry B. Watton, New Product Planning, Prentice Hall Inc., 1992.Paul Birch and Brian Clegg,
Business Creativity A Guide for Managers, Kogan Page, London, 1995.
3. Leigh L. Thompson, Hoon-Seok Choi, Creativity and Innovation in Organizational Teams, Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates, USA, 2006.
4. Paul E. Plsek, Creativity, Innovations and Quality, Irwin Professional, USA, 1997.
5. Alan G. Robinson, Sam Stern, Corporate Creativity: How Innovation and Improvement Actually
Happen, Berrett-Koehler Publishers, USA, 1998.

11A021 CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN AIRCRAFT INDUSTRY

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |239

3003
Objective(s)

To understand the case studies of various causes, characteristics of crisis.

To understand the management techniques already in vogue and apply them to the solutions of
crisis problems.

Program Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of crisis in the aircraft industry and its consequences.
(b) An ability to understand crisis issues and to comprehend the impact of damage to the airline industry.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Management attitudes during crisis and
2. Able to analyze the performance of preventive measures and decision making tools.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply/ Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

10
20
60
10

10
20
60
10

10
20
60
10

10
20
60
10

100

100

100

100

Remember
1. Define the term crisis.
2. What is crisis management?
3. List the basics of crisis management and its stages.
4. List the causes and consequences of crisis in aircraft industry.
5. List the various security threats to civil aviation.
6. What are the aims of crisis management?
7. What are the different stages of crisis?
8. What are the contingency plans used in aircraft industry?

Understand
1. Explain the importance of establishing crisis management team.
2. Explain the psychological decisions of crisis management.
3. Classify the types of communication used in crisis management.
4. What is contingency planning and what are the methods of post crisis analysis.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |240

5. What are the duties of an airport duty manager?


6. Discuss the roles of a crisis manger in an aircraft industry.
7. Discussion about the psychology of crisis management decisions.
8. How a manager does handle emergency response scenarios in an aircraft industry?

Apply / Evaluate
1. What is the role of crisis manager?
2. State the checklist for crisis management.
3. Discuss how does a manager handle the situation at aircraft crash site?

Create
1. Illustrate with an example the measures taken for confrontation of the crisis?
2. Explain briefly about the principles need to be implemented to avoid the crisis in aircraft industry.
3. Discuss various crises related to an aircraft industry apart from aircraft accidents.
UNIT I
Introduction to Crisis Management
Crisis management; Context of the crisis in the aircraft industry; Crisis management basics; Crisis stages;
Establishing a crisis management team; The role of the crisis manager ;
9 Hours
UNIT II
Crisis Management in Action

Putting crisis management into action; Psychology of crisis management decisions; Emergency response
scenarios; Contingency plans; Damage control; A crisis management checklist.
9 Hours
UNIT III
Airline Crisis Management

Context of the crisis - The airline industry; Organizational crisis and communication; Causes, Crisis
typologies; Coomb's typology; Characteristics of the crises; Consequences; Modeling crises; Crisis
communication; Strategic communication.
9 Hours
UNIT IV
Crash Management

Pre-crisis - Existing in pre-crisis phase, preparing for the worst: Contingency planning; Crisis-stage Disaster
strike; Confronting the crisis; Post-crisis The National Transportation Board, Director General of Civil
Aviation.
9 Hours
UNIT V
Case Studies

Northwest airlines flight 255; American airlines flight 191; Delta airlines flight 191; Trans world airlines
flight 800; Pan American World Airways flight 103; US Air flight 427; Value jet flight 592;
9 Hours

Text Books
1.

Sally J. Ray, Strategic communication in crisis management: Lessons from the Airline Industry,
1999.
2. Heppenheimer, T. A. Turbulent Skies: The history of commercial aviation, New York, John &Wiley
Sons, 1995.

Reference Books

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |241

1. Cushing, S. Fatal Words: Communication clashes and aircraft crashes, University of Chicago Press, 1994.
2. Fink S. Crisis Management: Planning for the inevitable, Newyork, 1986.
3. Pauchant, T., & Mitro, I. Transforming the crisis prone organization: Preventing individual,
organizational
and environmental tragedies, San Fransisco: Jossey-Bass.

PHYSICS ELECTIVES
11O0PA NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on nanoscience and technology.
To create an awareness on the nanomaterials.
At the end of the course the students are familiar with nanomaterials and their applications.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the behavior of nanomaterials, quantum phenomena and the limitations of basic
physical laws at the nano scale level.
Explain important mechanisms involved in the of synthesis and functionalization of nano-structured
materials.
Evaluate the promise of a nanotechnology device.
Identify the origin of size effects to control the properties of nanomaterials.
Apply knowledge for modern and future engineering applications of nanomaterials.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
-

25
25
20
30
-

20
25
20
35
-

20
25
20
35
-

100

100

100

100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.

Define nanoscale.
Give the differences between nano and thin materials.
Give the usage of nanomaterials in medical field.
What are the techniques used to find properties of materials?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |242

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.

What are the day-to-day life applications of nanomaterials?


What do you mean by total energy of the system?
What do you mean by top down and bottom up approach?
How physical properties vary while converting the material into nano size?
What is SWCNT and MWCNT?
What are the applications of CNT?
Mention the general characterization techniques of nanomaterials.
How electron microscopy differ from scanning electron microscopy?
Define diffraction.
Write the different diffraction techniques to analyse the properties of nanomaterials.
What is meant by surface analysis of nanomaterials?
What are quantum dots?
Write the importance of self-assembly technique.
What is organic FET?
State the principle of LED.
Why nanomaterials are used as energy storage device?
Write the bio medical applications of nanomaterials.
List the advantages of nanomaterials as compared to bulk materials.
Which is having high efficiency among injection and quantum cascade laser?
Write the uses of FET.
What is nano magnet?
Mention the applications of nanomagnets in industries.
Write the advantages of nano robot in medical field.

Understand
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.

How the nano dimension particle varies with bulk one?


Explain the different classifications of nanostructures.
Elucidate the significance of MWCNT over SWCNT.
Explain structural, electrical, mechanical properties of nanoscale materials.
What are the applications of CNT?
Why the electrical properties are more important as compared to other properties of nanomaterials?
How nanomaterials are produced by machining process?
Give the importance of vapor phase deposition method for the production of nanomaterials.
Explain the sol-gel technique of nanomaterial production.
How the nanomaterials are analyzed in scanning electron microscopic technique?
Elucidate how nanomaterials are produced by template method?
List the general classifications of characterization methods of nanomaterials.
Explain how FTIR is used to analyze the bonding in nanomaterials?
Why the TEM is widely used than SEM? Explain.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of TEM?
Explain the quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures.
Explain the different fabrication techniques of nanoscale materials.
Explicate in which way thermally annealed quantum well technique is better than epitaxial growth
technique?
Explain the electro statically induced quantum dots and quantum wire technique.
Why semi conducting nano material is more important than other nanomaterials?
What are the advantages of nanomagnetic materials?
How nanomaterials are used in organic FET?
Why the organic LEDs are manufactured from nanomaterials?
How nanomaterials are used in quantum cascade laser?
Why nano photo voltaic fuel cells are used?
Explain the bio medical applications of nanodevices.

Apply
1.
2.

Clarify the effects of nanometer length scale of particles.


Give the reason for the effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |243

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Explain how the size of the particle will effect on their mechanical and structural properties of the
material?
Why sol gel method is used widely to synthesis nanomaterials?
Templating method is better than physical vapor deposition method to synthesis nanomaterials.
Why?
Why ordering of the nano system is more important? Give reason.
Explain how nanomaterials are characterized by imaging techniques?
Why diffraction techniques are used to characterize the nanomaterials?
Explain how nanomaterials are analyzed by transmission electron microscope?
Clarify the differences between self-assembly and self-organization.
Explain how organic light emitting diode overcomes the drawback of LCD?
How we can use CNT as a storage device in battery?
Why nanomaterials are used in optical memory devices?
How we can store nano particles?

Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Distinguish between SWCNT and MWCNT.
2. Compare organic FET and organic LED.
3. Why nano structured particles are found in potential applications?
4. Give the relation between properties and applications of nano particles.
5. Explain with relevant example about the synthesize of nano structured materials employing selfassembly and template based methods.
6. Analyze the relation between magnetic and nanomaterials.

Unit I
Nano Scale Materials
Introduction-classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture effects of the nanometer length scale
changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures effect of nanoscale dimensions on
various properties structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties.
Differences between bulk and nanomaterials and their physical properties.
9 Hours
Unit II
Nanomaterials Synthesis Methods
Fabrication methods top down processes milling, litho graphics, machining process bottom-up process
vapor phase deposition methods, plasma-assisted deposition process, colloidal and solgel methods
methods for templating the growth of nanomaterials ordering of nanosystems, self-assembly and selforganization.
Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit III
Nano Characterization Techniques
General classification of characterization methods analytical and imaging techniques microscopy
techniques - electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic
force microscopy diffraction techniques spectroscopy techniques-X-ray spectroscopy.
Electrical properties of nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Inorganic Semiconductor Nanostructures
Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots,
super lattices fabrication techniques requirements, epitaxial growth, lithography and etching,
electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells
and self-assembly techniques .
Quantum efficiency of semiconductor nanomaterials.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |244

9 Hours
Unit V
Nanodevices And Applications
Organic FET- principle, description, requirements, integrated circuits- organic LEDs basic processes,
carrier injection, excitons, optimization - organic photovoltaic cells- carbon nano tubes- structure, synthesis
and electronic properties -applications- fuel cells- nano motors -bio nano particles-nano objects.
Applications of nano materials in biological field.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Text Books
1. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John
Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005.
2. T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Ltd, 2007.
3. Handbook of Nanoscience, Engineering and Technology, Kluwer publishers, 2002.
4. B. Wang, Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications,Wiley Interscience 2005.
References
1.

Michael Kohler, Wolfgang Fritzsche, Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring


Techniques, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.2004.
2. William Goddard, Donald .W.Brenner, Handbook of Nano Science Engineering and Technology,
CRC Press, 2004.
3. Bharat Bhushan, Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology, 2004.
4. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
5. Mark Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Prentice
Hall, 2003.

11O0PB LASER TECHNOLOGY


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on laser principles.
To create expertise on the applications of laser in various engineering fields.
At the end of the course the students are familiar with generation and applications of laser in
various engineering fields.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand the principle, theory, operations and types of laser.


Discuss the fundamental terms such as absorption, spontaneous and stimulated emission.
Explore the various techniques involved in the laser materials and the performance of laser.
Apply different types of lasers for day to day applications.
Tune the applications of lasers towards industrial and medical fields.

Assessment Pattern

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |245

S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
20
10
-

25
25
20
20
10
-

20
25
20
20
15
-

20
25
20
20
15
-

100

100

100

100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

What is a laser? How the basic laser action is achieved?


Distinguish between spontaneous emission and stimulated emission.
What is population inversion?
Mention the important characteristics of laser.
How four level laser is more efficient than the three level laser?
What is a resonant cavity?
What role does an optical resonant cavity play in a laser?
What are the host materials for solid lasers?
Mention the different techniques involved in lasers.
Define atmospheric effect.
How will you measure the distance using laser?
What is the basic principle behind the holography?
Mention the medical applications of lasers.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Write the conditions needed for laser action.


What is meant by pumping of atoms?
How optical excitation occurs in three level lasers?
What is the principle of laser action?
Compare the activator and host materials for solid lasers.
Distinguish between Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques.
How will you determine the velocity of laser source?
List the applications of laser in welding and cutting.
Why laser is called as non-material knife?

Apply
1.
2.
3.

The first line of the principal series of sodium is the D line at 580 nm. This corresponds to a
transition from the first excited state (3p) to the ground state (3s). What is the energy in electron
volts of the first excited state?
What is the ratio of the stimulated emission and spontaneous emission at a temperature of 250oC for
the sodium D line?
Calculate the threshold condition for the ruby laser in which the appropriate parameters are as
follows: o =4.3x 1014 Hz; o=1.5x1011 Hz; no= 1.76; sp= 4.3x10-3 s; photon=6x10-9s.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |246

4.

A He-Ne laser emits light at a wavelength of 632.8 nm and has an output power of 2.3mW. How
many photons are emitted in each minute by this laser when operating?
5. Calculate the wavelength of emission from a GaAs semiconductor laser whose band gap energy is
1.44 eV.

Analyze
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Why laser beam should be monochromatic?


How the population inversion happening in lasers?
Write the reaction for excimer laser action.
Which method is used to achieve population inversion in a dye laser?
Why we cannot use ordinary light source for LIDAR?
How the optical disk data storage plays a vital role in computer memory storages?

Evaluate
1.
2.
3.

The life time of the excited state (2p) for spontaneous emission is 1.6x 10-9s. The energy difference
between the excited state (2p) and the ground state (2s) is 10.2eV. Find the value of stimulated
emission coefficient during a transition from an excited state (2p) to the ground state.
A laser beam can be focused on an area equal to the square of its wavelength (2). For a He-Ne
laser, = 6328. If the laser radiates energy at the rate of 1mW, find the intensity of the focused
beam.
Transition occurs between a metastable state E3 and an energy state E2 just above the ground state.
If emission is at 1.1m and E2= 0.4x10-19J, find the energy of the E3 state.

Unit I
Laser Fundamentals
Introduction - principle - spontaneous emission - stimulated emission - population inversion-Pumping
mechanisms - characteristics. Types of lasers principle, construction, working, energy level diagram and
applications of dye laser chemical laser excimer laser.
Laser action.
9 Hours
Unit II
Threshold Condition
Einstein coefficients A and B spontaneous life time light amplification principle of laser action laser
oscillations resonant cavity modes of a laser.
Conditions involved in laser production.
9 Hours
Unit III
Laser Materials
Activator and host materials for solid lasers - growth techniques for solid laser materials - Bridgman and
Stock-Berger technique advantages and disadvantages - Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques merits
and demerits.
Techniques of producing laser.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Laser in Science
Introduction harmonic generation stimulated raman emission self focusing laser and ether drift
rotation of the earth photon statistics.
Applications of Laser in ranging.
9 Hours

Unit V
Laser in Industry

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |247

Introduction Applications in material processing: laser welding hole drilling laser cutting laser
tracking Lidar laser in medicine.
Applications of Laser in sensors.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. K.Thiyagarajan and A.K.Ghatak, LASER:Theory and applications. Macmillan India Limited, 2000.
2. M. N. Avadhanulu, An Introduction To Lasers Theory And Applications, S. Chand Publisher, 2001.
References
1. K.P.R.Nair, Atoms, Molecules and Lasers, Narosa Publishing House, 2009.
2. K. R. Nambiar ,Lasers: Principles Types And Applications , New Age International Publications,
2006.
3. Alphan Sennaroglu, Solid-State Lasers and Applications, CRC Press, 2006
4. Bela A Lengyel, Introduction to Laser Physics, John Wiley and Sons, 1966.

11O0PC ELECTRO OPTIC MATERIALS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on electro-optic materials.
To develop fundamental understanding of various electro-optic materials in communication.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Understand the mechanism involved in the laser action.


Know the birefringence and optical property of the materials.
Choose suitable optical materials for modulators.
Realize the special optical properties of the opto electronic systems.
Design electro optic modulators for day to day applications.

Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
-

25
25
20
30
-

20
25
20
35
-

20
25
20
35
-

100

100

100

100

Remember

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |248

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Define laser action.


Give the properties of LASER.
Differentiate between stimulated and spontaneous emissions.
Define continuous and discrete time signals.
Define anisotropic media.
What is an acoustic optic effect?
Define a liquid crystal.
Mention the different types of polarizing devices.
Give examples for direct and indirect band gap materials.
Highlight the usage of a NLO material.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

How the population inversion state in laser is achieved?


Give examples for continuous and discrete time signals.
Elucidate the importance of coherence in laser action.
Why birefringence property in an optical material is formed?
In which effect KDP crystal is working?
How the codirectional coupling occurs?
List out the conditions in which the NLO property of a material emerges.
What is the purpose of switching to quantum mechanics from classical mechanics?
Why we prefer LCD displays rather than CRT displays?
What are the advantages of injection laser diode?

Apply
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Find the intensity of a laser beam of 10mW power and having a diameter of 1.3 mm. Assume the
intensity to be uniform across the beam. Given: P=10mW, d= 1.3 mm.
Discuss the three level pumping scheme for laser action.
Why is the optical resonator required in lasers?
Where can we find the practical applications of wave plates?
How to elevate the contrast ratio in display devices which uses in the nematic structures?
Non linearity in glasses occurs. Justify the argument.

Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.

Compare ordinary and laser light properties.


Differentiate wave refractive index and ray refractive index.
Differentiate longitudinal and transverse electro optic effects.
Bring out the importance of electro optic devices.

Unit I
Basics of Lasers
Introduction Einstein coefficients laser beam characteristics spontaneous and stimulated emission
population inversion - light amplification threshold condition laser rate equations two level laser
three level laser mode selection transverse mode longitudinal mode.
Spatial and temporal coherence.
9 Hours
Unit II
Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media
Introduction double refraction polarization devices - Nicol prism Glan-Thomson prism retardation
plates Soleil Babinet compensator Plane waves in anisotropic media wave refractive index - ray
refractive index - ray velocity surface index ellipsoid.
Optical activity.
9 Hours
Unit III

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |249

Electro Optic Effect


Introduction KDP crystals longitudinal mode phase modulation amplitude modulation transverse
mode. Acousto-optic effect small Bragg angle diffraction large Bragg angle diffraction codirectional
coupling contradirectional coupling - applications.
Modulators.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Non Linear Optics
Introduction self focusing phenomenon second harmonic generation phase matching birefringent
phase matching quasi phase matching frequency mixing. Semiconductors measurement of third order
optical non-linearities in semiconductors.
Frequency doubling nature of materials.
9 Hours
Unit V
Electro Optic Devices
Introduction light emitting diode direct and indirect band gap materials homo junction hetero
junction advantages disadvantages applications. Injection laser diode characteristics advantages
disadvantages. Liquid crystal displays dynamic scattering field effect advantages disadvantages.
Optoelectronic devices.
9 Hours
Total 45
Hours
Text Books
1. Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Optical electronics, Cambridge University Press, 7th reprint 2006.
2. B. Somanathan Nair, Electronic devices and applications, Prentice - Hall of India private limited, 2010.
3. Frank L. Pedrotti, S. J. Leno S. Pedrotti and Leno M. Pedrotti, Introduction to optics, Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2008.
References
1. Ji - ping Huang and K.M.Yu, New Non Linear Optical Materials, Nova, Science Publishers, 2007.
2. J .D. Wright, Molecular crystals, Cambridge university press, 2nd edition, 1995.
3. R .W. Munn (Ed) and C. N. Ironsid, Molecular crystals, Blackie Academic & Professional, Glassgow,
1993.
11O0PD VACUUM SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To impart a sound knowledge on the vacuum science.

To develop the necessary background to perform projects involving vacuum and deposition
techniques.

At the end of the course the students are familiar with the various vacuum deposition
technologies employed in the various engineering fields.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering.


Understand the fundamentals of vacuum technology.
Analyze the various measuring instruments in order to measure vacuum.
Study the various components to generate low and ultra high vacuum.
Consolidate the various components to generate vacuum for various applications.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |250

Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
-

25
25
20
30
-

20
25
20
35
-

20
25
20
35
-

100

100

100

100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

Define the term mean free path.


Give the pressure ranges of low and medium vacuum.
State Avogadros law.
List out the assumptions of kinetic theory.
What are the types of pump used to create vacuum?
What are the gauges that are used to measure the vacuum?
Name the direct reading gauges and indirect reading gauges.
Name the operation limits of penning gauge.
Name the ultra high vacuum gauges.
List out the methods of leak detection.
Give the importance of baffles and traps.
Mention the gauges that can measure ultra high vacuum.
Define throughput.
Give the Ohms law of vacuum technology.
Name the sorbent materials that have widespread use in vacuum production.

Understand
1. How will you measure the pumping speed in a vacuum unit?
2. How will you seal the substance outside to maintain high vacuum?
3. Why does constant volume method have the disadvantage in measuring the pumping speed?
4. Differentiate between the pirani gauge and penning gauge.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |251

5. Differentiate the primary gauges from secondary gauges.


6. How is the pumping speed measured?
7. How does a rotary pump produce a low pressure?
8. Derive the relation between the effective pumping speed and conductance of the evacuation pipe.
9. Explain the designing of UHV evacuation systems.
10. How are the vacuum surfaces cleaned?
Apply
1.
How will you deposit the material from the plasma etching method?
2. Why is cold cathode ionization gauges preferred to hot cathode gauges?
3. Explain the applications of turbomolecular pump.
4. A vacuum chamber has a volume of 100 litres and an operating gas load of 7.5 x 10-5 torr-lites/sec.
The desired operating pressure is 7.5 x 10-8 Torr. Connections between the chamber and diffusion
pump and the diffusion pump and rotary pump are to meet good design practice (assume SE/SD=1/5).
Calculate the pumping speed at the chamber, the minimum connecting pipe conductance and the
minimum speed required for the backing pump together with the minimum diffusion pump speed
required to meet these requirements.
5. Surface to volume ratio plays a major role in pumping systems. Why?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.

Why is the diffusion pump widely used in scientific instruments?


Oil diffusion pump system can be used as a high vacuum pumping system. Why?
Compare real and virtual leaks.

Unit I
Vacuum Systems
Introduction units of vacuum kinetic aspects of gases in a vacuum chamber physical parameters at
low pressures classification of vacuum ranges gas flow at low pressures throughput and pumping
speed flow rate and conductance.
Evacuation rate out gassing gas flow turbulent flow.
9 Hours
Unit II
Production of Vacuum
Classification of vacuum pumps rotary vane pumps roots blowers diffusion pumps molecular drag
and turbo-molecular pumps sorption pumps gettering and ion pumping cryopumping measurement of
pumping speed.
Noble pumps for inert gases.
9 Hours

Unit III
Pressure Measurement
Classification of gauges mechanical gauges McLeod gauge thermal conductivity gauges Hot cathode
ionization gauges Bayard - Alpert gauge cold cathode ionization gauges Penning gauge magnetron
gauge.
Measurement problems in partial pressure analysis.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Vacuum Materials and Leak Detection
Sources of gases and vapours materials for vacuum system vacuum seals vacuum valves traps and
baffles leak detection pressure test spark-coil test leak testing using vacuum gauges halogen leak
detector mass-spectrometric leak detector.
Special design considerations glass to metal seals high voltage metal feedthrough.
9 Hours
Unit V
Applications of Vacuum Systems

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |252

Design considerations vacuum system for surface analysis space simulators vacuum based coating
units for thin film deposition thermal evaporation sputtering process chemical vapor deposition metallurgical applications.
Plasma etching pulsed vapour deposition PE chemical vapour deposition.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1. Rao V.V, Ghosh T.B, Chopra K.L, Vacuum science and technology, Allied Publishers Limited, 2005.
2. Dorothy M. Hoffman, John H. Thomas, Bawa Singh, Handbook of Vacuum science and technology,
Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 1997.
References
1. David M. Hata, Introduction to vacuum technology, Pearson Printice Hall, 2007.
2. John F. O'Hanlon, A users guide to vacuum technology, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
3. Chambers.A, Modern vacuum physics, Chapman & Hall, CRC Press, 2005.

11O0PE SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS AND DEVICES


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To improve knowledge on semiconducting materials.
To develop the necessary understanding of semiconducting materials and their applications.
At the end of the course the students are familiar with various semiconducting materials and their
applications
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.

Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the mechanism involved in semiconductors.
Know the efficiencies of the existing semiconducting materials.
Implement the features of transistors for day to day applications.
Design semiconducting devices for industrial applications.
Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
-

25
25
20
30
-

20
25
20
35
-

20
25
20
35
-

100

100

100

100

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |253

Remember
1. What properties are desirable in semiconductors?
2. Explain the Kronig-Penny model.
3. Define drift current density.
4. What is meant by breakdown?
5. Explain the minority carrier distribution in p-n junction diode.
6. Define temperature effect.
7. What is the basic principle of bipolar junction transistor?
8. Define current crowding.
9. What are optoelectronic devices?
10. Describe the operation of a laser diode.

Understand
1. How does conductivity of a semiconductor change with rise in its temperature?
2. How does the thickness of the depletion layer in a p-n junction vary with increase in reverse bias?
3. How does the energy gap in an intrinsic semiconductor vary, when doped with a pentavalent
impurity?
4. Explain the mobility effects on carrier density.
5. What do you understand by the term holes in a semiconductor? Explain how they move under the
influence of electric field.
6. What is the a.c response of the p-n diode?
7. How is the solar cell functioning?
Apply
1. In general what is the relation between density of states and energy?
2. What is meant by the term, doping of an intrinsic semiconductor?
3. Give the ratio of the number of holes and the number of conduction electrons in an intrinsic
semiconductor.
4. Write the function of base region of a bipolar junction transistor.
5. Sketch the energy bands of a forward-biased degenerately doped pn junction and indicate how
population inversion occurs.
Analyze/ Evaluate
1.
2.
3.
4.

What types of charge-carriers are there in a n-type semiconductor?


What are the disadvantages of using laser diode?
What are the defect levels in semiconductors?
Consider an optical cavity. If N>>1, show that the wavelength separation between two adjacent
resonant modes is =2/2L.

Unit I
Properties of Semiconductor
Energy bands allowed and forbidden energy bands Kronig Penny model electrical conductivity in
solids based on energy bands - band model electron effective mass concept of holes in semiconductor
density of states extension to semiconductors.
k-space diagram.
9 Hours
Unit II
Carrier Transport Properties
Carrier drift drift current density mobility effects on carrier density conductivity in semiconductor
carrier transport by diffusion diffusion current density total current density breakdown phenomena
avalanche breakdown.
Graded Impurity Distribution.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |254

9 Hours
Unit III
P-N Junction Diode
Qualitative description of charge flow in p-n junction boundary condition minority carrier distribution
ideal p-n junction current temperature effects applications the turn on transient and turn off transient.
Charge storage and diode Transients.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Bipolar Junction Transistor
Introduction to basic principle of operation the modes of operation amplification minority carrier
distribution in forward active mode non-ideal effects base with modulation high injection emitter band
gap narrowing current clouding breakdown voltage voltage in open emitter configuration and open
base configuration
Frequency Limitations.
9 Hours
Unit V
Opto Electronic Devices
Optical absorption in a semiconductor, photon absorption coefficient electron hole pair generation - solar
cell homo junction and hetero junction - Photo transistor laser diode, the optical cavity, optical
absorption, loss and gain - threshold current.
Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence.
9 Hours
Total 45 Hours
Text books
1. Donald A Neamen, Semiconductor physics and devices, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
2. Albert Malvino,David J Bafes, Electronic Principles, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
References
1. Kevin F Brennan, The Physics of Semiconductors, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
2. Micheal Shur, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
3. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics Physics and Technology, McGraw Hill Co., 1998.
CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES
11O0YA

POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND PROCESSING

3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of polymer science, chemistry of
polymers and its processing.
To make understand the principles and applications of advanced polymer materials.
Knowledge and application of different polymers and its processing.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Understand the knowledge of principles of polymer chemistry and mechanism of polymerization
reactions.
Acquire knowledge of polymerization techniques.
Apply the contextual knowledge of polymer additives and polymer processing in industrial
application.
Assessment Pattern

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |255

S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

20
20
30
30
100

20
20
30
30
100

10
20
30
40
100

10
20
30
40
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Define polymer and degree of polymerization.


What is functionality of a polymer? Give example.
What is the nomenclature of a polymer?
Discuss the addition and chain growth polymerization with example.
What is copolymerization? What are the different types of copolymers?
Write the mechanism of addition polymerization.
Explain briefly the various constituents of a plastic, with example.
Distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics.
List the various additives in processing of plastics. What are their functions?
Explain homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization.
Write the differences between melt and interfacial polycondensation.
Briefly explain about emulsion polymerization.
Explain compression and extrusion moulding of plastics with diagram.
What is extrusion and injection moulding? Discuss with diagram.
Name any four compounding ingredients of plastics. Write their functions with example.
What is calendaring?
Write short account on reinforced plastics.
Outline the method of lubrication of plastic material.
Explain about crosslinking and blowing agents with examples.
Write an account of flame retardant polymers.
Write short notes on melt, dry and wet spinning process.
Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.
Explain with examples the relationship between structure and properties of polymers.
Describe about coordination and ring opening polymerization.

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Write the important of plasticizers and UV stabilizers?


Compare addition and condensation polymerization reaction with example for each type .
Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples.
Suggest different types of additives for preparing reinforced polymers?
What are the different types of polymeric resins?
Give the significances of antioxidants and antiozonants additives.
What are the functions of ingredients of polymers?
List the importance of cross- linkers.

Apply
1.

How polymers are classified based on source and application?

The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted
to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment
will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |256

2.
3.
4.
5.

What are the polymers that can be calendared into sheets?


Give examples for thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers.
What are the polymers suited for compression and injection moulding?
What are the articles produced by blow moulding?

Analyze / Evaluate
1. What are the polymers suitable for insulations?
2. Write the special properties of teflon?
3. How the vinyl chloride is converted into polymer?
4. How nylon 6 6 is prepared?
5. What is the process involved in manufacturing cellophane sheets?
6. What are the different zones involved in simple extrusion polymer process?
7. Bring out the differences between thermoforming and vacuum-forming process?

Unit I
Principles of Polymer Science
Polymerization reactions - types examples - degree of polymerization and average molecular weights.
Thermoplastics and thermosetting resins - examples. Electrical - mechanical - thermal properties related to
chemical structure. Insulating materials - polymer alloys - composites.
Importance of glass transition temperature.
9 Hours
Unit II
Polymerization Mechanism
Addition polymerization - free radical mechanism - cationic and anionic polymerization - copolymerization condensation polymerization nylon 6,6, ring opening polymerization nylon 6, coordination polymerization
-. Preparation, properties and industrial applications of polystyrene and bakelite.
Application of industrial polymers.
9 Hours
Unit III
Polymerization Techniques
Homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization bulk polymerization- PMMA,PVC, solution
polymerization - polyacrylic acid, suspension polymerization-preparation of ion exchange resins, emulsion
polymerization-synthetic rubber. Melt solution and interfacial polycondensation. Salient features, advantages
and disadvantages of bulk and emulsion polymerization.
Preparation of biodegradable polymers
9 Hours
Unit IV
Additives for Polymers
Moulding constituents-fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, anti-aging additives, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV
stabilizers, flame retardants, colorants, blow agents, crosslinking agents -functions-significance with suitable
examples and applications in industrial processing.
Ecofriendly sustainable additives.
9 Hours
Unit V
Polymer Processing
Compression injection - extrusion and blow mouldings. Film casting - calendering. Thermoforming and
vacuum formed polystyrene, foamed polyurethanes. Fibre spinning - melt, dry and wet spinning.
Composite fabrication - hand-layup - filament winding and pultrusion.
Application of fibre reinforced plastics.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |257

Text Books
1.
2.

V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan and Jayadev Sreedhar, Polymer Science, New Age


International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall of India (P). Ltd., 2005.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.

F. W. Billmeyer, Text Book of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007.
Barbara H. Stuart, Polymer Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002.
George Odian , Principles of Polymerization, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Nelson Thornes Ltd., 2002.

11O0YB ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS


3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)
To make students understand the concept and working of different types of batteries and to analyze
batteries used in electric vehicles.
To make students learn about the concept of fuel cells, its types and to relate the factors of energy
and environment.
Students develop the skill of analyzing various energy storing devices and fuel cells at the end of
the semester.
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to

understand the knowledge of various energy storing devices.


acquire the knowledge to analyze the working of different types of primary and secondary batteries.

apply the knowledge for development of eco friendly energy sources.

Assessment Pattern

S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

20
20
30
30
100

20
20
30
30
100

10
20
30
40
100

10
20
30
40
100

The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to
20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will
be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |258

Remember
1. What are dry cells?
2. What are alkaline batteries?
3. State Ohms law.
4. Write the functions of ultra-capacitor.
5. Is lead acid battery thermodynamically reversible cell?
6. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.
7. Name the electrolyte present in the Li battery.
8. Mention the role of heart pacemaker in cardiology.
9. Classify the types of fuel cell.
10. Differentiate between diode and electrode.
11. What is meant by redox reaction?
12. What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell?
13. Name the factors which are affecting the efficiency of fuel cell.
14. What are eco-friendly cell?
Understand
1.How do you assess the life cycle of fuel cells?
2.What is the role of impurities in photovoltaic cells?
3.How do you convert the chemical energy into electrical energy?
4.Suggest any two secondary storage devices for automobiles.
5.What types of cells are used in space applications?
6.Construct the alkaline fuel cell.
7.How do you harvest the energy from tides?
8.What are natural geysers?
9.Differentiate between photo electrochemical and photovoltaic cells.
Apply
1. What are passive solar heat collectors?
2. What are active solar heat collectors?
3. Lithium battery is the cell of future - Justify.
4. Write the anodic reaction and cathodic reactions of NICAD battery.
5. Is the dry cell follows thermodynamic reversibility rule?
6. What types of vehicles typically use methanol?
7. What are the economic impacts of using hybrid electric vehicles?
Analyze / Evaluate
1. How does a fuel cell differ from traditional methods of energy generation (like batteries)?
2. What are the feedstocks can be used to make biodiesel?
3. What is DuPonts experience in fuel cells?
4. How the biomass is converted into biofuel?
5. What are the effects of gasoline and ethanol emissions on the environment?
6. What are the effects of diesel and biodiesel emissions on the environment?
7. How do you obtain ethanol from lignocellulosic biomass?
8. What is meant by green technology?
Unit I
Batteries
Characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life,
energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary batteries- zinc-carbon, magnesium, alkaline, manganous dioxide,
mercuric oxide, silver oxide batteries-Recycling/Safe disposal of used cells.
Document the various batteries and its characteristics used in mobile phones and lap tops.
9 Hours
Unit II
Batteries for Electric Vehicles

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |259

Secondary batteries- Introduction, cell reactions, cell representations and applications- lead acid, nickelcadmium and lithium ion batteries - rechargeable zinc alkaline battery. Reserve batteries: Zinc-silver oxide,
lithium anode cell, photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars and automobiles.
Development of batteries for satellites.
9 Hours
Unit III
Types of Fuel Cells
Importance and classification of fuel cells - description, working principle, components, applications and
environmental aspects of the following types of fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, solid oxide,
molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells.
Fuel cells for space applications.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Hydrogen as a Fuel
Sources of hydrogen production of hydrogen- electrolysis- photocatalytic water splitting biomass
pyrolysis -gas clean up methods of hydrogen storage- high pressurized gas -liquid hydrogen type -metal
hydride hydrogen as engine fuel features, application of hydrogen technologies in the future- limitations.
Cryogenic fuels.
9 Hours
Unit V
Energy and Environment
Future prospects-renewable energy and efficiency of renewable fuels economy of hydrogen energy life
cycle assessment of fuel cell systems. Solar Cells: Energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and
photoelectrochemical cells photobiochemical conversion cell.
Bio-fuels from natural resources.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
3.

M. Aulice Scibioh and B. Viswanathan, Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, University Press,
India, 2006.
F. Barbir, PEM fuel cells: Theory and practice,Elsevier, Burlington, MA, 2005.
M. R. Dell Ronald and A. J. David, Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

M. A. Christopher Brett, Electrochemistry: Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford University,


2004.
J. S. Newman and K. E. Thomas-Alyea, Electrochemical Systems, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ, 2004.
G. Hoogers, Fuel Cell Handbook, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003.
Lindon David, Handbook of Batteries, McGraw Hill, 2002.
H. A. Kiehne , Battery Technology Hand Book,. Expert Verlag , Renningen Malsheim, 2003.
11O0YC CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS
3 0 0 3.0
Objective(s)

To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of nanochemistry including synthesis.
To make students understand the principles and applications of nanomaterials.
Knowledge about the characterization and applications of nanomaterials.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |260

At the end of the course, the student will be able to

Familiar with fundamentals of nanoscience and technology and acquire the capability of applying
them.
Acquire comprehensive knowledge in the synthetic methods for the nanoparticles preparation.
Get strong foundation in the properties of nanoparticles which give contextual knowledge for their
higher research programmes.
get vital understanding in the characterization of nanoparticles
Furnish the knowledge and skills for entry level placement in core industry as well as scientific
software concerns.

Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
100

25
25
20
30
100

15
25
20
40
100

15
25
20
40
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

What do you mean by nano?


Define nanotechnology.
Define nanoscience.
Define top down and bottom up approach.
Define nanostructured material. Classify nanomaterials and give examples for them.
List any four day to day commercial applications of nanotechnology.
Write down any four challenges that are faced by researchers in nanotechnology.
Define carbon nanotube.
Define bucky ball.
Define nanocomposite. What are the types of nanocomposites?
List any four material characterization techniques.
List any four bottom up approaches for the synthesis of nanopowders.
What is biomimetic approach?
Explain Feynmans statement.
What is the dimension of quantum dot?
Explain the principle behind lithography.
Mention the different types of lithography.
What is meant by photolithography?
Explain the principle behind vapour phase deposition.
What is meant by chemical vapour deposition?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |261

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

Explain sputtering.
What is meant by plasma enhanced CVD?
What is meant by bubblers?
Explain the principle behind MOVPE.
What are colloids?
What is nanosafety?
What is meant by surface induced effect?
How are nanomaterials defined?
What are the uses of nanoparticles in consumer products?

Understand
1. What is the difference between nanoscience and nanotechnology?
2. When and where Feynman delivered his lecture on nanotechnology and what is the name of his
classical lecture?
3. What are the induced effects due to increase in surface area of nanoparticles?
4. What are the advantages and disadvantages in mechanical synthesis of nanopowders?
5. What are the characteristics of nanoparticles that should be possesed by any fabrication technique?
6. On what principle mechanical milling is based on?
7. How is LPE used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
8. How is the template used to obtain nanowire or nanorods?
9. What is the role of nanotechnology in water purification?
10. Differentiate self-assembly from self-organisation.
11. How nanoparticles are stored?
12. List the important physical and chemical properties of nanomaterials?
13. How are nanomaterials detected and analysed?
14. How are nanomaterials prepared for biological testing?
15. What are the physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles?
16. How are nanoparticles formed?
17. Discuss the health effects of nanoparticles?

Apply
1. Why do we want nanotechnology in our life?
2. What is the role of nanotechnology in medicinal field?
3. Expand AFM.
4. What is the grain size range of nanostructure materials?
5. Differentiate top-down from bottom-up approach needed for nanosynthesis.
6. Why do nanostructured particles find potential applications?
7. How nanostructured particles are used in health applications?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. Compare the relative merits of chemical, physical, biological and hybrid methods for the
preparation of nanomaterials.
2. Compare the relative merits of the usage of photons and particles in lithography.
3. Differentiate glow discharge from RF sputtering.
4. How can we reduce/save our energy resources by using nanotechnology?
5. What is the relation between properties and applications of nanoparticles?
6. What is the current status of nanoscience and nanotechnology?
7. What are the potential harmful effects of nanoparticles?
Unit I
Nanoworld
Introduction History of nanomaterials concepts of nanomaterials size and confinement effects
nanoscience nanotechnology Moors law. Properties electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical
and electrochemical properties. Nanobiotechnology molecular motors optical tweezers.
First industrial revolution to the nano revolution.
9 Hours

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |262

Unit II
Synthesis of Nanoparticles
Introduction hydrolysis-oxidation - thermolysis metathesis - solvothermal methods. Sonochemistry:
nanometals - powders of metallic nanoparticles - metallic colloids and alloys - polymer metal composites metallic oxides - rare earth oxides - mesoporous materials - mixed oxides. Sono electrochemistry nanocrystalline materials. Microwave heating - microwave synthesis of nanometallic particles.
Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials.
9 Hours
Unit III
Types and Functionalization of Nanomaterials
Polymer nanoparticles, micro, meso and nanoporous materials. Organic inorganic hybrids, zeolites,
nanocomposites, self-assembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots, nanofibres, supramolecular
nanostructures. functionalization of nanomaterials stabilization methods. Reactivity of -functional groups
on ligand shells.
Implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology on society.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Physical and Chemical Characterization
Electron microscopes: scanning electron microscope (SEM) transmission electron microscope (TEM)
atomic force microscope (AFM): working principle instrumentation applications. UV-visible
spectroscopy: principle instrumentation (block diagram only) applications. FT-IR spectroscopy:
introduction instrumentation (block diagram only) applications merits and demerits.
Nanoscience and technology research institution.
9 Hours
Unit V
Applications of Nanomaterials
Nanocatalysis, colorants and pigments, self-cleaning lotus effect, anti-reflective coatings, antibacterial
coatings, photocatalysis, nanofilters for air and water purifiers. Thermal insulation aerogels, smart
sunglasses and transparent conducting oxides molecular sieves nanosponges.
Harnessing nanotechnology for economic and social development.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
3.

C N R Rao, Nanoworld An Introduction to Nanoscience and Technology, Jawaharlal Nehru


centre for advanced scientific research, Bangalore, India, 2010.
C N R Rao, A Muller and A K Cheetham, The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis,
Properties and Applications, Vol. 1 & 2, John-Wiley and Sons, 2005.
T Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 1st Edn.,
Tata Mcgraw Hill publishing company, 2007.

References
1.
2.
3.
4.

Geoffrey A Ozin, Andr C Arsenault , Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials,


Royal Society of Chemistry, 2009.
G B Sergeev, Nanochemistry, 1st Edn.,Elsevier, 2006.
S Chen, Functional Nanomaterials: A Chemistry and Engineering Perspective (Nanostructure
Science And Technology), Springer,2010.
Yury Gogotsi, Nanomaterials Handbook, Taylor and Francis group, USA, 2006.
11O0YD

CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING


3 0 0 3.0

Objective(s)

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |263

To impart knowledge about the various types of corrosion and its mechanism.
To make students understand the various methods of corrosion control, corrosion testing and
monitoring.
Students acquire the basic knowledge about corrosion and its control.

Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
At the end of the course, the student will be able to
Familiar with fundamentals of corrosion science and technology and acquire the capability of
applying them.
Get dynamic understanding in the types of corrosion and role of chemistry behind the corrosion.
Demonstrate their ability to identify, formulate and solve corrosion based problems.
Have strong foundations in the designing of engineering products with corrosion protective mode.
Have strong foundations in the analytical part of corrosion science which give contextual

knowledge to their higher research programmes.


Assessment Pattern
S.No
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms
Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/ Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

Model
Examination

Semester End
Examination

25
25
20
30
100

25
25
20
30
100

15
25
20
40
100

15
25
20
40
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

What is corrosion?
What are the types of corrosion?
Define dry corrosion. Explain the mechanism.
Explain the mechanism of electrochemical corrosion.
What are the units to measure corrosion rate?
Galvanic corrosion. Discuss.
Describe the Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their limitations.
List out the different forms of corrosion. Explain.
What are inhibitors?
Explain the mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation and its types.
Write the working principle of Tafel polarization techniques.
How polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
Define cathodic protection. List its types.
What are non-electrochemical and electrochemical methods of corrosion testing and monitoring?
What is Tafel linear polarization?

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |264

Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Explain why corrosion rate of metal is faster in aqueous solution than atmosphere air?
What are the factors influencing the corrosion rate? Explain.
Discuss the Pilling-Bedworth rule.
Differentiate between electrochemical and dry corrosion.
How inhibitors are used to protect the corrosion rate of the metal? Explain.
What are consequences of Pilling-Bedworth ratio?
List the difference between filliform corrosion and pitting corrosion.

Apply
1. Compare the effects of corrosion products.
2. Why pitting corrosion is localized corrosion? Explain.
3. Describe alternatives to protective coatings.
4. Identify different forms of corrosion in the metal surface.
5. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals.
6. What are the measures to be taken to reduce corrosion fatiques?
7. What are the major implications of enhanced techniques of corrosion product analysis?
Analyze/ Evaluate
1. List reasons why it is important to study of corrosion.
2. How Tafel polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products?
3. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals?
Unit I
Introduction to Corrosion
Importance and cost of corrosion spontaneity of corrosion passivation - importance of corrosion
prevention in various industries - the direct and indirect loss of corrosion- galvanic corrosion: area
relationship in both active and passive states of metals - Pilling Bed worth ratio and its consequences - units
of corrosion rate - mdd and mpy - importance of pitting factor - Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their
advantages and disadvantages .
Corrosion of metals by other gases.
9 Hours
Unit II
Forms of Corrosion
Different forms of corrosion - uniform corrosion-galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion,
intergranular corrosion, selective leaching, erosion corrosion, stress corrosion- high temperature oxidation,
kinetics of protective film formation and catastrophic oxidation corrosion.
Industrial boiler corrosion, cathodic and anodic inhibitors.
9 Hours
Unit III
Mechanisms of Corrosion
Hydrogen embrittlement- cracking, corrosion fatigue - filliform corrosion, fretting damage and microbes
induced corrosion. Mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation - thick layer and thin layer - insitu
corrosion scale analysis.
Analyze the rust formation in mild steel using weight loss method.
9 Hours
Unit IV
Cathodic and Anodic Protection Engineering
Fundamentals of cathodic protection - types of cathodic protection systems and anodes. Life time
calculations - rectifier selection. Stray current corrosion problems and its prevention. Coating for various
cathodic protection system and their assessment- inhibitors - corrosion of steels. Anodic protection-Design
for corrosion control.
Role of paints and pigments to protect the corrosive environment
9 Hours
Unit V
Corrosion Testing and Monitoring

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |265

Corrosion testing and monitoring - electrochemical methods of polarization- Tafel extrapolation


polarization, linear polarization, impedance techniques-Weight loss method - susceptibility test testing for
intergranular susceptibility and stress corrosion.
Analyze the instruments for monitoring the corrosion.
9 Hours
Total: 45 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.
3.

Zaki Ahmad, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control, Elsevier Science and
Technology Books, 2006.
R. Winstone Revie and Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion Control: An Introduction to
Corrosion Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Science, 2008.
Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008.

References
1. ASM Hand Book, Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM International, 2005.
2. Pierre R. Roberge, Hand Book of Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
3. Denny A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Corrosion, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004.
4. A.W. Peabody, Control of Pipeline Corrosion, NACE International, Houston, 2001.
ONE CREDIT COURSES
11A0XA HIGH TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTATION
- - - 1.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understand principles of heat flux
measurements and their applications in aerospace.
To import knowledge on high temperature measurements.
To learn the knowledge on various types of sensors for high temperatures for use in propulsion
and other aerospace applications
Programme Outcome(s)
(a) An ability to understand principles of mathematics, basic sciences and engineering.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Measurement of different modes of heat flux
2. Improve the accuracy of results by calibrating sensors

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply

Test I

Test II

10
20
20

10
20
20

Model
Examination
10
20
20

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |266

4
5
6

Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

20
20
10
100

20
20
10
100

20
20
10
100

20
20
10
100

Remember
1. Define Heat flux.
2. What are the types of heat flux sensors.
3. State the importance of Flame Temperature measurements.
Understand
1. Give examples for thermocouples.
2. Explain the Sodium line reversal method.
3. Describe the importance of Spectroscopic methods.
Apply/Evaluate
1. Write major errors associated with high temperature measurements.
2. Explain Sodium line reversal method.
3. Illustrate the importance of thermocouple.
Introduction - importance of high temperature measurements in Aerospace industry Heat flux
measurement Types of heat flux sensors slug gauge, Gordon gauge, Thermopile and thin film gauges
calorimetric methods calibration of heat flux sensors using black body furnace.
Types of thermocouples and their calibration, combustion chamber temperature measurements using
refractory thermocouples surface temperature measurement techniques using thermo couples and
pyrometers optical, radiation, two colour and infrared pyrometers spectroscopic methods for flame
temperature measurement Sodium line reversal method, LDA etc. Total temperature measurements
recovery factor calibration major errors associated with high temperature measurements and estimation of
accuracies.
Total: 15 Hours
Text Books
1.
2.

J.P Hartnett et al, Advances in Heat Transfer, vol 23, Academic press, 1993, PP (279 368).
R.P. Benedict, Fundamentals of temperature, pressure and flow measurements, Third Edition,
(1984)

Reference
1.

ASTM committee on E20, Manual on the use of thermocouples in temperature measurement,


1981, ASTM publication.
11A0XB INTELLIGENT OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

- - - 1.0
Objective(s)
To Learn Nontraditional Optimization techniques.
To develop the skill to apply the optimization techniques for real time mechanical engineering
problems.
Programme Outcome(s)
(bAn ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering principles to solve
aeronautical engineering problems.
(c)An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental data.
(j)An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering solutions
in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of optimization.
2. Analysis of the acceleration, velocity and displacement techniques.
3. Analysis of various neural network models.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |267

Assessment Pattern

S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

Model
Examination
30
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.

What is optimization?
Define mutation operators.
Discuss re-anneling concept?

Understand
1.
2.

What is the necessary of weight function?


Discuss conservative and non-conservative environment.

Create
1.
2.

To create an algorithm for all the functions.


To analyses and solve the problems with new ideas.

Introduction, General structure of GA - Selection techniques - Constrained and unconstrained optimization


problems-Mutation operators - Cross over functions - Example problems. Introduction - Classical particle
swarm optimization method - Molecular dynamics formulation conservative and non-conservative
Environments- Displacement, Velocity and acceleration techniques for PSO- Example problems.
Introduction, Types of ANN, Elements of ANN- Weight function, Threshold function, Hidden layer
network, Basic fundamental rules -Example for feed forward back propagation and perspective neural
network model. Introduction, basic steps in SA, unconstrained and constrained problems, Re-annealing
concept, example simple design problems. Introduction to Ant colony and Tabu search method- Concept
explanations- Comparison study of GA with Ant Colony and Tabu search algorithm, Applications of
traveling salesman problems.
Total: 15 Hours
Text Book
1. S S Rao, Optimization Techniques, New Age International, 2007.

References
1. James F. Kennedy, James Kennedy, Russell C. Eberhart and Yuhui Shi, Swarm intelligence, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers , 2001.
2. M. Mikki and Ahmed A. Kishk, Particle Swarm Optimization: a Physics-Based Approach, Morgan &
Claypool, Jan 2008.
3. Mohamad H. Hassoun, Fundamentals of artificial neural networks, Phi Learning, 2010.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |268

4. R. Saravanan, Manufacturing Optimization through Intelligent Techniques, Published by CRC


Publications, Taylor and Francis, U.S.A., 2006.

11A0XC LEAN MANUFACTURING


- - - 1.0
Objective(s)

To acquire the general knowledge to deliver consistently high quality and value added products and
services to the customer in a lean environment.
To understand the terminology relating to lean operations in both service and manufacturing
organizations.

Programme Outcome(s)
(j)
An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
(k) A desire for continuous learning throughout the professional career.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Improve the different modes and steps to develop mass product and also save the time.
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
40
30
100

30
40
30
100

Model
Examination
30
40
30
100

Semester End
Examination
30
40
30
100

Remember
1.
2.
3.
4.

What is value stream analysis?


Define evolution?
How to develop lean six sigma?
Discuss about productive maintenance?

Understand
1. What are the effects of die exchange process?
2. Discuss the steps in process and product development?
3. What is reduction approaches?

Create
1. Develop an innovative methods and process for all products.
History Evolution - Toyota production system - Lean manufacturing overview - Work place organization Visual controls - Pull production and cellular manufacturing - Value flow pull - Value and perfection lean

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |269

Mapping the present Mapping the future - Product and process development Value stream analysis Over production - Waiting - Work In Progress - Transportation - Inappropriate processing - Excess motion or
ergonomic problems - Defected products - Underutilization of employees Just In Time - Kanban tooling - Total Productive Maintenance 5S - Single Minute Die Exchange - Lean six
sigma - Flow charting - Identifying and eliminating unnecessary steps - Setup time - reduction approaches Steps in implementing lean strategy Lean accounting system.
Total: 15 Hours
Text Book
1. Dennis P. Hobbs, Lean Manufacturing Implementation, J. Ross Publications, 2004.
References
1.
Jeffrey K. Liker, The Toyota Way 14 Management Principles, Mc-Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2.
Pascal Dennis, Lean Production Simplified, Productivity Press, USA, 2002.
3.
James P. Womack, Daniel T. Jones, Lean Thinking: Banish waste and create wealth in your
corporation, Simon & Schuster UK Limited, Free Press, 2003.
4.
Jay Arthur, Lean Six-Sigma Demystified, Tata McGraw-Hill Company, New Delhi, 2007.
11A0XD WIND TURBINE DESIGN AND TESTING
- - - 1.0
Objective(s)
To build up necessary knowledge for understanding the basics of wind turbine
To understand the design and development of wind turbine blades and some its systems
To provide adequate knowledge of testing procedure involved in wind turbine
Programme Outcome(s)
(b). An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering
and its allied fields.
Course Outcome(s)
To understand the flow physics involved the wind turbine systems
To learn the basic ideas involved the design and development of wind turbine systems
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
30
40
100

30
30
40
100

Model
Examination
30
30
40
100

Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100

Wind turbine Introduction, Developments & types with advantages & disadvantages, Wind turbine
general flow pattern, Blade profile selection and its comparison with conventional airfoil shape, Blade design,
Integration of blade system, Noise reduction, power control and efficiency of wind turbines, testing of wind
turbine blade.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |270

Text Book(s)
1. Martin O. L. Hansen, Aerodynamics of Wind Turbines 2nd Edition, Earth Scan Publications, 2013.
Reference(s)
1. Wei Tong, Wind Power Generation and Wind Turbine Design WIT Press, 2010.
2. David Wood, Small Wind Turbines: Analysis, Design, and Application, Springer Publications,
2011.
11A0XE REAL TIME INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS IN CFD
- - - 1.0
Objective(s)
To understand the flow physics involved in the airflow over the aircrafts and vehicles
To understand the internal and external fluid flow behavior encountered by the aircraft and other land
based vehicles.
Programme Outcome(s)
(b). An ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical engineering and
its allied fields.
(f). An ability to use the internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages necessary
for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
To understand the physics involved in the internal and external fluid flow over the aircrafts and other
land based vehicles
To attain expertise in handling the commercial CFD packages for solving the fluid flow problem
involved in the industry
Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze
Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
30
40
100

30
30
40
100

Model
Examination
30
30
40
100

Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100

Basic introduction of CFD & its real time industrial applications, 2D & 3D geometry creation using
commercial CFD packages, Theoretical introduction of Grid generation, Grid generation technique using
commercial CFD packages 2D & 3D, Solver techniques & its implementation, Turbulence Modeling, Preprocessing & Post processing techniques.
Text book(s)

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |271

1.

H. Versteeg, W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Finite


Volume Method 2nd Edition, Pearson Publications, 1995

Reference books(s)
1. John Anderson, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Mc-Graw Hill Publications, 2012.

2. John Wendt, Computational Fluid Dynamics: An Introduction (Von Karman Institute Book),
Springer Publications, 2009.

SPECIAL COURSES
11A0RA GAS TURBINE HEAT TRANSFER AND COOLING TECHNOLOGY
- - - 3.0
Objective(s)
The course is intended to build up necessary background for understanding the physical behavior
of Fluid, like, viscosity, density and, incompressible and compressible flow.
To understand the application of various experimental fluid mechanics correlations along with
heat transfer and design considerations in engineering calculations
To learn fundamental calculations in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and design.
To understand the basic concepts of compressible fluid flow.

Programme Outcome(s)
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
(h) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
(b) n ability to apply knowledge of science and engineering principles to solve aeronautical
engineering problems.
(c) An ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyse and interpret experimental
data.
(j) An ability to understand contemporary issues and to comprehend the impact of engineering
solutions in a global and social context.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Analysis of different modes of fluid mechanics.
2. Improve the fluid operating parameters.
3. Performance analysis equipment
4. Analysis of different forms of fluids.

S. No.
1
2
3
4

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze

Test I

Test II

10
20
20
-

10
20
20
-

Model
Examination
10
20
20
-

Semester End
Examination
10
20
20
-

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |272

5
6

Evaluate
Create
Total
Assessment Pattern

40
10
100

40
10
100

40
10
100

40
10
100

Remember
1. Define cooling.
2. What is meant by compounding of turbines?
3. Define nozzle efficiency.
4. What is meant by sub cooling?
5. What are the various types of nozzles and their functions?
6. Define numerical modeling.
7. Define film cooling effectiveness.
Understand
1. When will be the gas turbine cycle efficiency reaches maximum?
2. Mention any two methods in turbine heat transfer.
3. Mention any two methods in turbine cooling technology.
4. In what condition the film cooling needed in turbine.
5. How we can increase the film cooling effectiveness?
6. What we are understanding from the work numerical problem?
7. What are the main significance of ribbed channel heat transfer?
8. How the rotometer is useful to find the fluid flow?
Apply / Evaluate
1. A nozzle is to designed to expand steam at the rate of 0.1kg per sec from 500kpa, 210C to 100
kpa. Neglect inlet velocity of the steam. For nozzle efficiency of 0.9 determine the exit area of
the nozzle.
2. Find the percentage of work input by comprising air in two stages from 1 bar to 7 bar instead of
1 stage. Assume a compression index of 1.35 in both the cases and optimum pressure and
complete inter cooling in a two stage compressor.
Create
1.

Construct a numerical model for turbulence.

Heat transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chamber, after burner and nozzle. Cooling techniques for
combustion chamber and nozzle. Turbine heat transfer turbine stage heat transfer, cascade vane blade
transfer, turbine rotor blade tip heat transfer. Turbine film cooling film on rotating turbine blades, film
cooling on airfoil end walls, turbine blade tip film cooling, leading edge region film cooling, film cooling
effectiveness. Turbine internal cooling jet impingement cooling. Numerical modeling turbulence
models, numerical prediction of problems in combustion chamber and nozzle.
Total: 15 Hours
References
1. AIAA Journal of Propulsion and Power.
2. AIAA Journal of Thermo physics and Heat Transfer.
3. ASME Journal of Heat Transfer.
11A0RB AIRCRAFT DESIGN APPROACH
- - - 3.0
Objective(s)

To design process of aircraft.


To familiarize the student about aircraft system design and component design.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |273

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(e) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft
systems and components.
(f) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software
packages necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.
Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge of thermodynamics, aerodynamics, aircraft structures, aerospace problems
and Mathematics required.
2.
Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.

Assessment Pattern
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand
Apply
Analyze/Evaluate
Create
Total

Test I

Test II

30
40
30
100

40
40
20
100

Model
Examination
30
30
40
100

Semester End
Examination
30
30
40
100

Remember
1. What are the factors to be considered for the design of aircraft?
2. List out the processes involved in the design of aircraft.
3. List down some of aircraft components and systems.
4. Draw the product life cycle of aircraft design approach.

Understand
1. How the design approach of an aircraft is differed with other products?
2. Why layout of systems is important for aircraft design approach?
3. What is the effect of fault and failure analysis?
Apply
1. Analyse the design phases of aircraft design approach.
2. Explain with an example of fault and failure analysis, cost analysis and airline economics for aircraft
design approach.

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 marks and Model Examination will be converted
to 20marks. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal
assessment will be calculated for 50 marks

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |274

Definition and Concepts - Conceptual System Overview Project Design Phase- Program-Planning and
Design- Systems Design- System Engineering Design Process - Aircraft components and systems.
Design Phases - Build, Test, Operate and Disposal. Phase. Systems Analysis Development of various
configurations, Operating Environment Compatibility with the Subsystems.
Factors affecting
compatibility Systems Evolution, Considerations and Integration of Aircraft Systems. Layout of Systems Systems Integration. Management of Systems. Systems and Components Analysis - Product Life Cycle Whole Life Cycle -Influence, Economics, Design for Reliability - Fault and Failure Analysis - Cost analysis
Airline Economics Total: 15 Hours
References
1.
Peter. Sydenham , Systems Approach to Engineering, Artech house, Inc, London, 2004.
2.
Aslaksen, Erik and Rod Belcher, Systems Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1992.
3.
Daniel P. Raymer, Aircraft Design: A conceptual Approach, AIAA Education Series, 1999.
4.
Allan G. Seabridge and Ian Moir, Design and Development of Aircraft Systems: An Introduction ,
AIAA Education Series, 2004.
5. Andrew P. Sage, James E., Jr. Armstrong, Introduction to Systems Engineering, Wiley Series in
Systems Engineering and Management, 2000

11A0RC REENTRY AEROTHERMODYNAMICS


- - - 3.0
Objective(s)
To familiarize the student in the area of conduction, convection and radiation with
consideration to aerospace problems.
To familiarize the student with high speed reacting flows.

Programme Outcome(s)
(d) An ability to analyse aircraft systems and components.
(b) An ability to design aircrafts to meet desired performance needs as well as design aircraft systems
and components.
(c) An ability to use the Internet and modern engineering techniques, tools, and software packages
necessary for aeronautical engineering practice.

Course Outcome(s)
1. Knowledge of thermodynamics, aerospace problems and mathematics required
2. Understanding of entropy
3. Interpretation of analytical, experimental and computational skills required.
4. Numerical problem solving skills required.

S. No.
1
2

Blooms Taxonomy
(New Version)
Remember
Understand

Test I

Test II

10
20

10
20

Model
Examination
10
20

Semester End
Examination
10
20

The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20.
The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be
calculated for 50 marks.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |275

3
4
5

Apply/Evaluate
Analyze
Create
Total
Assessment Pattern

60
10
100

60
10
100

60
10
100

60
10
100

Remember
1. Explain the concept of ablation cooling.
2. Discuss on the topic of Ballistic entry and lifting entry.
3. What are the primary factors that are essential for designing a re-entry vehicle?
4. Derive the lifting trajectory with time t as the variable of integration.
5. Explain the effect of hypersonic flow during the re-entry of the space shuttle.
6. What are the different types of space shuttle heating?
7. Derive the lift drag equation for re-entry vehicles.
8. What do you mean by re-entry interface?
9. Describe the re-entry flight maneuvers.
10. What are the critical system failures due to the re-entry heat transfer?
Understand
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Derive the six degrees of freedom equation for space shuttle re-entry.
Explain the flight control and guidance failures during re-entry
Discuss on the design of insulation system for re-entry vehicles
What are the materials suitable for the construction of re-entry vehicles?
Describe the laser Doppler anemometry.
What are the different protection systems for re-entry vehicle?
What are the radiation shape factors and why are they used?
What is the function of insulating materials?
Explain the aerodynamic heating of the re-entry vehicle
What is a diffuse surface?

Apply / Evaluate
1.
2.

Derive the solution for radiation heat transfer equation


Compute the thermal loads using different models.

Create
1. Solve distributed parameter transient heat transfer problems.
Introduction to hypersonic flows laminar and turbulent boundary layers with ablation aerodynamic
heating, skin friction for hypersonic flow conditions, hypersonic boundary shear layer transition. High
temperature materials super alloys, inter metallics, ceramics, composites, carbon carbon, ceramic matrix
composites, protective coatings. Thermal protection system design computation of thermal loads, selection
of composite materials, and design of insulation system using char ablation model. Reentry
instrumentation heat flux and temperature measurements, laser doppler anemometry. Simulation, testing
and performance evaluation of thermal protection materials using plasma jet/plasma tunnels. Performance
evaluation based on heat of ablation and erosion rate measurements.
Total: 15 Hours

References
1. AIAA Journal of Thermo physics and Heat Transfer.
2. Journal of spacecrafts and Rockets.
3.
High temperatures High pressures, Peragamon press.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |276

CERTIFICATE COURSES FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATION


11AE01 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS (AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING)
Linear Algebra: Matrix algebra, systems of linear equations, eigen values and eigen vectors.
Calculus: Functions of single variable, limit, continuity and differentiability, mean value theorems,
evaluation of definite and improper integrals, partial derivatives, total derivative, maxima and minima,
gradient, divergence and curl, vector identities, directional derivatives, line, surface and volume integrals.
Theorems of Stokes, Gauss and Green.
Differential Equations: First order linear and nonlinear equations, higher order linear ODEs with constant
coefficients, Cauchy and Euler equations, initial and boundary value problems, Laplace transforms. Partial
differential equations and separation of variables methods.
Numerical methods: Numerical solution of linear and nonlinear algebraic equations, integration by
trapezoidal and Simpson rule, single and multi-step methods for differential equations.
20 Hours
References
1. B S Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 .
2.

K A Lakshminarayanan, K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi, Mathematics for Engineers, Volume


I,Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

3.

B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publications, New Delhi, 2000.

4.

K. A. Lakshminarayanan, K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers,


Volume II, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008.

5.

E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008.

6.

C. Ray Wylie and Louis. C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw
HillPublications, 2003.

7.

B. S .Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi ,2000.

8.

T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics ,Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008.

9.

P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Numerical Methods, S.Chand and Co. New
Delhi,2009.

11AE02 AERODYNAMICS
Basic Fluid Mechanics: Incompressible irrotational flow, Helmholtz and Kelvin theorem, singularities and
superposition, viscous flows, boundary layer on a flat plate.
Airfoils and wings: Classification of airfoils, aerodynamic characteristics, high lift devices, Kutta
Joukowski theorem; lift generation; thin airfoil theory; wing theory; induced drag; qualitative treatment of
low aspect ratio wings.
Viscous Flows: Flow separation, introduction to turbulence, transition, structure of a turbulent boundary
layer.
Compressible Flows: Dynamics and Thermodynamics of I-D flow, isentropic flow, normal shock, oblique
shock, Prandtl-Meyer flow, flow in nozzles and diffusers, inviscid flow in a c-d nozzle, flow in diffusers.
subsonic and supersonic airfoils, compressibility effects on lift and drag, critical and drag divergence Mach
number, wave drag.
Wind Tunnel Testing: Measurement and visualisation techniques.
20 Hours
References
1. S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to fluid mechanics and fluid machines, 2nd Edition,
TataMcGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics,5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, , New Delhi, 2003.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |277

3.
4.

J. D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 2007.


E. L. Houghton and P. W. Carpenter, Aerodynamics for Engineering students, Edward Arnold
Publishers Ltd., London, 2007.
5. L. H. Milne Thomson, Theoretical aerodynamics, Macmillan, 1985.
6. J. D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2007.
7. E. Radhakrishnan, Gas Dynamics, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
8. H. Shapiro, Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow, Ronold Press, 1982.
9. W. Mc Cornick, Aerodynamics, Aeronautics and Flight Mechanics, John Wiley, 1979.
10. D. Anderson Jr., Modern compressible flows, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2006.
11AE03 FLIGHT MECHANICS AND SPACE DYNAMICS

Atmosphere: Properties, standard atmosphere. Classification of aircraft. Airplane (fixed wing aircraft)
configuration and various parts.
Airplane performance: Pressure altitude; equivalent, calibrated, indicated air speeds; Primary flight
instruments: Altimeter, ASI, VSI, Turn-bank indicator. Drag polar; take off and landing; steady climb &
descent,-absolute and service ceiling; cruise, cruise climb, endurance or loiter; load factor, turning flight, Vn diagram; Winds: head, tail & cross winds.
Static stability: Angle of attack, sideslip; roll, pitch & yaw controls; longitudinal stick fixed & free stability,
horizontal tail position and size; directional stability, vertical tail position and size; dihedral stability. Wing
dihedral, sweep & position; hinge moments, stick forces.
Dynamic stability: Euler angles; Equations of motion; aerodynamic forces and moments, stability & control
derivatives; decoupling of longitudinal and lat-directional dynamics; longitudinal modes; lateral-directional
modes.
Space dynamics: Central force motion, determination of trajectory and orbital period in simple cases. Orbit
transfer, in-plane and out-of-plane. Elements of rocket motor performance.
20 Hours
References
1. C.D. Perkins and R. E. Hage, Airplane Performance stability and Control, John Wiley & Son, Inc,
NewYork, 1988.
2. B. Etkin, Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control, Edn. 2, John Wiley, New York, 1982.
3. A. W. Babister, Aircraft Dynamic Stability and Response, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1980.
4. D. O. Dommasch, S. S. Shelby and T. F. Connolly, Aeroplane Aero dynamics, Third Edition, Issac
Pitman,London, 1981.
5. R. C. Nelson, Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill BookCo.1998.
6. Cornelisse, J.W., Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1984.
7. Sutton, G.P., Rocket Propulsion Elements, John Wiley, 1993.
8. Van de Kamp, P., Elements of Astromechanics, Pitman, 1979.
9. Parker E.R., Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft, McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., 1982.
11AE04 STRUCTURES AND PROPULSION
Stress and Strain: Equations of equilibrium, constitutive law, strain-displacement relationship,
compatibility equations, plane stress and strain, Airys stress function.
Flight Vehicle Structures: Characteristics of aircraft structures and materials, torsion, bending and flexural
shear. Flexural shear flow in thin-walled sections. Buckling. Failure theories. Loads on aircraft.
Structural Dynamics: Free and forced vibration of discrete systems. Damping and resonance. Dynamics of
continuous systems.
Propulsion: Thermodynamics of Aircraft Gas Turbine engines, thrust and thrust augmentation.

Department of Aeronautical Engineering, Bannari Amman Inst. of Tech. | Regulation 2011 |278

Turbo machinery: Axial compressors and turbines, centrifugal pumps and compressors.
Aerothermodynamics of non rotating propulsion components: Intakes, combustor and nozzle.
Thermodynamics of ramjets and scramjets. Elements of rocket propulsion.
20 Hours
References
1. R. K. Rajput- Strength of Materials (Mechanics of Solids), S. Chand & Co, 2009.
2. S. Timoshenko and D. H.Young, Elements of strength Materials, Vol. I and Vol. II, T. Van No
StrandCo-Inc Princeton- N.J. 1990.
3. B. K. Donaldson, Analysis of Aircraft Structures An Introduction, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
4. T. M. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Edward Arnold, 1995.
5. D. J. Peery and J. J. Azar, Aircraft Structures, McGrawHill, 1993.
6. E. H. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structures, Tri state off set company, 1985.
7. R. M. Rivello, Theory and Analysis of Flight Structures, McGraw-Hill, 1993.
8. P.G. Hill and C.R. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Addison
WesleyLongman INC, 1999.
9. H. Cohen, G. F. C. Rogers and H. I. H. Saravanamuttoo, Gas Turbine Theory, Longman, 1989.